Warwickshire County Council Secondary Prospectus For 2018-2019 Entry

Closing date for Apply online: 2018 entry – 5pm .gov.uk/ on 31 October 2017 admissions1 In this booklet.

1. Important Dates For Admissions 4

2. Things To Consider When Applying For A School Place 5

3. How To Apply 6

4. How Offers Are Made 7

5. Other Important Information 8

I) Siblings 8

Ii) Definition Of Home Address 8

Iii) Moving House 8

Iv) Separated Parents 9

V) Supplementary Forms 9

Vi) Education Of Children Outside Of Their Chronological Year Group 10

6. Warwickshire County Council’s Over-Subscription Criteria 12

7. Breakdown Of 2016 Non-Selective Places 14

8. Special Educational Needs And Disability (Send) 18

9. Grammar Schools And The 11+ Test 19

10. Applying For A Place At A 21

11. In-Year Applications 22

12. Fair Access Protocol 25

13. School Contact Details 26

14. Warwickshire School Priority Areas 34

15. County Council Admission Arrangements 44

16. Warwickshire Schools Admissions Arrangements 60

17. Warwickshire Home To School Transport Policy 257

2 3 Important dates for admission Things to consider when to a secondary school. applying for a school place.

The closing date for applying 08 May 2017 09 September 2017 Warwickshire residents can If you are applying for a on-time for a secondary 11+ test registration opens. Main 11+ test date. list up to six schools on their Warwickshire grammar school place is 5pm on 31 application. We strongly school you must register October 2017. Failure to 08 May 2017 31 October 2017 (5pm) recommend you list more for and sit the 11+ test. You apply on-time will significantly Secondary application Closing date for on-time than one school. Listing only must also list the grammar reduce the chances of your process opens to applications for a one school will not increase school(s) you wish to apply child being offered a place at Warwickshire residents school place. your chances of gaining a for on your application for a your preferred school. Please (online and telephone place at a particular school. school place. note that dates relating to the applications) 29 December 2017 - Final Listing more than one 11+ test are only relevant if date for families moving into school will also not affect You can find an interactive you wish to apply for a place 14 June 2017 - Deadline for the area to have provided your chances of gaining a map on at a grammar school. 11+ registration if parents are proof of address in order place at your first preference requesting special testing for application to be school. Priority areas are warwickshire.gov.uk/ arrangements due to considered as on-time (see an important part of the mapsecondaryschools learning difficulties or a residency requirements). admissions process. physical disability. to confirm which priority area 01 March 2018 - National Living in a priority area does you live in. Do not assume 07 July 2017 Offer Day, emails sent from not guarantee a place at a that the school closest to 11+ Registration deadline, in 08:30am onwards. particular school but it does your address is your priority order to be classed as improve the chances of being area school. We strongly on time. offered a place. You should recommend you list your list schools in your preferred priority area school on your order and put the school you application. would most like your child to attend first. There is no guarantee though that you will be offered the school you list first. If we can offer Important information a place at more than one about this prospectus. school we will offer a place This prospectus is for parents Choosing a school is an websites as they contain at the highest preference and carers with children important decision and information about exam and possible. living in Warwickshire that are there are a number of things inspection results. Talking to due to transfer to secondary we suggest you do before your child about which school school or change school. This applying. You should look at they would like to attend is prospectus gives you the key the websites of any schools also really important. If you information needed to apply you are interested in and are applying for a grammar for a school place. More where possible attend open school place your child will information is available on our evenings. These will give you need to sit the 11+ test. website at: an opportunity to look around the school. You should Make sure you read the warwickshire.gov.uk/ also visit the Ofsted and relevant section of this admissions Department for Education prospectus very carefully.

4 5 How to apply. How offers are made.

Recommend you apply online at warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions

If you live in Warwickshire the considered until after After 31 October 2017 any If you apply for a school Academies, Voluntary Aided, process is quick, easy and National Offer Day, in line preference changes or that is over-subscribed (has Foundation and Free Schools secure. You can choose to with scheduled reallocation additions will be considered more applicants than there The Trust or receive your offer of a school dates (unless the family as late unless you are moving are places available) your Governing Body of the school place via email and online. is moving into the area – house. If you have difficulty application is allocated an sets the oversubscription To apply online all you need residency requirements must applying online you can call oversubscription criterion. criteria. is an email address and be adhered to – see below for the Admissions Service on your Council Tax Property more information). 01926 414143 or complete Places are then offered in Grammar Schools Reference Number. the common application form criteria order to fill the school. The Academy Trust of If you wish to change the at the end of this prospectus. The criteria used depends each school sets the The deadline for on time schools on your application upon the type of school that oversubcription criteria; these secondary applications is you must request this by you have applied for. only include how well a child 5pm on 31 October 2017. contacting the Admissions did in the 11+ test. Service. The main types of school in Applications received after Warwickshire are as follows: Details of which this date will considered oversubscription criteria is as late and will not be Community Schools and used by each school can be Voluntary Controlled Schools found at The County Council sets the oversubscription criteria. warwickshire.gov.uk/ admissionpolicies

Apply online: warwickshire.gov.uk/ admissions 6 7 Other important information.

Siblings. Definition of home address. Moving house.

If your child is offered a This is where the child Future house moves will be which was named on the Separated parents. Supplementary forms. place at a school there is no normally resides / sleeps only taken in to account if application. Where a house guarantee that your younger when they attend school. they can be confirmed by move has occurred after the Only persons or Some schools require you child(ren) will be offered a Addresses involved in child- 5pm on 29 December 2017. 29 December 2017 extended organisations who have to fill out an additional form place at that school. This is minding arrangements, Independent proof of the deadline and no application Parental Responsibility for to apply for a place. The especially the case if you whether with professional move, such as a tenancy has previously been made to a child should make an school’s admissions criteria live outside the school’s child-minders, friends or agreement that terminates Warwickshire, an application application for a school should indicate whether or priority area. Looked After relatives, are excluded. after the start of the autumn must be made and suitable place. Warwickshire School not you need to complete a Children and those with term 2017 or proof that there proof of the new address Admissions Service will not supplementary form. Special Educational Needs There is also an expectation has been an exchange of should be submitted. In this become involved in disputes are normally offered places that a child will be resident contracts in the purchase of a case, the application will be between parents, or parties, first. In many schools children at the address used to house will be required. There classed as late and will not regarding applications living in the priority area with allocate a place from is an expectation that the be considered in the first for school places. Where siblings at the school are the start of term and will address used will satisfy the round of offers (National Offer individuals or parties with then offered places followed continue to reside at that definition of ‘home address’. Day = 01 March 2018). parental responsibility by other children living in the address. All circumstances Proof of residence at the cannot agree on either the priority area. Only then are surrounding the application address may be required. The application will be home address or the school places offered to children will be taken into account in given consideration in the preferences to name on an with a sibling at the school deciding whether or not this House moves after 31 first reallocation round, application, the Admissions who live outside of the priority requirement has been met. October 2017, but before commencing on 19 March Service will then consider area. In each category Short-term house moves 29 December 2017: Where 2018. Proof of the new the application using the children living closest to the which occur only to secure the home address changes address, such as a full address which is held by school are given the a school place and which after the closing date for copy of the signed tenancy the child’s GP surgery (if highest priority. are considered fraudulent applications, but before agreement (which must the address cannot be or intentionally misleading the extended deadline for terminate after the start of the agreed) and will consider the You should consider this may result in the place being families who are moving Autumn term), or a letter from school preferences named very carefully when choosing withdrawn. (either within or into the the solicitor confirming that by the parent who lives at which school(s) to apply to. county), parents can contact there has been an exchange that same address. Any Please also consider the Where a school place is the School Admissions of contracts, will be required other applications will be admission arrangements of allocated on the basis Service and will be permitted prior to this information disregarded. the school(s) in question to of an address which is to amend the application, if being recorded against the understand how places are subsequently found to be required. child’s application. No letter offered. These can be different from the child’s of intention to exchange will viewed at home address the place can House move after 29 be considered as sufficient be withdrawn. This includes December 2017: Where an proof. warwickshire.gov.uk/ situations where the address application is made by the admissionpolicies used to allocate a place National Closing date of 31 If the above requirements changes prior to the place October 2017, but a house cannot be met then the You must submit an being taken up. move has happened after application will be considered application in the normal way, this date and no evidence as late and will be processed even if your child’s brother could be submitted by in the same way as all other or sister already attends the the extended deadline of late applications Closing date for school you would like them 29 December 2017, the 2018 entry – 5pm to attend. application will be considered on 31 October 2017 using the previous address 8 9 Other important information (cont.)

Education of children outside of their chronological year group.

The Local Authority’s (LA) policy is that pupils should be educated in the year group appropriate to their chronological age, for the following reasons:

• The LA is concerned with • The Early Years Foundation • Pupils have an entitlement • Teaching an older pupil in • Educational research However, in September the development of the Stage Curriculum and the to the Early Years a younger year group may has not demonstrated 2015 the Department for whole child. This includes Programmes of Study in Foundation Stage well extend the time which that accelerating more Education (DfE) wrote to all physical and emotional the National Curriculum curriculum and the he/she spends at school. able pupils into older Local Authorities to advise maturity, the development incorporate flexibility Programmes of Study of This will have significant age-groups is in their that the School Admissions of social and interactional within, and between, the National Curriculum, financial implications for best interests. Such Code (2014) would be skills and the pupil’s ability each key stage in order to designed for their age the use of public and/ acceleration inevitably updated in the near future in to respond to a curriculum support a diverse range 4 group. The LA and all or designated funds. brings emotional and respect of the admission of which is age-appropriate, of pupils’ needs. Where schools within this authority The LA has a public duty social pressures which summer born children into as well as suited to his/her a pupil’s abilities are have a legal duty to make to resource education are not conducive to the schools. Therefore, requests abilities. significantly out of step sure this is available. equitably and fairly, and well-being of the young for children who are due to with other pupils of his/ the Funding Agreements person concerned. start school can be made to • The LA promotes and her age, then individual • When a request is being in place for schools who The advantages of the Local Authority, and those provides inclusive provision should be considered, a long term are their own admission accelerating the normal requests will be considered in teaching. Teachers are planned. This could view should be taken of the authority will have strict academic milestones, from line with this guidance. expected to match the include addressing any pupil’s educational needs. financial guidelines in developments in early pupils’ learning objectives special educational needs. The LA would wish to avoid place. years through to public Requests for children to be and the learning activities In almost all cases, such the adverse consequences examinations, have not educated outside of their planned to the abilities, individual provision will be which frequently arise if been shown to outweigh year group who are already aptitudes and individual made within the pupil’s pupils are educated out of the personal and social of compulsory school age needs of pupils. own year group. their year group, including costs which can be will be considered on an the possibility of a difficult involved. individual basis, in line with • The SEN Code of Practice transition back into their this guidance. outlines a ‘graduated correct year group at a response’ of special later date, if this is deemed Please ensure that you have provision, assessments appropriate. Additionally, read guidance document in and review within schools pupils taught in a younger full that can be found on our which does not normally year group may be of website before submitting require pupils to be an age to leave school such a request: Guidance educated out of their before they have had the Notes relating to the correct year group. opportunity to acquire education of children outside external qualifications. of their chronological They may, in this way, year group become educationally disadvantaged. warwickshire.gov.uk/ startingprimaryschool 10 11 Warwickshire County Council’s Over-subscription Critera.

Warwickshire Secondary Schools which are maintained by the Local Authority (ie: a ‘Community’ or ‘Voluntary Controlled’ school):

School Name DfE Number Admission Telephone Start Age Leaving Age Number – Number 2017 Entry

Kineton 4110 150 01926 640465 11 18 High School

For secondary applications (year 7 in September).

In the event that a 3. Other pupils living in the b) Time of admission relates If you live within Warwickshire Warwickshire Community priority area; to the time the applicant Local Authority and we What happens if I am not or Voluntary Controlled would start at the school – are unable to meet any of offered any of my preferences? secondary school is 4. Children living not the time of application your preferences, we will oversubscribed, then the outside the priority area or offer. allocate a place at the next If we cannot offer any of the schools you have listed we will following over-subscription who will have a sibling at nearest community, voluntary offer a place at the next nearest community or voluntary criteria will be used when the school at the time of Within these criteria priority controlled school or Academy controlled school in Warwickshire with spaces, or the next allocating places: admission; is given in order of straight with vacancies available. nearest own admissions authority school with spaces which line distance between the This will be indicated on the is willing to offer a place. The next nearest school with 1. Children in the care 5. Other children living home address and school. breakdown as ‘unplaced’ spaces will be measured by straight line distance. of, or provided with outside the priority area. The shortest distance has the offers. accommodation by, highest priority. a local authority and Please note: The following page shows children who were looked For more information on how all non-selective secondary Information on Grammar after, but ceased to be a) Children with a Statement distances are measured, schools in Warwickshire, School places including so because they were of Special Educational please see the school’s PAN, number qualifying and waiting list adopted (or became Needs or an Education, of offers made and an scores can be found on our subject to a child Health and Care (EHC) warwickshire.gov.uk/ explanation of the offers website at: arrangements order or Plan that names a school admissions made on 2 March 2017. special guardianship will be admitted first. In warwickshire.gov.uk/ order); this event the number of If you have named a school elevenplus places that remain for outside of Warwickshire, 2. Children living in allocation will be reduced. you will need to contact the the priority area who relevant Local Authority, to will have a sibling at the discuss your application. Apply online: school at the time of warwickshire.gov.uk/ admission; admissions

12 13 Breakdown of 2017 Closing date for 2018 entry – 5pm Non-Selective Places made on on 31 October 2017 & Bedworth

01 March 2017. Non-Selective No. Places Last On time Offer No. Offers North Schools Available Made To

Non-Selective No. Places Last On time Offer Criteria 5 up to a No. Offers 246 246 Schools Available Made To distance of 1.142 miles

Criteria 5 up to a The Nuneaton All applicants offered 210 210 210 167 distance of 2.54 miles Academy including unplaced

Nicholas Criteria 5 up to a All applicants offered Kingsbury School 126 126 Chamberlaine 300 235 distance of 3.037 miles including unplaced School

St. Thomas More Other Non-Catholic The Polesworth Criteria 5 up to a 224 224 Catholic School and 156 156 Children up to a School distance of 1.432 miles Sixth Form College distance of 0.281 miles.

The Queen Criteria 5 up to a 120 120 East Elizabeth Academy distance of 4.784 miles

Non-Selective No. Places Last On time Offer No. Offers Schools Available Made To Nuneaton & Bedworth

Applicants living in Non-Selective No. Places Last On time Offer 226 226 the priority area up to a No. Offers (Non-Selective) Schools Available Made To distance of 0.949 miles

The Avon Valley Criteria 5 up to a Criteria 3 up to a 177 177 School & Performing 220 220 distance of 1.227 miles distance of 1.697 miles Arts College

Criteria other children All applicants offered 120 120 up to a distance of 210 178 including unplaced 2.068 miles

The George Eliot All applicants offered Harris C of E All applicants offered 190 190 182 182 School including unplaced Academy including unplaced

Criteria 5 up to a Rugby Free All applicants offered 210 210 180 178 distance of 1.536 miles Secondary School including unplaced

14 15 Breakdown of 2017 Non-Selective Places (cont.)

Central South

Non-Selective No. Places Last On time Offer Non-Selective No. Places Last On time Offer No. Offers No. Offers Schools Available Made To Schools Available Made To

Aylesford School All applicants offered Criteria 5 up to a and Sixth Form 206 203 130 130 including unplaced distance of 9.456 miles College

All applicants offered Henley-in-Arden All applicants offered Campion School 155 146 150 150 including unplaced School including unplaced offers

Kenilworth School Criteria 5 up to a Criteria 5 up to a 270 270 150 150 and Sports College distance of 3.953 miles distance of 6.498 miles

Criteria 5 up to a Shipston High All applicants offered 275 275 120 119 distance of 2.032 miles School including unplaced

St. Benedict's Other Non-Catholic North Leamington Criteria 5 up to a 240 240 Catholic High 140 140 Children up to a distance School distance of 1.720 miles School 10.993 miles

Criteria 5 up to a Stratford-Upon-Avon All applicants offered 270 270 290 243 distance of 6.184 miles School including unplaced

Trinity Catholic All applicants offered All applicants offered 150 121 150 133 School including unplaced including unplaced

Apply online: warwickshire.gov.uk/ 16 admissions 17 Special Educational Grammar Schools & Needs & Disability (SEND) The 11+ Test

We are committed to meeting Further information is Grammar schools are state warwickshire.gov.uk/ in Birmingham or are the needs of all children in available at funded schools which admit grammarschool considering applying for Warwickshire regardless of students based on their a place at a Birmingham difficulty, within mainstream warwickshire.gov.uk/send performance in the 11+ test. Warwickshire County Council Grammar School please visit schools or a Special School. There are no fees to attend and The Grammar Schools or by calling the SEND team grammar schools. in Birmingham will hold a birminghamgrammar Information on Special on 01926 742160. common entrance test on schools.org Schools in Warwickshire All of Warwickshire’s Saturday 09 September is available in a separate grammar schools have 2017 for entry to Year 7 in To register your child to sit booklet. For a copy please their own admission September 2018. the test visit: contact the Special arrangements. These are Educational Needs and used along with the results of The information in this warwickshire.gov.uk/ Disability Assessment and the 11+ test to decide which prospectus relates primarily grammarschool Review (SENDAR) team. children are offered places. to parents who register for their child to sit the test with Registration for the 11+ test Details of each school’s Warwickshire Admissions. opens on 08 May 2017 and admission arrangements and If you are registering your closes on 07 July 2017. a set of Frequently Asked child to sit the test with Questions can be found at: The Grammar Schools

Test registration.

Parents living in Warwickshire be shared with The Grammar will include a ‘Fit and Well’ must register for the test with Schools in Birmingham. This sheet which must be brought Warwickshire Admissions. can be done as part of the to the test session with a Parents living in Birmingham registration process. photograph of the child sitting must register for the test with the test. This photograph The Grammar Schools in Any registrations received must be signed and dated Birmingham. Parents living after the deadline will be by the Headteacher of your in other authorities should classed as late and this child’s current school. If register for the test in the may affect the chance of you arrive at the test centre region in which they would your child being offered a without the Fit and Well sheet most like their child to attend place at a grammar school. or a photograph of your child a grammar school. All registrations will be they will not be able to sit acknowledged by post within the test until later in the year. If you are considering 14 working days. This may affect the likelihood applying for a place in a of your child being offered a Birmingham Grammar School Details of test venues grammar school place. and your child sits the test in will be sent to parents by Warwickshire you will need to Warwickshire Admissions agree for their information to from in August 2017. This

18 19 Grammar Schools & Applying for a The 11+ Test (cont.) Grammar School.

Special testing arrangements. The 11+ test.

If your child requires special for any such request to The main test session will For each paper, the children You must apply for a 2017. We will contact testing arrangements due be granted and should be be held on the morning of will be given a question place at a grammar applicants about this to learning difficulties or a supplied with your registration Saturday 09 September 2017. booklet and a separate school through your home ahead of the deadline. physical disability you will and supplementary forms. answer sheet to mark authority in the same way need to apply using a paper If your child is unable to sit We cannot guarantee though their answers. The answer you apply for places at Families who are moving form by 14 June 2017. A the test on a Saturday due that every child will be able to sheets will be processed other schools. Registering address should contact supplementary form will also to religious reasons, you sit the test on this date. electronically. for your child to sit the 11+ their home authority and be required and full details must advise Warwickshire There will be two papers, is not an application for a Warwickshire Admissions can be found at Admissions Service in writing each of approximately 50 A familiarisation booklet, school place. for further information. after you register for the test. minutes. The papers will containing information about warwickshire.gov.uk/ You will also need to supply be divided into smaller, the format of the test and Parents applying for a Places at grammar schools grammarschool a supporting letter from your individually timed sections, some example questions, place at Warwickshire will be offered on 01 March religious leader. which test verbal ability, will be included with the Grammar schools will need 2018 along with all other Detailed supporting numerical ability and letter acknowledging your to supply proof of their secondary school places. information from medical non-verbal ability. registration. address by 29 December professionals will be required

Results.

You will be notified by post Your child’s total A provisional ranking The automatic of your child’s score from 16 standardised score of where the score qualifying scores and October 2017. Parents who 1broken down by 2 places the child out 3 waiting list scores have either registered with performance in Verbal of all children who have sat for each Warwickshire Warwickshire Admissions Reasoning, Numeracy, the test, and within each Grammar school for the (or have asked that their and Non-Verbal Reasoning relevant priority area (where previous year of entry where child’s score be shared with sections. applicable). the same weightings have Warwickshire Admissions) been applied for the three will receive the following sections. These can be used information: for comparison purposes but there can be no guarantee that any child, including those scoring above the required score for previous years, will be offered a grammar school place.

20 2121 In Year Applications.

How to apply How long does it take? How are places offered? How are places offered? All schools that oversee • Complete all sections of • We aim to process all • All admission authorities Please note: • Warwickshire County the Change of School in year applications are applications within 10 must use the same Council is legally obliged application form. Section required to inform the school days. However, policies for allocating Once a place is offered to offer you a school B must be completed by local authority of the if your application is not school places for in year parents have ten working place if you live within the child’s current or most outcome. completed in full, it may admissions as those for days to accept the place. Warwickshire and your recent school. Failure to take longer. the normal year of entry. Parents must accept the child is without a school include Section B with the • We advise that you place by contacting the place. If we cannot application will result in apply for more than one • Applications may also • If there are more Admissions Service. If a offer any of the schools delays. If you are unable school. If we cannot take longer than 10 school applications than places place is not accepted within you have asked for, to obtain this information, offer your first choice of days for: available, places at the this period then the offer may we will normally make for example if your child school we will try to offer school will be offered be withdrawn. an offer at the next a place at the school has been educated 1. Children with based on the school’s nearest community or outside of the UK, then we you have listed next. statements of special over-subscription criteria. Places must normally be voluntary controlled recommend you include There is no advantage educational needs or an taken up (ie: the child must school maintained by a recent school report if in applying for a place Educational Health Care • For further information start at the school) within Warwickshire with spaces possible. at only one school, your plan. on the over subscription twenty school days of the available, or the next child’s application may criteria used by place being offered, unless nearest own admission be delayed if additional • If you live outside 2. Grammar school Warwickshire schools the place offered is for the authority school with Warwickshire, but wish to schools are added later in places. please go to: following academic year. The spaces available which is make an application for a the process. place should then be taken prepared to offer a place. place at a Warwickshire 3. Children who fall under warwickshire.gov.uk/ up within 10 school days from • All change of school school, please contact the In Year Fair Access admissionpolicies the start of • A letter will be sent your home authority (who applications must be Protocol, which includes term. informing you of this accompanied by valid you pay your Council students in Year 11 (more offer. We will also send Tax to) to discuss the proof of the child’s main information about this you information about application process. You address. Applications can be found on the next waiting lists and details may then need to apply without accompanying page). of how you can appeal using the Warwickshire valid proof of address will for a place at any of the Change of School be delayed. Acceptable schools you applied for application form. proof of address includes: and were not offered a a recent utility bill, council place at. • A small number of tax bill, housing benefit Warwickshire schools letter, bank statement, • Current legislation limits oversee their own in-year rental agreement the size of Infant classes admissions. Details of or a solicitors letter (Reception, Year 1 and these schools can be confirming completion Year 2) to 30 pupils per found on our webpage: when purchasing a new teacher. Infant class size property. appeals can only be warwickshire.gov.uk/ successful in very limited changingschools circumstances. Further information is available at If you are applying for one of the schools warwickshire.gov.uk/ listed on this page, you schoolappeals must contact the school directly. 22 23 In Year Applications (cont.) Fair Access Protocol

Home addresses and single application which both Grammar schools places Some applications may 1. Children from the criminal children who live at more parents are in agreement Entry to a grammar school need to be considered justice system who have than one address with. is based on a child’s ability. under Warwickshire County been excluded and are This is assessed by the child Council’s ‘In Year Fair Access eligible to be reintegrated A home address is where the Addresses used for before sitting a selective test and Protocol’ (IYFAP). This into mainstream education child spends the majority of and after school childcare will then matching the results to applies to certain children their school nights. Proof of not be considered as a home the children already attending when it has not been possible 2. Children who have been this address will be required address. the grammar school. There to secure a place through the out of education for two before a change of school are two different types of test normal in-year admissions months or more application is processed. If and the one your child will sit process. you are applying to change Transport to school is dependent upon their age. 3. Children of Gypsies, school due to a house move If your child is under the age Applications dealt with under Roma, Travellers, then proof of your new When considering changing of 12 years, please contact the IYFAP can take longer refugees and asylum address will be required. your child’s school you also the Admissions Service for than 10 school days as seekers need to consider how your further information. If your additional support may need Acceptable proof of address child will travel to school. child is 12 years or over, to be put in place. 4. Children who are includes: a recent utility Parents have a responsibility please contact the grammar homeless bill, council tax bill, housing to get their child to school school you are interested in Children who may benefit letter, bank statement, and should not rely on directly. You must complete be considered under 5. Children with unsupportive rental agreement or a transport being provided. For the Change of School Warwickshire’s Fair family backgrounds for solicitors letter confirming further information regarding application form and return Access Protocol: whom a place has not completion when purchasing Warwickshire home to school it to the Admissions Service, been sought a new property. transport please go to: whichever testing route your The vast majority of children child takes. will be placed under the 6. Children who are carers Where a child lives with each warwickshire.gov.uk/ normal in-year admissions of their parents at separate schooltravel Year 11 places process. However, where a 7. Children with special addresses, the address used If a student has already school with places wishes educational needs, for allocating a school place started studying in Key Stage to refuse an applicant, and disabilities or medical will be the one where the Why do applications for 4 it is important that they chooses to refer the case conditions (but without a child spends (i.e. sleeps) the some children take longer transfer to a school that can for placement to the local statement) majority of the school week. than 10 school days? match the majority of options authority, the child must not If the child spends exactly chosen. Children changing already have a place in a 8. Children in Year 11 at equal amounts of time in the Children with statements school in Year 11 will fall local* school and must fall the time the original two addresses the child’s of special needs or an under the In Year Fair Access under one of the following application is submitted parents / carers will be asked Educational Health Care Protocol, please see below. categories: to nominate which address plan Applications will be If your child’s application they wish to be the child’s passed to the Special is being considered under main address for school Educational Needs and the IYFAP then you will be admission purposes. Disability, Assessment and notified of this. Review (SEND) team. This In the case of disputes team will need to consult with *A local school is the priority between parents, there is the school(s) about whether area school, a school an expectation that parents or not they can meet the geographically closer than will resolve these amongst individual needs of the child. the priority area school or a themselves and make a school where Warwickshire County Council is

providing transport.

24 25

Secondary Schools Contacts.

DfE School Name Academy District Head Teacher Address Telephone Email Start Leave Control Website PAN Admissions Address Age Age Info

4240 Alcester Academy Yes Stratford on Mr. Paul Hyde Gerard Road, (01789) 762285 [email protected] 11 16 Academy alcesteracademy. 130 Page 60 Avon Alcester, Converter org.uk Warwickshire, B49 6QQ

5407 Alcester Grammar Yes Stratford on Mr. Clive Birmingham Road, (01789) 762494 [email protected] 11 18 Academy alcestergs.co.uk 150 Page 71 School Avon Sentance Alcester, Converter Warwickshire, B49 5ED

5401 Ash Green School Yes Nuneaton & Mr. Harry French Ash Green Lane (024) 7636 6772 [email protected] 11 19 Academy ashgreenschool.co.uk 170 Bedworth Exhall, Coventry, Converter West Midlands, CV7 9AH

4241 Ashlawn School Yes Rugby Mrs. Lois Reed Ashlawn Road, Rugby, (01788) 573425 [email protected] 11 18 Academy ashlawn.org.uk 256 of which Page 84 Warwickshire, CV22 (01788) 573426 Converter 12% are 5ET selective.

4190 and Yes Warwick Mr. Steven Hall Tapping Way, (01926) 747100 [email protected] 4 18 Academy aylesfordschool.org.uk/ 206 Page 102 Sixth Form College Warwick, Converter website Warwickshire, CV34 6XR

4238 Bilton School Yes Rugby Ms. Patsy Weighill Lawford Lane, (01788) 840600 [email protected] 11 18 Academy biltonschool.co.uk 210 Page 106 Bilton, Rugby, Converter Warwickshire, CV22 7JT

4192 Campion School Yes Warwick Mr. Jassa Panesar Sydenham Drive, (01926) 743200 [email protected] 11 18 Academy campion.warwickshire. 155 Page 112 Leamington Spa, Converter sch.uk Warwickshire, CV31 1QH

4004 Etone College Yes Nuneaton & Mr. Ian Smith Leicester Road, (024) 7675 7300 [email protected] 11 18 Academy etone.org.uk 120 Page 117 Bedworth Nuneaton, Converter Warwickshire, CV11 6AA

4006 Harris C of E Yes Rugby Mr. Michael Stop- Harris Drive, (01788) 812549 [email protected] 11 16 Academy harris-school.co.uk 156 Page 121 Academy pard Overslade Lane, Sponsor Led Rugby, Warwickshire, CV22 6EA

5402 Hartshill School of Yes North Mrs. Michelle Church Road, (024) 7639 2237 [email protected] 11 16 Academy hartshill.warwickshire. 210 Page 128 Science and the Arts Warwickshire Oliphant Hartshill, Nuneaton, Converter sch.uk Warwickshire, CV10 0NA

4108 Henley-In-Arden Yes Stratford on Mr. Steve Jefferies Stratford Road, (01564) 792364 [email protected] 11 16 Academy henleyschool.com 123 Page 133 School Avon Henley-In-Arden, Converter Warwickshire, B95 6AF

4153 Higham Lane School - Yes Nuneaton & Mr. Philip Kelly Shanklin Drive, (024) 7638 8123 [email protected] 11 18 Academy highamlaneschool.co.uk 246 Page 137 A Business and Bedworth Nuneaton, Converter Enterprise College Warwickshire, CV10 0BJ

4236 Kenilworth School No Warwick Mr. Hayden Abbott Leyes Lane, (01926) 859421 [email protected] 11 18 Foundation ksn.org.uk 270 and Sports Kenilworth, School College Warwickshire, CV8 2DA

26 27 Secondary Schools Contacts (cont.)

DfE School Name Academy District Head Teacher Address Telephone Email Start Leave Control Website PAN Admissions Address Age Age Info

4110 Kineton High School No Stratford on Mrs. Siona Robson Banbury Road, (01926) 640465 [email protected] 11 18 Community kinetonhighschool. 150 - A Specialist Sports Avon Kineton, Warwick, School org.uk College Warwickshire, CV35 0JX

4601 King Edward VI Yes Stratford on Mr. Bennet Carr Church Street, (01789) 293351 [email protected] 11 18 Academy kes.net 87 Page 147 School Avon Stratford-Upon-Avon, Converter Warwickshire, CV37 6HB

4008 Kingsbury School - Yes North Mr. Martin Clarke Tamworth Road, (01827) 872316 [email protected] 11 16 Academy kingsburyschool.co.uk 126 Page 161 A Specialist Science Warwickshire Kingsbury, Tamworth, Sponsor Led and Mathematics Staffordshire, Academy B78 2LF

4620 Lawrence Sheriff Yes Rugby Mr. Peter Kent Clifton Road, Rugby, (01788) 542074 [email protected] 11 18 Academy lawrencesheriffschool.net 120 Page 165 School Warwickshire, Converter CV21 3AG

5403 Myton School - Yes Warwick Mr. Andy Perry Myton Road, (01926) 493805 [email protected] 11 18 Academy mytonschool.co.uk 275 Page 184 A Specialist Warwick, Converter Science College and Warwickshire, Training School CV34 6PJ

4003 Nicholas Yes Nuneaton & Mrs. Alison Bulkington Road, (024) 7631 2308 enquiries@ 11 18 Academy nctc-online.co.uk 300 Chamberlaine School Bedworth Ramsay Bedworth, nicholaschamberlaine.co.uk Sponsor Led (Acting) Warwickshire, CV12 9EA

4237 North Yes Warwick Mrs. Joy Mitchell Sandy Lane, (01926) 338711 [email protected] 11 18 Academy northleamingtonschool. 240 Page 186 Leamington School Blackdown, Converter warwickshire.sch.uk Leamington Spa, Warwickshire, CV32 6RD

4009 Rugby Free No Rugby Mrs. Christine Anderson Avenue, catherine.pierce@ 11 19 Free Schools rugbyfreesecondary.co.uk 180 Page 191 Secondary School Green Rokeby, Rugby, rugbyfreesecondary.co.uk Warwickshire, CV22 5PE

5406 Rugby High School Yes Rugby Ms. Charlotte Longrood Road, (01788) 810518 [email protected] 11 18 Academy rhswebsite.co.uk 120 Page 195 Marten Bilton, Rugby, Converter Warwickshire, CV22 7RE

4113 Yes Stratford on Mr. Gavin Saun- Darlingscote Road, (01608) 661833 [email protected] 11 16 Academy shipstonhigh.co.uk 120 Avon ders Shipston-On-Stour, Converter Warwickshire, CV36 4DY

4114 Southam College Yes Stratford on Mr. Ranjit Samra Welsh Road West, (01926) 812560 [email protected] 11 18 Academy southamcollege.com 270 Avon Southam, Converter Warwickshire, CV47 0JW

4730 St. Benedict's Catho- Yes Stratford on Mr. Nick Kinwarton Road, (01789) 762888 [email protected] 11 18 Academy st-benedicts.org 140 Page 206 lic High School Avon Gibson Alcester, Converter Warwickshire, B49 6PX

4803 St. Thomas More Yes Nuneaton & Mr. Fran Hickey Greenmoor Road, (024) 7664 2400 [email protected] 11 18 Academy st-thomas-more.net 160 Page 215 Catholic School and Bedworth Nuneaton, Converter Sixth Form College Warwickshire, CV10 7EX

28 29 Secondary Schools Contacts (cont.)

DfE School Name Academy District Head Teacher Address Telephone Email Start Leave Control Website PAN Admissions Address Age Age Info

4002 Stratford Girls' Yes Stratford on Ms. Jacqueline Shottery Manor, (01789) 293759 [email protected] 11 18 Academy sggs.org.uk 120 Page 222 Grammar School Avon Cornell Shottery, Converter Stratford-Upon-Avon, Warwickshire, CV37 9HA

4124 Stratford-upon- Yes Stratford on Mr. Neil Alcester Road, (01789) 268051 [email protected] 11 18 Academy stratforduponavonschool. 290 Page 237 Avon School Avon Wallace Stratford-Upon-Avon, Converter com Warwickshire, CV37 9DH

5408 Studley High School Yes Stratford on Mr. Lee Gray Crooks Lane, Studley, (01527) 852478 [email protected] 11 16 Academy studleyhighschool. 150 Page 242 Avon Warwickshire, Converter org.uk B80 7QX

5400 The Avon Valley No Rugby Ms. Alison Davies Newbold Road, (01788) 542355 [email protected] 11 16 Foundation avonvalleyschool.co.uk 220 Page 247 School and Rugby, Warwickshire, School Performing Arts CV21 1EH College

4233 The Coleshill School - Yes North Mr. Ian Coventry Road, (01675) 462435 [email protected] 11 18 Academy thecoleshillschool. 210 Page 254 A Business and Warwickshire Smith-Childs Coleshill, Birmingham, Converter org.uk Enterprise West Midlands, Academy B46 3EX

4000 The George Eliot Yes Nuneaton & Dr. Kevin Raveloe Drive, (024) 7674 4000 [email protected] 11 16 Academy george-eliot. 190 School Bedworth Hylands Caldwell, Nuneaton, Sponsor Led warwickshire.sch.uk Warwickshire, CV11 4QP

6905 The Nuneaton Yes Nuneaton & Mr. Simon Lomax Radnor Drive, (024) 7634 1134 [email protected] 11 18 Academy nuneatonacademy.co.uk 210 Page 256 Academy Bedworth Stockingford, Sponsor Led Nuneaton, Warwickshire, CV10 7PD

4112 The Polesworth Yes North Ms. Maura Favell Dordon Road, (01827) 702205 [email protected] 11 18 Academy thepolesworthschool.com 224 Page 262 School - Warwickshire Dordon, Tamworth, Converter A specialist Staffordshire, Language College B78 1QT

4005 The Queen Yes North Mr. Dan Watts Witherley Road, (01827) 712477 [email protected] 11 16 Academy queenelizabeth. 120 Page 269 Elizabeth Warwickshire Atherstone, Sponsor Led warwickshire.sch.uk Academy Warwickshire, CV9 1LZ

4752 Trinity No Warwick Mr. Chris Gabbett Guy's Cliffe Avenue, (01926) 428416 [email protected] 11 18 Catholic Vol- trinity-school.org.uk 150 Page 256 Catholic School - A Leamington Spa, untary Aided Specialist Arts and Warwickshire, School Technology College CV32 6NB

Apply online: warwickshire.gov.uk/ admissions

30 31 Warwickshire Secondary School Priority Areas

North Nuneaton and Bedworth

School Name Priority Area Description School Name Priority Area Description

Kingsbury School, a The parishes of Middleton and Kingsbury. Etone College The northern boundary of the priority area is formed by, but Specialist Science and excludes properties on the northern side of, Midland Road, Mathematics College Central Avenue, Corporation Street, Newtown Road, Back Street, and Leicester Road. The northern boundary continues along Queen Elizabeth School The parishes of Atherstone, Baddesley Ensor, Mancetter, but excludes Hinckley Road and The Long Shoot. The Eastern and Sports College Baxterley, Merevale and Bentley. Boundary follows the County boundary from The Long Shoot to the railway line. The southern boundary follows the railway line The Coleshill School The parishes of Water Orton, Curdworth, Lea Marston, Wishaw, as far as Eastboro Way and then along Eastboro Way, Garret A Business and Shustoke, Maxstoke, Nether Whitacre, Over Whitacre, Coleshill, Street (excluded), Avenue Road, the A444 and College Street Enterprise Academy Great Packington and Little Packington are all included. The (excluded) to Greenmoor Road. The western boundary then part of the parish of Fillongley bounded by Shawbury Lane and follows Greenmoor Road and Croft Road (excluded) as far as the Newton Lane to their junction and Cow Lane is shared with Ash Coventry Canal and follows the Coventry Canal as far as Midland Green School. Road.

The Polesworth School The parishes of Newton Regis, Seckington, Shuttington, Austrey, Hartshill School of The priority area includes the parishes of Hartshill and Ansley, A specialist Language Polesworth, Dordon and Grendon. Science and the Arts including the village of Birchley Heath. From the Hartshill parish College boundary the eastern boundary follows Mancetter Road and Tuttle Hill to the Coventry Canal (only properties on the south side of these roads are included). The southern boundary is formed by the Coventry Canal as far as the railway line and then the railway Nuneaton and Bedworth line as far as the Ansley Parish boundary.

School Name Priority Area Description Higham Lane School A The whole of the parish of Caldecote is included. From the Business and Enterprise Caldecote parish boundary the north-eastern boundary of the Ash Green School and The parishes of Corley and Fillongley. Where the Corley parish College priority area follows the Warwickshire County boundary to The Arts College meets the Astley Parish the northern boundary follows the Astley Long Shoot. The southern boundary is formed by The Long Shoot, Parish and the old mineral railway, which runs from the site of Hinckley Road, Leicester Road, Back Street, Newton Road, Newdigate Colliery to the Coventry Canal just south of Burns Corporation Street, Central Avenue, Midland Road, Tuttle Hill Walk. The eastern boundary follows the Coventry Canal to the and Mancetter Road. Only the northern sides of these roads are County boundary. The southern boundary follows the County included in the priority area with the exception of The Long Shoot boundary to the Corley Parish boundary. The part of the parish of and Hinckley Road where both sides are included in the priority Fillongley bounded by Shawbury Lane and Newton Lane to their area. The western boundary is formed by the Hartshill Parish junction and Cow Lane is shared with The Coleshill School. boundary from Mancetter Road to the Caldecote Parish boundary.

34 35 Warwickshire Secondary School Priority Areas (cont.)

Nuneaton and Bedworth Nuneaton and Bedworth

School Name Priority Area Description School Name Priority Area Description

Nicholas Chamberlaine The parishes of Shilton, Ansty, Wolvey, Bramcote, Burton The priority area takes in the whole of the parishes of Arley and Technology College Hastings and Copston Magna are all included. The northern Astley. From the northernmost point of Astley Parish the northern boundary is formed by St David’s Way to the junction between boundary follows the railway line as far as the Coventry Canal. Coventry road and the railway line and then follows the railway The eastern boundary is then formed by the Coventry Canal to line to the Wem Brook and along the Wem Brook as far as the Croft Road and then follows, but excludes, Greenmoor Road next railway line. The northern boundary then continues along that to the junction with Heath End Road. The eastern boundary railway line to the Ashby-de-la-Zouch Canal and along the Ashby- continues to follow, but exclude, Heath End Road, Tenlons de-la-Zouch Canal to the Burton Hastings parish boundary. The Road Industrial Estate, Haselbury Corner, Christchurch Close, western boundary follows the Warwickshire County boundary from Shillingstone Drive, Hazell Way Industrial Estate, Mimosa Close, Shilton parish boundary to the Coventry Canal and then along the Walsingham Drive, Bermuda Business Park and Griff Lane (In canal to the Old Mineral railway line to the Astley parish boundary. place of the Arbury Estate boundary due to the fact this cannot The western boundary follows the Astley parish boundary to the be confirmed). The southern boundary is formed by the A444 watercourse north of Cowley Wood, along the watercourse to the Bedworth Bypass as far as the watercourse running from just west Bedworth By-pass and then follows the Bedworth By-pass and of the Bedworth Bypass to the Astley Parish. Walsingham Drive to St David’s Way.

St Thomas More Catholic Please contact the school for details. East School and Technology College School Name Priority Area Description The northern boundary is formed by Heath End Road, Bull Ring Ashlawn School The parishes of Dunchurch, Thurlaston, Leamington Hastings, (excluded), College Street, Avenue Road (excluded), Garret Birdingbury, Grandborough, Wolfhampcote and Willoughby are Street, Eastboro Way as far as the railway line and the railway included. The area of Rugby bounded in the north by Lawrence line to the County boundary. The eastern boundary follows the Sherriff Street, Little Church Street, Church Street (excluded) and County boundary from the railway line to the boundary between Clifton Road (excluded) to the Clifton parish boundary. Church the parishes of Stretton Baskerville and Burton Hastings. The Street and Clifton Road to Whitehall Road are shared with The southern boundary follows the Stretton Baskerville Parish and . The eastern boundary follows the Clifton then the Burton Hastings Parish boundary as far as the Ashby- parish boundary to the Warwickshire County boundary. The de-la-Zouch Canal. The southern boundary is then formed by southern boundary follows the Warwickshire County boundary to the Ashby-de-la-Zouch Canal as far as the railway line and then the Dunchurch parish boundary. The eastern boundary is formed follows the railway line to the Wem Brook and the Wem Brook as by Dunchurch Road, odd numbered properties only, from the far as the next railway line. The boundary then follows that railway Dunchurch parish boundary to Lawrence Sherriff Street. line to Coventry Road and follows St David’s Way, Walsingham

Drive and Griff Lane. The western boundary is formed by The area bounded by and including Evreux Way, North Street, Bermuda Business Park, Walsingham Drive, Mimosa Close, Market Place, High Street, Lawrence Sherriff Street (excluded), Hazell Way Industrial Estate, Shillingstone Drive, Christchurch Warwick Street (excluded) and Corporation Street is shared with Close, Haselbury Corner and Tenlons Road Industrial Estate to Bilton School. Heath End Road.

36 37 Warwickshire Secondary School Priority Areas (cont.)

East Central

School Name Priority Area Description School Name Priority Area Description Bilton School A Maths The parishes of Binley Woods, Brandon and Bretford, Ryton- Central Aylesford School The Parish of Budbrooke and the part of the Hatton Park Estate and Computing College on-Dunsmore, Bubbenhall, Wolston, Church Lawford, Long and Sixth Form College bounded by Hatton Close from the Budbrooke parish boundary Lawford, Stretton-on-Dunsmore, Princethorpe, Frankton, Bourton and following Mickleton Drive, Horton Grove, Arlescote Close, and Draycote, Marton and Cawston are included. The Parish Dorsington Close and Todenham Way (excluded). From of Brinklow is shared with The Avon Valley School. The area Todenham Way the boundary cuts across the fields back to the of Rugby bounded in the north by Lawford Road (excluded) Budbrooke parish boundary. and Warwick Street to Dunchurch Road. The eastern boundary follows Dunchurch Road (even numbered properties only) to the The northern boundary is formed by the Leek Wooton and Guy’s Dunchurch parish boundary. The southern boundary follows the Cliffe parish boundary from the Budbrook parish boundary to Dunchurch parish boundary to the Cawston parish boundary. The Coventry Road. The eastern boundary follows Coventry Road area bounded by and including Evreux Way, North Street, Market (excluded), and then the Grand Union Canal as far as the foot Place, High Street, Lawrence Sherriff Street (excluded), Warwick bridge just north of Scar Bank. From Scar Bank the eastern Street (excluded) and Corporation Street is shared with Ashlawn boundary follows Wathen Road, Vine Lane (excluded), Trueman School. Close (excluded) and cuts across Priory Park to Yeomanry Close. The eastern boundary then follows St Nicholas Church Street, Harris School Please contact the school for details. from the junction with St Johns (excluded), and Mill Street to the River Avon. The boundary then follows the River Avon to the Please see the Grammar School section of the Admissions Sherbourne Parish boundary. The southern boundary follows the Service website for details of the priority area. Sherbourne parish boundary to the Budbrook parish boundary.

Rugby High School Please see the Grammar School section of the Admissions Service website for details of the priority area. Campion School The parish of Radford Semele and the town of Royal Leamington Spa bounded in the north by the River Leam. The western bound- The Avon Valley School The parishes of Churchover, Clifton-upon-Dunsmore, Combe ary is formed by the railway track from the Sydenham parish and Performing Arts Fields, Cosford, Easenhall, Harborough Magna, Kings Newnham, boundary to the River Leam. The area bounded in the north and College Little Lawford, Monks Kirby, Newton and Biggin, Pailton, Stretton- east by the railway track, Europa Way (excluded), Heathcote under-Fosse, Wibtoft, Willey and Withybrook are all included. Lane and Prince’s Drive in the west and including the parish of The parish of Brinklow is shared with Bilton School. The area of Whitnash West of the railway line is shared with Myton School. Rugby bounded in the south by Clifton Road from the Clifton- upon-Dunsmore parish boundary to Church Street, Church Street and Clifton Road to Whitehall Road are shared with Kenilworth School and The parishes of Ashow, Baginton, Leek Wootton and Guy’s Cliffe, Ashlawn. The southern boundary then follows Church Street, Sports College Stoneleigh and Kenilworth are all included. N.B. Children living Northstreet (excluded), Evreux Way (excluded), Corporation in the village of Burton Green (in Warwickshire) and attending Street (excluded) and Lawford Road to the Long Lawford parish Burton Green C of E Primary School have a high priority for a boundary. The eastern boundary follows the Long Lawford parish place at the Heart of England School in Balsall Common under boundary to the Little Lawford parish boundary. the Solihull LA.

38 39 Warwickshire Secondary School Priority Areas (cont.)

Central Central

School Name Priority Area Description School Name Priority Area Description

Myton School A The parish of Bishops Tachbrook is included. The northern The parishes of Cubbington, Blackdown, Eathorpe, Hunningham, Specialist Science boundary follows the Leek Wooton and Guy’s Cliffe parish Offchurch, Old Milverton and Weston-under-Wetherley are College and boundary, the Old Milverton parish boundary and the Royal included. The town of Royal Leamington Spa bounded in Training School Leamington Spa parish boundary to Warwick New Road. the south by the River Leam from the Radford Semele parish boundary to Milverton Court and then following Milverton Court The northern boundary then follows Warwick New Road (only (excluded) and Warwick New Road (only properties on the properties on the south side are included) to Milverton Court. The north side are included) to the Warwick parish boundary. The eastern boundary follows Milverton Court to the River Leam and western boundary follows the Warwick parish boundary to the Old then the River Leam to the railway line. The eastern boundary Milverton parish boundary. continues along the railway line to Prince’s Drive and follows Prince’s Drive, Europa Way and Heathcote Lane to the Whitnash Southam College The Parishes of Bishops Itchington, Chapel Ascote, Chesterton parish boundary and then follows the Whitnash parish boundary and Kingston, Harbury, Hodnell (historical parish boundary as to the Bishops Tachbrook parish boundary. now combined with Wills Pastures), Ladbroke, Long Itchington, Radbourne, Napton-on-the-Hill, Priors Hardwick, Priors The western boundary follows the River Avon from the Bishops Marston, Southam, Stockton, Stoneton, Ufton, Upper and Lower Tachbrook parish boundary to Mill Street and then continues Shuckburgh. to follow Mill Street (excluded) and St Nicholas Church Street (excluded) to the junction with St Johns. The western boundary then cuts across the junction of St John’s and follows Yeomanary Close (excluded) to Priory Park and cuts across Priory Park to Please contact the school for details. Trueman Close. The boundary follows Trueman Close, Vine Lane, Wathen Road (excluded), Scar Bank and the Grand Union Canal from the foot bridge just north of Scar Bank to the Coventry Road.

The western boundary then follows Coventry Road to the Leek Wooton and Guy’s Cliffe parish boundary. The area bounded in the north and east by the railway track, in the west by Europa Way (excluded), Heathcote Lane and Prince’s Drive and including the parish of Whitnash west of the railway line is shared with Campion School.

40 41 Warwickshire Secondary School Priority Areas (cont.)

South South

School Name Priority Area Description School Name Priority Area Description

Alcester Academy The parishes of Alcester, Arrow with Weethley, Aston Cantlow Shipston High School The parishes of Admington, Barcheston, Bartonon-the-Heath, (Shelfield and Shelfield Green areas only), Bidford-on-Avon, Brailes, Burmington, Cherington, Great Wolford, Halford, Binton (north of Evesham Road only), Coughton, Exhall, Great Honington, Idlicote, Ilmington, Little Compton, Long Compton, Alne, Haselor, Kinwarton, Morton Bagot (excluding northern tip Long Marston (east of disused railway only), Quinton, Shipston- north of Morton Bagot Manor), Salford Priors, Spernall, Temple on-Stour, Stourton, Stretton-on-Fosse, Sutton-under-Brailes, Grafton (north of the Evesham Road only), Wixford. The village Tidmington, Tredington, Whichford, Whitchurch are all included. of Sambourne in the parish of Sambourne is also included and is The area of Sweet Knowle in the parish of Preston-on-Stour is also bounded by Sambourne Lane, Jill Lane and the Cain Brook to the included. parish boundary. St Benedict's Catholic Please contact the school for details. Alcester Grammar Please see the Grammar School section of the Admissions High School School Service website for details of the priority area.

Stratford Girls' Grammar Please see the Grammar School section of the Admissions Henley-In-Arden School The parishes of Baddesley Clinton, Beaudesert, Beausale, School Service website for details of the priority area. Haseley, Honiley and Wroxall, Bearley, Bushwood, Claverdon (excluding the hamlet of Gannaway), Henley-in-Arden, Langley, Lapworth, Oldberrow, Preston Bagot, Rowington, Shrewley, Stratford-upon-Avon The parishes of Aston Cantlow (excluding Shelfield and Shelfield Tanworth-in-Arden, Ullenhall and Wootton Wawen are all School Green), Atherstone-on-Stour, Barford, Billesley, Binton (south of included. The parish of Hatton is also included but excluding Evesham Road only), Clifford Chambers and Milcote, Dorsington, the part of the Hatton Park Estate bounded by Hatton Close Fulbrook, Hampton Lucy, Long Marston (west of the disused (excluded) from the Budbrooke parish boundary and following railway only), Loxley, Luddington, Norton Lindsey, Old Stratford Mickleton Drive (excluded), Horton Grove (excluded), Arlescote and Drayton, Preston-on-Stour (excluding the Sweet Knowle Close (excluded), Dorsington Close (excluded) and Todenham area), Sherbourne, Snitterfield, Stratford-upon-Avon, Temple Way. From Todenham Way the boundary cuts across the fields Grafton (south of Evesham Road only), Wasperton, Welford-on- back to the Budbrooke parish boundary. Avon, Wilmcote, Weston-on-Avon and Wolverton are all included. The village of Charlecote in the parish of Charlecote and the Kineton High School, A The parishes of Alderminster, Avon Dassett, Burton Dassett, hamlet of Gannaway in the parish of Claverdon are also included. Specialist Sports College Butlers Marston, Chadshunt, Charlecote (excluding Charlecote village), Combrook, Compton Verney, Compton Wynyates, Studley High School The parishes of Studley, Mappleborough Green and Sambourne, Ettington, Farnborough, Fenny Compton, Gaydon, Kineton, excluding the area bounded by Sambourne Lane, Jill Lane and Lighthorne, Lighthorne Heath, Moreton Morrell, Newbold Pacey, the Cain Brook to the parish boundary. The northern tip of Morton Oxhill, Pillerton Hersey, Pillerton Priors, Radway, Ratley and Bagot parish is also included (the boundary cuts across the Upton, Shotteswell, Tysoe, Warmington, Watergall, Wellesbourne, countryside just north of Morton Bagot Manor). Whatcote, Wills Pastures (historical parish boundary as now combined with Hodnell) and Wormleighton are all included.

King Edward VI Grammar Please see the Grammar School section of the Admissions School Service website for details of the priority area.

42 43 Admission Arrangements

Warwickshire County Council Secondary Coordinated Admissions Scheme Section 1 – Timetable for secondary coordinated Admissions for September 2018.

Date Event Date Event

April 2017 Warwickshire’s Admissions Service to obtain data of Friday 06 October 2017 First reminder letter sent to parents who have not applied Warwickshire children due to start secondary school in for a Secondary school place. Reminder emails to September 2018. Data obtained from Commissioning schools encouraging them to remind parents of the need Support Service, MIS Team, other local authorities and to apply. Independent schools located in Warwickshire. Monday 16 October 2017( TBC) From this date, 11+ results letters will be posted out to May 2017 Secondary packs posted directly to parents with children all families where children have sat the Warwickshire due to transfer to Secondary school in September 2018. 11+ selection test in the previous month of September. Copies of publicity materials available on website. Late candidates may not receive their results until later on in the process, but must still abide by the deadline for making a secondary school application. Monday 08 May 2017 11+Registration Opens. Friday 20 October 2017 Second reminder letter sent to parents who have not Monday 08 May 2017 Secondary application process opens (online and applied for a Secondary school place. Reminder emails telephone applications). to schools encouraging them to remind parents of the need to apply. Wednesday 14 June 2017 Deadline for 11+ registration if parents are requesting special testing arrangements due to learning difficulties Tuesday 31 October 2017 (5pm) National Closing date for on time applications. or a physical disability. Applications received after this date will considered as late and will not be considered until after National Offer Friday 07 July 2017 11+Registration deadline, in order to be classed as on Day, in line with scheduled reallocation dates (unless the time. family is moving into the area – residency requirements must be adhered to – see below for more information). Saturday 09 September2017 Main11+test date. Friday 10 November 2017 (TBC) First exchange of data with other authorities. Sunday 10 September 2017 Second11+test date (if required for religious reasons).

Monday 11 September2017 Parents must inform the Admissions Service, by no later than 4pm, if their child was not fit or well to attend the 11+ selection test. Proof of the illness/condition must be sent to the Admissions Service by no later than noon (12pm) on Wednesday 13th September2017, in order for the test registration to still remain as on time and a supplementary testing session to be arranged.

Tuesday 19 September 2017 First supplementary11+test date (candidates registering on time for the test will be given priority for this session). Further testing sessions will be scheduled as and when required.

44 45 Admission Arrangements (cont.)

Warwickshire County Council Secondary Coordinated Admissions Scheme Section 1 – Timetable for secondary coordinated Admissions for September 2018.

Date Event Date Event

Monday 20 November 2017 Applications sent to own admission authority schools Monday 05 February 2018 Provisional offers available to all schools via SAM, other so that over-subscription criteria can be added (except than academies who do not purchase Warwickshire’s where WCC has been commissioned to carry out this Admissions Service, in which case offers will be sent via task). Application data will be available via SAM (the Excel spreadsheet. Schools must notify Warwickshire School Admissions Module) to Voluntary Aided, Trust, Admissions Service of any issues by 09 February 2018. Foundation schools and Academies who purchase the Offer data must remain confidential. School Admissions Service. Data will include straight-line measurements. Friday 09 February 2018 Schools to have notified Warwickshire’s Admissions Service of any issues with provisional offers. The same information will be sent via Excel spreadsheet to oversubscribed academies who do not purchase the Monday 12 February 2018 Process begins of sharing provisional offers with other School Admissions Service (however, no straight-line local authorities. measurements will be included in those cases). Wednesday 14 February 2018 Special Educational Needs Disability and Review Team Monday 20 November 2017 Sibling Check lists available to all schools via SAM, other (TBC) (SENDaR) must have informed Admissions of relevant than academies who do not purchase Warwickshire’s offers – re: pupils with Education Health and Care Plans.) Admissions Service. In this case, data will be sent via Excel spreadsheet. Monday 26 February 2018 Offer letters posted second class. (Letters will not be issued for online applications where the first preference December 2017 Proof of address will be requested for all children where school has been offered) a Warwickshire grammar school has been named on the application. This is regardless of which home authority Thursday 01 March 2018 National Offer Day. Offers made to parents by they reside in. Warwickshire’s Admissions Service (Statutory). Information on late applicants sent to all schools via Friday 29 December 2017 Final date for families moving into the area to have SAM, other than academies who do not purchase provided proof of address in order for application to be Warwickshire’s Admissions Service, in which case data considered as on-time (see residency requirements). will be sent via Excel spreadsheet.

Monday 08 January 2018 Own admission authority schools to return ranked lists Wednesday 09 March 2018 Deadline to accept or decline offer made. to WCC by 5pm. To be returned via SAM, or via Excel spreadsheet if the school has not purchased Warwick- Monday 12 March 2018 Reminder letter sent to any Warwickshire parents that shire’s Admissions Service. have not accepted or declined the offer made.

Friday19 January 2018 (TBC) Second exchange of data with other authorities. Thursday 15 March 2018 (5pm) Cut-off date for new applications to be made in order to be considered in first reallocation round. Friday 02 February 2018 (TBC) Third exchange of data with other authorities. Monday 19 March 2018 First reallocation round commences.

Thursday 29 March 2018 (5pm) Deadline by which appeals must be logged in order to be considered as on time. On time appeals will be heard during the 2017/18 academic summer term.

46 47 Section 2 - Secondary Admission Arrangements (cont.) coordinated admissions for September 2018

Warwickshire County Council Secondary Coordinated Admissions Scheme Coordinated admissions. Section 1 – Timetable for secondary coordinated Admissions for September 2018. All local authorities are Parents then receive a single Application data relating required to have in place offer of a school place from to schools in other local authorities will be forwarded Date Event a scheme for coordinating their home local authority. admission arrangements via S2S. This system is part for maintained schools and Independent (private) of the DfE’s Secure Access Friday 06 April 2018 (5pm) Cut-off date for new applications to be made in academies within their area. schools are not part of the website and is designed order to be considered in second reallocation round. coordinated scheme. These to securely transfer data The term ‘parent’ in this schools will have their own between local authorities and Monday 09 April 2018 Second reallocation round commences. document includes both admission criteria, application schools. individual parents and those process and scheme for Friday 27 April 2018 (5pm) Cut-off date for new applications to be made in with parental responsibility – offering places. This scheme primarily relates order to be considered in third reallocation round. for example, carers. Parents should contact the to children who are due relevant school directly if they to start secondary school Monday 07 May 2018 Third reallocation round commences. All applications Coordinated schemes wish to apply for a place. (Year 7) in September 2018. received from this point onwards will be processed as are intended to simplify However, the deadlines and and when they are received, up until 01 September, the admission process for Only parents who are key dates for applications when in-year coordination commences. parents whilst reducing the resident in the county of and offers also apply to likelihood of any child being Warwickshire, or who are children transferring to Year Monday 14 May 2018 Places allocated to Warwickshire children due to left without a school place. able to satisfy the relevant 10 in a 14-19 school in transfer to secondary school in September 2018, where Coordination establishes address requirements as laid September 2018. an application has not been submitted. Letter sent to a mechanism that ensures out in this document, should parents to advise of the place offered. as far as is reasonably make an application through A letter was sent on 01 practicable, every parent of the Warwickshire School September 2017 to all current Monday 04 June 2018 In-Year applications for secondary school places starting a child who has applied for a Admissions Service. year 9 students attending a (Onwards) in September 2018 can be submitted. (Year groups 8 -11 place at a maintained school Warwickshire school detailing only. Applications for Year 7 places for September 2018 or academy is sent a single Warwickshire residents must the school options available will continue to be processed through the coordinated offer of a school place by the apply through Warwickshire’s to them for year 10 onwards scheme). local authority in which their Admissions Service for their from September 2018. home address falls (their application to be considered ‘home authority’). as on-time. Where parents Admission arrangements. Monday 11 June 2018 Offers for In-year places, to start in September 2018 (for approach schools directly All schools are required (Onwards) year groups 8 – 11), will start being made. Under the system of they must be directed to to have a set of admission coordinated admissions, Warwickshire’s Admissions arrangements that clearly Thursday 14 June 2018 Appeals lodged before 29 March 2018 will be heard by parents apply directly to their Service. Any Warwickshire set out how children this date. home authority and make a resident who does not make will be admitted. These single application for a school an application through arrangements need to Friday 20 July 2018 Appeals lodged after the on time deadline of 29 March place. Local authorities and Warwickshire’s Admissions include the criteria that will 2018, but before 21 June 2018, will be heard by the other admission authorities - Service will be considered be applied if there are more 20 July (end of the 2017/2018 academic year), where such as the governing body to have submitted a late applications than places at possible. or trust of an academy, or application, even if they the school (‘oversubscription the governing body of a applied directly to a school. criteria’). Admission Monday 03 September 2018 In-Year coordination commences. All applications made Church Aided school - then arrangements are determined in accordance with the transfer rounds will be moved to exchange application data. Warwickshire Admissions by admission authorities, In-Year status and will be held on any relevant waiting will manage the process of in line with the School lists until 31 December 2018. This is to determine which allocating schools places Admissions Code (2014). children can be offered in line with the Coordinated a place at which school. Admissions Scheme.

48 49 Admission Arrangements (cont.)

‘Section 2 - Secondary coordinated admissions for September 2018

Admission • Definition of sibling. • The highest priority in a Information for parents. Copies of the booklet will also Applying for Arrangements (cont.) Admission authorities school’s oversubscription In April of each year, be available to schools so a school place. In Community and Voluntary must state in their criteria must also be Warwickshire’s Admissions that they are able to advertise Parents apply for school Controlled schools the arrangements what they given, unless otherwise Service receives data the application process. places using a Common local authority is the mean by sibling (eg: does allowed in the Admissions from Warwickshire County Schools are encouraged to Application Form (CAF). admission authority and has it include step-siblings). Code, to looked after Council’s Commissioning inform parents of the need Parents are encouraged responsibility for determining Where priority is given to children and all previously Support Service, MIS Team, to apply for a school place to apply for a school place admission arrangements. In siblings of former pupils, looked after children. other local authorities and make parents aware of using Warwickshire’s online Academies, Church Aided, admission authorities must Previously looked after and Independent schools the necessary deadlines. application system. This Trust, Foundation and other set out a clear and simple children are children who located in Warwickshire, Full details of the process allows parents to complete an ‘own admission authority’ definition of such former were looked after, but relating to children due will also be available on the electronic version of the CAF. schools, the Governing pupils. Some schools ceased to be so because to start secondary school Warwickshire County Council The advantages of the online Body has responsibility give priority to siblings of they were adopted (or the following September. website. system are as follows: for determining admission pupils attending another became subject to a child This data is then used to arrangements. In Multi- state funded school. arrangements order18 distribute information about Also available on the • The process is relatively Academy-Trusts, the Where this is the case, or special guardianship the admissions process to Warwickshire County quick and easy. Trust has responsibility this priority must be order). parents. Council website will be the for determining admission clearly set out in local authority’s Composite • Applicants receive an arrangements. the arrangements. • If a school is not In May of each year, booklets Prospectus. This is an acknowledgment email oversubscribed, all explaining the school expanded version of the confirming that their A school’s admission • Distance from school. applicants must be application process are sent booklet which is sent to application has been arrangements must contain: Admission authorities offered a place (with the to the parents of children parents and will contain the submitted. must clearly set out how exception of designated resident in Warwickshire who full admission arrangements • The school’s Published distance from home to grammar schools). are due to start secondary of each school in • Parents applying online Admission Number (PAN) school will be measured, school the following year. Warwickshire. receive their offer of for each ‘relevant age and make it clear how The admission arrangements a school place from group’. This is the number ‘home address’ will be of any school must be 08.30am on National Offer of places that will normally determined and the such as to enable relevant Day. be offered to children point in the school from decisions to be made in line joining the school at the which all distances are with the timetable of this normal point of entry (for measured. This should scheme. secondary schools this include provision for is Year 7). parents who have shared responsibility for a child. • The school’s oversubscription criteria. The School Admissions Code These are used to decide also requires that: which children are offered places when there • All children whose are more applications Statement of Special than places available. Educational Needs (SEN) Each child is assigned or Education, Health and a criterion with places Care (EHC) plan names a offered in criteria order to school must be admitted. fill the school. 50 51 Admission Arrangements (cont.)

Section 2 - Secondary coordinated admissions for September 2018

Applying for a • Indicate if the child has When completing the CAF, Supplementary SIFs must not ask for any of the oversubscription criteria. school place (cont.) a Statement of Special regardless of whether this is Information Forms the information prohibited Warwickshire Admissions The online application Educational Needs or an online or over the telephone, Some schools require in paragraph 1.9 of the Service will not process process allows parents to: Education Health and parents will be required to parents to complete a Admissions code, or: any SIFs. Care Plan. provide their Council Tax Supplementary Information • Apply for a place at Property Reference Number. Form (SIF) in order to a) Any personal details When a school’s admission their preferred schools • Confirm details in relation assign the oversubscription about parents and arrangements require a SIF by completing the form. to faith, in line with the Completed application forms, criteria. If a SIF is required families, such as and one is not completed, Warwickshire parents can oversubscription for some regardless of the method by the governing body maiden names, criminal but the parent has listed name up to six schools on own admission authority used to make the application, of a school, this will be convictions, marital, or the school on the CAF their application. schools (faith schools should be received by the detailed in Warwickshire financial status (including and submitted this to their may require additional home authority (Warwickshire County Council’s Composite marriage certificates). home local authority, the • Rank their preferred evidence as part of the School Admissions Service) Prospectus and on the application must still be schools in the order they application. This should by no later than 5.00pm on Warwickshire County Council b) The first language of considered without the would like their child to be be submitted directly to the statutory closing date of website. It will also be parents or the child. additional information. If offered a place (parents the school for which a 31 October 2017. Completed detailed in the admission a SIF is not received then should name their place is being sought. application forms received arrangements for the c) Details about any the application can only be preferred school(s) first/ Further information about after the closing date will be school concerned. disability, special considered in accordance highest). this can be found in the considered as late unless educational needs or with the information available admission arrangements suitable evidence of a house Admission authorities within medical conditions which to the governing body from • Give reasons for each for the school concerned). move can be provided by Warwickshire will not use either the child or a parent the CAF, and this may preference. the relevant deadline (see Supplementary Information has been diagnosed with. result in the application • Confirm if the child falls ‘Changes of address’ section Forms (SIFs) except where being given lower priority within the classification • Give details of any below). the information which d) Require that parents for a place, in line with the of ‘Looked After’ or siblings who will also is collated through the agree to support the ethos admission arrangements and ‘Previously Looked After’, be attending one of the Amendments to the Common Application Form is of the school in a oversubscription criteria for in line with paragraph 1.7 preferred schools at the application (eg: an additional insufficient for consideration practical way. that school. of the School Admissions point of admission of the preference being named, against the school’s Code (2014). child for whom a place is or the order of the ranked published oversubscription e) Require that both parents Where a SIF is required being applied. preferences being changed) criteria. Where SIFs are used sign the form, or ask for it must be returned to the Alternatively, parents will be permitted prior to the by admission authorities in the child to complete preferred school by the can contact the School • Give details of any parent closing date of 31 October Warwickshire, every effort the form. application deadline of 31 Admissions Service and who is a staff member 2017. Any changes made will be made to ensure that October 2017. make an application over at the school which to an application after this only the information which When a school receives a the telephone. This allows has been named as a date will be classed as late is required in relation to the SIF, Warwickshire Admissions parents to provide the same Changes of address preference, in line with the (unless they are made in line published oversubscription Service will not consider the School places will be information as the online oversubscription for some with the change of address criteria is requested. This is in parents to have applied for allocated using the home system, but in this case the own admission authority requirements detailed below). accordance with paragraph a place at that school unless address which is named on offer of a school place will be schools. 2.4 of the School Admissions the parent has also submitted the Common Application sent via second class post, Code. the Common Application Form at the point of the so may not be received as • Provide details of social Form and named the school National Closing date (31 quickly as an online offer, or medical issues, in line as a preference on that form. October 2017). which will be sent via email. with the oversubscription SIFs should be submitted

for some own admission directly to school concerned

authority schools. for their consideration against 52 53 Admission Arrangements (cont.)

Section 2 - Secondary coordinated admissions for September 2018

Changes of address (cont.) admission arrangements will be considered using in the same way as all other the same parent, then only or email). If this coincides for clarification. the previous address late applications. the newest application will with National Offer Day, • House move prior which was named on the be processed (ie: the last or one of the reallocation to 31 October 2017: • House move after application. Applications for schools application made before the rounds, then the offer may Where the home 31 October 2017, but in other local authorities deadline). Any applications already have been processed address changes before before 29 December 2017: Where a house move and applications for made previously will not be and the parent will be notified the closing date for Where the home address has occurred after Warwickshire schools processed. of this. In this instance, the applications, parents changes after the closing the 29 December from families living in applicant must notify the must notify the School date for applications, extended deadline other local authorities. If the newest application is School Admissions Service Admissions Service of the but before the extended and no application has Applications for schools in submitted after the closing that the place at that school change of address and, if deadline for families previously been made other local authorities, and date then it will be treated is no longer required and required, will be permitted who are moving (either to Warwickshire, an any relevant additional/ as a late application (unless the offer will be declined and to amend their school within or into the county), application must be made supplementary information, there has been a change withdrawn by the Admissions preferences. Parents parents can contact and suitable proof of the will be electronically of address, in line with the Service. will need to contact the School Admissions new address should be forwarded to the relevant requirements detailed above) the School Admissions Service and will be submitted. In this case, maintaining local authority, and any previous applications Separated parents. Service to update the permitted to amend the the application will be in line with the timetable will be disregarded. Only persons or application. application, if required. classed as late and will found at the beginning of this organisations who have not be considered in document. If a school place has been Parental Responsibility for Proof of the new address, Proof of the new address, the first round of offers offered by Warwickshire a child should make an such as a full copy of such as a full copy of (National Offer Day = Warwickshire School School Admissions Service application for a school the signed tenancy the signed tenancy 01 March 2018). The Admissions Service will and an applicant then place. Warwickshire School agreement (which must agreement (which must application will be given also receive applications chooses to submit further Admissions Service will not terminate after the start of terminate after the start consideration in the from other local authorities applications, the newest become involved in disputes the 2018 Autumn term), or of the Autumn term), or first reallocation round, in line with the timetable application will take between parents, or parties, a letter from the solicitor a letter from the solicitor commencing on 19 found at the beginning of priority over any previous regarding applications for confirming that there has confirming that there has March 2018. this document. These will applications. Further school places. been an exchange of been an exchange of Proof of the new address, be recorded and passed applications made after the contracts, will be required. contracts, will be required. such as a full copy of to own admission authority deadline date will be classed Where individuals or parties This must be received by This must be received by the signed tenancy schools, as appropriate. as late. with parental responsibility the Admissions Service by the Admissions Service by agreement (which must If the application is for a cannot agree on either the no later than 5pm on 29 no later than 5pm on 29 terminate after the start Community or Voluntary If it is possible to offer a place home address or the school December 2017. December 2017. of the Autumn term), or Controlled school then the at one of the preferences on preferences to name on an a letter from the solicitor School Admissions Service the newest application, the application, the Admissions Own admission authority • House move after 29 confirming that there has will give consideration for offer will be made and the Service will then consider schools – eg: academies December 2017: been an exchange of places alongside other previous school place offered the application using the and grammar school Where an application is contracts, will be required applicants, in line with the will be withdrawn without address which is held by academies – may have made by the National prior to this information relevant oversubscription further notice to the applicant. the child’s GP surgery (if additional residency Closing date of 31 being recorded against criteria. the address cannot be requirements which October, but a house the child’s application. Applicants may withdraw an agreed) and will consider the parents must abide by in move has happened after Multiple applications application for any of their school preferences named order for their application this date and no evidence If the above requirements made by a parent. named school preferences by the parent who lives at to be classed as on time. could be submitted by the cannot be met then the If more than one application at any time but this must be that same address. Any See each school’s extended deadline of 29 application will be considered is made prior to the closing done in writing to the School other applications will be December, the application as late and will be processed date of 31 October 2017, by Admissions Service (by letter disregarded. 54 55 Admission Arrangements (cont.)

Section 2 - Secondary coordinated admissions for September 2018

How offers are determined. Admission authorities must raised with Warwickshire availability will be identified with the local authority. This and have not received an Late applications will consider all applications; Admissions Service by the based on distance calculated is to avoid any detrimental offer at the school named as be considered on the if there are more date set out in the timetable by straight line measurement. impact on other local schools. their first preference. Where reallocation dates listed in the applications received for at the beginning of this an application has been timetable at the beginning of a school than there are document. A single school place will be Where further capacity is made over the telephone, this document. places available then the identified for each child by required to provide every confirmation of the school relevant oversubscription In the case of Community and the end of the process. child in Warwickshire with an place offered will be sent via If the applicant requests that criteria for the school Voluntary Controlled schools, appropriate school place, a a letter in the post only. any new preferences are will be assigned to each Warwickshire Admissions Distance. discussion will be held with added to the application, or application. Warwickshire Service will apply the Distance will be calculated by the school by members of the When a parent is not offered the order of preferences is School Admissions Service oversubscription criteria. a straight line measurement School Place Planning team their first preference school changed, and the 31 October carries out this function from the address point to reach an agreement. they will be provided with: deadline has passed, these for all Community and In the majority of cases, location coordinate of the amendments will be classed Voluntary Controlled schools and where possible, the applicant’s home address (as Notification of offers. a) Information about their as late and the relevant (as Warwickshire is the aim will be to offer a place set by Ordnance Survey) to National Offer Day is right of appeal against application for the schools ‘admission authority’ for at the school named as the the centre point (‘centroid’) 01 March 2018. any refusal of a place. named on the application these schools), and by prior highest preference. Where of the school in question. The which are affected will be agreement for other own it is possible to offer a place centroid is a pre-determined Warwickshire Admissions b) A breakdown of the offers classed as late also (unless admission authority schools, at more than one of the point set by Warwickshire Service will communicate to made for each school. there has been a change such as academies. No offers preferred schools named on County Council and all all parents who are resident of address, in line with the will be made without first the application, a place will distances are subject to within the county, who have c) Information about the requirements detailed above). liaising with the appropriate be offered at the school listed changes which may occur made an on time application, waiting list process. admission authority for that as the highest preference. with updates of regarding the school place Each application will be school. Any schools which are listed mapping data. which has been offered. This Late applications limited to a maximum of six as lower preferences than the applies to schools offered Every effort will be made live preferences at any one If an own admission authority school offered will then be Published Admission within either Warwickshire to encourage parents to time during the coordination school is oversubscribed then withdrawn and applications Number (PAN) or another local authority, submit their application period. Where adding a they must produce an intake for those schools will no Where schools have more and will give the reasons as by the closing date of 31 further school preference, at list, in ranked order, which longer be considered. applications to consider to why schools which were October 2017 (5.00pm). the request of the applicant, must include all those who than there are places named as higher preferences However, if an application is would cause the application have expressed a preference Where the local authority is available, offers will be made have not been offered, received after this deadline to contain more than six for the school. The ranked unable to allocate a place in accordance with the if applicable. then it will be classed as late live preferences, then a list must be returned to at any preferred school, a school’s Published Admission and will not be processed preference of the applicant’s Warwickshire Admissions place will be allocated at the Number. Only in exceptional All applicants who made an until after National Offer choosing must first be Service. Where it has been next nearest Community or circumstances will the PAN on time application online Day – 01 March 2018. withdrawn from the process, agreed that Warwickshire Voluntary Controlled school be exceeded. will receive notification of the Instead, the application otherwise the new preference Admissions Service will carry maintained by Warwickshire school place offered, from will be considered as part school will not be added to out this function for own which still has availability, In the case of Foundation, 08.30am on 01 March. These of the relevant reallocation the application. admission authority schools, or the next nearest own Voluntary Aided schools, offers will be sent via email round, depending on when it is the school’s responsibility admission authority school Academies, and other and will also be available to the application is received In respect of own admission to ensure that they are in with availability, where own admission authority view via the online system. (unless there has been authority schools, who have agreement with the intake list. the admission authority is schools, the PAN should a change of address, in brought into the coordinated Any issues must be prepared to offer a place. The only be exceeded following Offer letters will only be sent line with the requirements process for 2018 entry, next nearest school with discussion and agreement to parents who applied online detailed above). information about late 56 57 Admission Arrangements (cont.)

Section 2 - Secondary coordinated admissions for September 2018

Late applications (cont.) offer for a higher preference own admission authority which can be made service – are assessed in line do not respond will continue applications will be made school can be made, but do not buy into the as part of the reallocation with the relevant Transport to receive correspondence available to those schools regardless of whether the Admissions Service, will round, the previous offer will Policy. The criteria set out in from the LA regarding the for consideration as part applications for those schools be made available to those be withdrawn as soon as an that policy makes reference child’s school destination. of the reallocation rounds. were considered as on time schools in order for criteria offer for a higher preference to the ‘nearest appropriate These schools will be or late. to be assigned and waiting school can be made. school’. This is different to Declining the school required to assign relevant lists ranked, in line with the the criteria and policy which place offered. oversubscription criteria, Waiting lists. relevant reallocation dates. For every over-subscribed is followed in relation to the Parents/carers are required where appropriate, and they Children will be automatically Community and Voluntary school admissions process, to notify Warwickshire will also be made aware of added to the waiting lists of Applications made for Controlled school, and the time of making an Admissions Service, via any offers made through the all Warwickshire Community Warwickshire grammar Warwickshire Admissions application for transport telephone or email, if they reallocation process. and Voluntary Controlled schools, where a place has Service will retain a waiting assistance can also have do not intend to accept schools listed as a higher not been offered, will only list until the end of the an impact on the outcome, the school place offered, In the case of a late preference than the school at be placed on to the relevant Autumn term (31 December as this will not necessarily regardless of whether the application, where it is which a place is allocated. waiting list if the academic 2018 ). At that point all correlate with the school offer was made on National possible to offer a place The waiting lists for criteria, set through a Local waiting lists will be cleared admissions process. Offer Day or as part of one at more than one of the Warwickshire schools will Review Process, has been and all applicants will be of the reallocation rounds. preferred schools, a place will not order children based on met. This usually means that removed from the lists. If If transport assistance has These places will then be be offered at the school listed the date the application was there is a minimum 11+ test parents wish to remain on been approved/is being reallocated, as required. as the highest preference on received, so there will be no score required in order for a the waiting list after this provided and an alternative the application. distinction between on time child to be placed on to the period then they will need to school can be offered from Parents/carers will be applications and those which waiting list for each grammar request this in writing to the a waiting list, then this required to provide the Where the local authority is have been classed as late. school. Further information Admissions Service (via email assistance may be stopped if reason for declining the place unable to allocate a place at Waiting lists will be held in the about this will be posted to or letter). Waiting lists will the place from the waiting list offered and the place will any preferred school, a place order of the oversubscription parents on National then be cleared at the end is not taken up. only be released if the parent/ will be allocated at the next criteria which has been set by Offer Day. of the each term (Autumn, carer is able to provide nearest school which still has the school concerned. Spring and Summer) and Accepting the school place details of suitable alternative availability. The next nearest The local authority will parents/carers must continue offered. education provision which school with availability will be Where a school is its own continue to operate the to request to remain on Parents will be asked to has been secured for the identified based on distance admission authority, the coordinated scheme, in waiting lists at the beginning accept the place by logging child, eg: a place has been calculated by straight line waiting list will be re-ranked relation to processing new of each term. into their account and accepted in the independent measurement. when a new application applications and allocating accepting. If parents wish to sector, at a private school. has been received and the places, where this is Where a school is its own decline they must advise the The Admissions Service will Only one school place correct oversubscription appropriate, up to and admission authority, parents/ LA of the school destination. write to parents who fail to will be offered as part of has been assigned to that including 31 August 2018. carers should contact the provide full details of the the coordinated process. application by the school. No school for details of their Warwickshire parents will be intended provision for their Where a different school reallocations will be made Parents/carers will be notified waiting list policy. For the given until 9 March to accept child. was offered previously, and in respect of own admission in writing if it is possible for majority of these schools, the or decline the place, failure to this was named as a lower authority schools without a place to be offered to their waiting list will continue to be respond will result in a further preference school on the the prior agreement of those child from a school’s waiting held by the local authority. letter been sent on 12 March application than the offer schools. list. Where a different school giving until 19 March to reply. which can be made as part was offered previously, and Transport assistance. Failure to respond will result of the reallocation round, Applications made after this was named as a lower Applications for transport in the offer being removed the previous offer will be National Offer Day, in respect preference school on the assistance – usually in the and an alternative school withdrawn as soon as an of schools who are their application than the offer form a free bus pass or a taxi place offered. Parents who 58 59 Admission Arrangements (cont.)

Section 2 - Secondary coordinated admissions for September 2018

Coordination after returning from overseas to the UK and a school place For schools where parents/carers may feel Requests for deferment National Offer Day live in that area, admission needs to be sought in time Warwickshire County Council their child is not ready to must be made in line with The School Admissions Code authorities must: for their return - there is is the admission authority start in a secondary school the relevant deadline for makes it clear that parents/ no legal requirement to there is also an expectation at that point, perhaps due making such a request. carers must continue to • allocate a place in process applications from that the child and applicant to a medical issue which For chronological entry in apply through their home advance of the family other families coming from will still be in residence at the has caused them to miss September 2018, this is 01 authority for school places arriving in the area, overseas who are not yet address used to allocate a a significant amount of December 2017. as part of the coordinated provided the application resident within the local place from the start of term. time in Year 6, or a special transfer admissions round is accompanied by an authority (ie: Warwickshire Short-term house moves educational need. Other Any requests for deferment (ie: between 01 March and official letter that declares county). purely to secure a school children may already be which are received after this 31 August for Secondary a relocation date and a place may be considered educated outside of their deadline will not be given transfer). This will ensure Unit postal address or Applications will therefore fraudulent or intentionally chronological year group and any consideration. that as places become quartering area address only be accepted from misleading and, in such it may be appropriate for this available they are reallocated when considering the parents who are resident circumstances, the place arrangement to continue. Requests to defer will not be effectively and duplicate application against in Warwickshire (or can may be withdrawn. Other agreed if the only reason is offers are avoided. All schools their oversubscription provide evidence of an admission authorities have Parents who wish to request that a place has not been must continue to follow the criteria. This must include imminent move into a similar provisions in their own that their child transfers to offered at one of the preferred coordinated scheme until accepting a Unit postal property in Warwickshire). admission arrangements. secondary school a year later schools. 31 August and not begin address or quartering For an overseas application Contact individual schools (‘deferred entry’), should read allocating school places area address for a to be processed, the child for details. the ‘Guidance and Policy themselves. service child. Admission in question must also be relating to the education authorities must not refuse resident in the UK. Proof of Children educated outside of children outside of their Cooperation between a service child a place this may be requested at any of their chronological chronological year group’ and admission authorities will because the family does time during the application year group. complete the relevant \ ensure that each child is not currently live in the process. As required by the request form, which can both offered only one school place area, or reserve blocks of School Admissions Code, be found on the website: and that it is the highest places for these children. For other applicants who Warwickshire County Council preference that can be live overseas, but who will operates a process for the warwickshire.gov.uk/ offered. • ensure that arrangements be moving to Warwickshire, transfer of all children to admissions in their area support the we can only process your secondary school From 01 September (or Government’s commitment application once confirmation (Year 7) in the September the next working day if the to removing disadvantage of a Warwickshire address following their eleventh 01 September falls on a for service children. can be provided. For some birthday. However, some weekend or a Bank Holiday) Arrangements must be own admission authority the coordinated scheme appropriate for the area schools, their residency will cease and the In-Year and be described in the requirements state that the Admissions process will local authority’s composite child for whom an application begin. prospectus. is being made must physically be living in the property in Applications from While the School Admissions order for that address to be overseas residents. Code does make special used on the application. This For families of UK Service provision for children of requirement will be stated in Personnel (ie: Military families) UK Service Personnel who the admission arrangements with a confirmed posting to live overseas - where those for those schools concerned. their area, or crown servants families are returning to 60 61 Alcester Academy To be the best that we can be

Admissions Policy 2018/19 (ratified by the Full Governing Body 13.12.2016)

Review Cycle: 1 Year – Autumn Term Review By: Leadership Team, Standards Sub-Committee

Contents: Secondary School Admissions (Year 7), Appeals, Waiting Lists, Warwickshire County Council IYFAP

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 1

This policy is derived from the Warwickshire County Council Admission Arrangements 2018/19 and Coordinated Admissions Scheme and is based on the School Admissions Code which came into effect on 1st February 2012.

Admission Arrangements for 2018/19

1. Background 1.1 The Local Authority (LA) is the admission authority for community and controlled schools and is therefore responsible for determining admission arrangements for these schools. The School Standards and Framework Act 1998 requires local authorities to consult with parties about admission arrangements before determining or varying them and the School Admissions Code lists those who must be consulted.

1.2 In academies, the governing body is the admission authority and it must consult on admission arrangements by 1st March of the determination year. This applies unless it is exempt from consulting in accordance with the 2012 School Admissions Code. This states that “if no changes are made to admission arrangements they must be consulted on at least every 7 years”.

1.3 All LAs are required to have in place a scheme for coordinating admission arrangements for maintained schools and academies within their area.

1.4 Coordinated schemes are intended to simplify the admission process for parents whilst reducing the likelihood of any child being left without a school place. Coordination establishes a mechanism that ensures as far as is reasonably practicable, every parent of a child who has applied for a place at a maintained school or academy is sent a single offer of a school place by the LA in which their home address falls (their home authority)

1.5 As well as containing the oversubscription criteria for schools where the LA is the admission authority, this document also contains details of Warwickshire’s coordinated scheme and that it applies to all Warwickshire schools required to be part of such arrangements.

2. Secondary School Admission (Year 7)

2.1 The relevant area for Warwickshire is the County of Warwickshire.

2.2 Children will transfer from primary and junior schools at the end of Year Six.

2.3 All schools have a Published Admission Number (PAN) for each ‘relevant age group’. This is the age group at which pupils are normally admitted to the school. Alcester Academy’s PAN is 130 for Year 7.

2.4 In Warwickshire each community and voluntary controlled school has an area identified as its priority area (other local authorities refer to catchment areas). A small number of schools share priority areas; these are known as shared priority areas. Full details of priority areas are available on the Warwickshire County Council website.

2.5 Parents of the children identified as being resident in Warwickshire and having a date of birth that falls on or between 1st September 2006 and 31st August 2007, will be sent a secondary application pack via their child’s primary/junior school from June 2017.

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 2

Application packs will also be sent to Year Five children attending Stratford Preparatory School, The Croft School, Milverton House, Crescent School and other schools on request, and to those children resident in Warwickshire and known to be receiving home education. Details of those children resident in Warwickshire but attending schools outside of Warwickshire are sent to the Admissions Service by the current school’s home LA. Application packs will be sent to these children as and when information is received.

2.6 Parents of children living in Warwickshire, or any other LA, are able to name seven schools on their Common Application Form (CAF) in their preferred order and to provide the reasons for their preferences. Parents are encouraged to apply via Warwickshire’s on-line service.

2.7 All of the preferences will be treated equally when allocating school places against the over-subscription criteria for each school.

2.8 Preferences for schools or academies in other LAs will be considered against the relevant over-subscription criteria.

2.9 Where it is possible to offer a place at more than one of the schools listed on the application form a place will be offered at the highest preference possible.

2.10 In the event that a Warwickshire secondary community or voluntary controlled school is oversubscribed the following over-subscription criteria will be used when allocating places in Year Seven.

1. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a LA and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order);

2. Children living in the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission;

3. Other children living in the priority area;

4. Children living outside the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission;

5. Other children living outside the priority area.

Please note that: a) Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education and Health Care (EHC) Plan that names a school will be admitted first. In this event, the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced. b) Time of admission relates to the time the applicant would start at the school – not the time of application or offer. Within each criterion priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and school. (shortest distance = highest priority)

Distance will be calculated by straight line measurements from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of the

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 3

school in question. (The centroid is a predetermined point set by Warwickshire County Council and all distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data).

2.11 Where the LA is unable to allocate a place at any preferred school, a place will be allocated at the next nearest community or voluntary controlled school maintained by Warwickshire with availability or the next nearest own admission authority school (excluding selective schools) with availability where the admission authority is prepared to offer a place. The next nearest school with availability will be identified based on distance calculated by straight line measurement.

2.12 Applications for Year 7 places will be considered as transfer applications until the end of the autumn term at which point an application will enter the relevant in-year admission arrangements.

2.13 Waiting lists will be held for all maintained schools until the end of the autumn term 2017, at which point an applicant will enter the relevant in-year admission arrangements.

3. Proposed timetable for processing applications to secondary school (Year 7) in September 2018

Secondary Timetable Process for Transfer to Secondary School 2018 entry The Admissions Service will write to all primary and junior Late March 2017 schools with current Year 5 data. Schools are required to check data 18th March 2017 Schools to return Year 5 data to Admissions Data Application packs to all Warwickshire Schools to include those 6th May 2017 mentioned in 2.5 27th June 2017 On-line application process opens National closing date for applications to be received by the Admissions Service 31st October 2017 On-line system closes Late applications will be considered after those received on time 11th November 2017 (approx) First exchange of data with surrounding LAs Total and first preference count available to schools via SAM Information available to own admission authority schools using their own oversubscription criteria in order for children to be 21st November 2017 prioritised. Available via SAM to academies purchasing the Admissions Service and to include straight line measurements. Sibling checklists available to all schools via SAM 23rd January 2018 (approx) Second exchange of data to surrounding LAs Final date for families moving into the area (proof of address 1st February 2018 must be provided by this date) 3rd February 2018 Third exchange of data to surrounding LAs Provisional offers available to all schools via SAM. Schools to 6th February 2018 notify admissions of any issues by 13th February 2018. Data to remain confidential Final exchange of data with surrounding LAs. Schools to notify 13th February 2018 admissions of any issues with provisional offers Admissions Service post offer letters second class to 27th February 2018 Warwickshire residents 1st March 2018 National Secondary Offer Day

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 4

Offers to on-line applicants available from 8.30am via email Automatic waiting lists open Closing date for parents to accept place offered 15th March 2018 Places will be reallocated by Admissions Service as and when vacancies arise up to and including 31st December 2018 Reminder letters sent to parents who have not accepted the 16th March 2018 place offered. Parents given seven days to respond Appeals scheduled – timetable for appeals available on WCC April to June 2018 website By the end of term Final electronic file of allocations to schools via S2S

4. Appeals

4.1 Parents will be informed of their statutory right of appeal when they receive the outcome of their application. Parents can appeal for any preference expressed where they have received a refusal. However, they cannot appeal for a place at a school preferred lower than their offer as this place will not have been considered and therefore will not have been refused.

4.2 Appellants will be expected to lodge appeals prior to the publicised deadline, but will be given at least 20 school days from the date of notification that their application was unsuccessful to prepare and lodge their written appeal; appeal forms will be available from the Admissions Service.

4.3 The LA will provide appeal forms for all academies.

5. Waiting Lists

5.1 Waiting lists for all of Warwickshire’s secondary schools will be held by the LA.

5.2 Children will be automatically added to the waiting lists if all Warwickshire schools listed as a higher preference than the school at which a place is allocated. This excludes grammar schools where waiting lists are set by a child’s performance in the selection (11+) test.

5.3 Waiting lists are compiled in strict priority order against the published oversubscription criteria. Offers will be made from waiting lists as vacancies arise. A child’s position can move up and down the waiting list as other students are added to the list. Late applicants are nor penalised when added to waiting lists, and the amount of time a child has been on a school’s waiting list is irrelevant.

5.4 The parents of a child on waiting lists will be contacted at the end of the autumn term and asked if they wish their child to remain on the list. If so, a fresh application will be needed. Parents must respond within the relevant timescale. If they do not register their continued interest by submitting a fresh application their child will be removed from the relevant list.

5.5 Following the end of the autumn term students on waiting lists will enter the relevant ‘In- Year Admission Arrangements’

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 5

6. Warwickshire County Council’s In-Year Admission Arrangements

6.1 Under the School Admissions Code that came into effect on 1st February 2012, there is no requirement for LAs to coordinate in-year admissions from September 2013 onwards. However WCC will coordinate in-year applications for Warwickshire residents for all community and voluntary controlled and own admission authority schools unless the school has indicated otherwise in their admission arrangements. Contact School admissions for most up to date information.

6.2 Warwickshire residents applying for a place in non-Warwickshire schools should contact the relevant LA. Non-Warwickshire residents wishing to apply for a Warwickshire school should in the first instance contact their home authority.

6.3 Procedure for in-year applications for places at schools where Warwickshire County Council administer in-year applications.

6.4 Parents are able to express up to 6 preferences.

6.5 All of the preferences will be treated equally when allocating school places against the over-subscription criteria for each school.

6.6 Where it is possible to offer a place at more than one of the schools listed on the application form a place will be offered at the highest preference possible.

6.7 Application forms are available from WCC Admissions Service and the WCC website. Forms allow parents to provide:

 Information about their child’s educational history;  Their reasons for changing their child’s school; and, in order to ensure fair access;  Details of the official services and individuals working with their child, for example Education Social Worker.

6.8 this will enable a discussion to take place with the current school regarding any concerns the parents may have.

6.9 Parents will be asked to provide proof of address when submitting an application form.

6.10 If a preference is expressed for an own admission authority school details of the application will only be sent to the school if it ranked first or an offer cannot be made at a higher ranked school.

6.11 Own admission authority schools are required to notify the Council within seven school days of receipt of an application if a place can (or cannot) be offered.

6.12 Where it is not possible to offer any of the named preferences and the applicant does not want their child to remain at their current school, a place will be allocated at the nearest community or voluntary controlled school maintained by Warwickshire with availability or the nearest own admission authority school with availability where the admission authority is prepared to offer a place. The next nearest school with availability will be identified based on distance calculated by straight line measurement.

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 6

6.13 Where a place is not secured under the normal in-year admission arrangements then the application may need to be considered under the In-Year Fair Access Protocol (IYFAP – see section 7)

6.14 Notifying parents of the outcome of the applications.

6.15 The Council will notify the parents of children living in its area of the outcome of their application, regardless of whether the Council is the school’s admission authority. Notification letters will not be sent by individual schools.

6.16 Parents are expected to confirm acceptance of the offer of a school place within fourteen days after the date of the offer and to ensure their child begins attending school within six weeks of the offer. Where a child fails to take up a place within six weeks the place may be withdrawn.

6.17 Appeals

6.18 Parents will be informed of their statutory right of appeal when they receive the outcome of their applications. Parents can appeal for any preference expressed where they have received a refusal. However, they cannot appeal for a place at a school preferred lower than their offer as this place will not have been considered and therefore will not have been refused.

6.19 Appellants will be given at least 20 school days from the date of notification that their application was unsuccessful to prepare and lodge their written appeal; in the case of own admission authority school appeal forms will be available from the school’s admission authority.

6.20 The LA will provide appeal forms for all academies.

6.21 Waiting Lists

6.22 Waiting lists for all of Warwickshire’s primary and secondary community and voluntary controlled schools will be held by the LA. Warwickshire Admissions also holds waiting lists for certain own admission authority schools where this is indicated in the school’s admission arrangements.

6.23 Waiting lists for other schools that use their own published admissions criteria will be held by the individual schools.

6.24 All waiting lists held by the LA will be cleared at the end of each academic term. Towards the end of each term parents will be asked to register their continued interest. A fresh application will be required.

6.25 For in-year admission to selective schools see the school’s own admission arrangements.

6.26 The LA aims to process in-year applications within 10 school days via the following process:

Step 1 Application received by the Admissions Service and acknowledged Step 2 Application assessed Step 3 If a preference has been expressed for a voluntary aided, trust, foundation

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 7

school or academy, and it is relevant for them to consider admission, send applicant details to the school by email or fax Step 4 Check availability at preferred schools Step 5 Own admission authority schools to indicate if a place is available (where applicable). Offer letter issued if a place is available at any of the preferences listed. If not offered first preference move to step 9. If offered first preference move to Step 10 Step 6 If a place cannot be allocated at any school listed a place at the nearest will be allocated or If the child falls under the IYFAP refer to IYFAP officer for placement. Step 7 Notify unplaced school of offer Step 8 Decision letter sent Step 9 Children not offered a place at their first preference are added to the waiting list of all schools listed as a higher preference than the school at which a place was offered. Step 10 Application closed

7. Warwickshire County Council’s In-Year Fair Access Protocol (IYFAP)

7.1 Introduction and Background

7.2 LAs are required to operate an In-Year Fair Access Protocol (IYFAP). The aim of such protocols is to ensure that outside the normal admissions round – unplaced children, especially the most vulnerable, are offered a place at a suitable school as quickly as possible. The majority of schools in the area are required to agree to the protocol and the LA must ensure that no school – including those with places – is asked to take a disproportionate number of children who have been excluded from schools, or who have challenging behaviour. Protocols must include details of how the LA will use provision to ensure that the needs of pupils who are not ready for mainstream schooling are met.

7.3 Warwickshire already operates an IYFAP and this successfully places a large number of children each year.

7.4 In light of the changing relationship between the LA and schools, Warwickshire’s current IYFAP is under review and will be the subject of a separate consultation with schools and other key stakeholders.

7.5 Full details of the current protocol can be obtained from School Admissions. When the revised protocol is available this will be published along with other relevant documents relating to the admission process.

8. Glossary/Key Terms

Own Admission Authority Schools Voluntary aided, trust foundation schools and academies. In such schools the academy trust or governing body is the admission authority

Looked After Children Children in the care or, or provided with accommodation by a LA (under Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) and children who were looked after, bur ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order)

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 8

Sibling, i.e. brother or sister, attending the school at the time of admission Sibling is defined in these arrangements as; a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step-brother or sister, or the child of the parents’ partner, where the child for whom the place is sought is living in the same family unit and at the same address as that sibling.

Fraudulent or Intentionally misleading applications Parents should be aware that where a school place is offered based on a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application that the place is withdrawn – even after the child has started at the school.

Proof of address When submitting an application parents will need to provide appropriate proof of the address used as the basis of their application. This will normally be a Council Tax reference Number. Each year the Admissions Service will contact a random sample of applicants and ask for further proof of address.

Definition of Home Address Where the child normally resides/sleeps when they attend school. Addresses involved in child- minding arrangements, whether with professional child-minders, friends or relatives, are excluded.

Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address that place can be withdrawn.

This includes situations where the address used to allocate a place changes prior to the place being taken up.

There is also an expectation that a child will be resident at the address used to allocate a place from the start of term and will continue to reside at that address for a reasonable period of time.

Short-term house moves which occur only to secure a school place and which are considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading may therefore result in the place being withdrawn.

Postal Address File (PAF) The address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address as set by Ordnance Survey

Applications made from the same multiple dwelling sharing a single Postal Address File (PAF)/Other applications where the distance from home to school is identical. Where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out by two officers of the Admissions Service in the presence of a LA Solicitor. The order of the draw will be recorded and countersigned at the time.

Separated parents Where the child lives with each of their parents at separate addresses, the address used for allocating a school place will be the one where the child spends (i.e. sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses the child’s parents/carers will be asked to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school admission purposes. Should they fail to do so by the published closing date the Council has the right to nominate the address that it considers appropriate.

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 9

In the case of disputes between parents, there is an expectation that parents will resolve these amongst themselves and make a single application which both parents are in agreement with.

Twins, triplets or other multiple births Where the final place in a year group is offered to one of the twins, triplets or another multiple- birth child, places(s) will normally be offered to the other multiple-birth child(ren) where the LA and school’s admission authority (if different) are in agreement – even if this means going above the PAN.

Admissions above PAN Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school will be admitted. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced or may result in a school exceeding its PAN

If a secondary school is full in the year group another place can be offered provided that:

a) No other applications have been refused places in the same year group – wherever they live;

b) The child is living or moving into the school’s priority area (proof of address will be required);

c) The admission will not breach the infant class size limit (where applicable – unless the child falls under one of the ‘excepted’ groups as set out in the infant class size section);

d) The LA believe it would be unreasonable not to offer a place and the school’s admission authority (where applicable) are in agreement with the place being offered.

If a school has a waiting list then it will not normally be possible to offer additional places as other applicants will have been refused places in the same year group. However, if the LA and the school’s admission authority (if different) agree, then all applicants on the waiting list, or groups of children/individual children falling under a particularly high criterion, considered as an ‘exception’ (see above), or where it would be considered unreasonable not to, may be offered a place.

Admission above PAN for Looked After Children Except where a child is placed in an emergency, no care placement should be made without the education element being satisfactorily arranged. Where the placement has had to be made in an emergency, and education has not been secured, or where educational provision breaks down, then LAs must secure an educational placement within 20 days.

Moves of care placement can occur outside the normal admissions round when many schools are full. To avoid delays resulting from the local appeals procedure, Community and Controlled schools will be asked to admit, without appeal, looked after children resident within their priority area even though their admission limit has already been reached or exceeded.

Headteachers and governors of own admission authority schools are invited to formally adopt the above policy.

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 10

Under Age and Over Age applications WCC’s policy is that children should generally be educated within their appropriate age group. In some situations parents applying for a school place may wish to request that their child is admitted to a school outside of their normal year group – for example if they are moving from overseas and their child has not been educated in the English school system. Parents should, in the first instance, contact WCC’s Admissions Service. The request will be discussed with the Headteacher of the preferred school, with all relevant information taken into account. Each request will be looked at on an individual basis, with any decision taken on the basis of what is considered to be in the child’s best interests.

Children of UK service personnel (UK Armed Forces) For families of service personnel with a confirmed posting to their area, a place will be allocated in advance if accompanied by an official government letter which declares a relocation date and a Unit postal address or quartering area address which can be used for the application against the relevant oversubscription criteria.

Late applications (Entry or Transfer Year Groups) Late applications will only be considered after the applications received by the closing date (on- time applications).

Late applications because of an impending move: Offers of places at secondary level will take account of a future move involving the child’s address only if it can be confirmed before 2nd February 2017 i.e. if the parent can provide independent proof pf the move, such as tenancy agreement that terminates after the start of the autumn term or proof that there has been an exchange of contracts in the purchase of a house. There is an expectation that the address used will satisfy the definition of ‘home address’ (see above). Proof of residence at the address may be required. The LA may undertake a home visit without prior notice to verify a pupil’s home ‘address’

Signed ______Headteacher

Signed ______Chair of Governors

Date ______

Alcester Academy Admissions Policy 2018/19 Page 11

Alcester Grammar School Admissions Policy 2018

1. General

1.1. is a co-educational 11-18 maintained selective academy, designated as a grammar school under Section 104 of the School Standards and Framework Act (1998). The Governing Body of the Academy Trust is the Admission Authority and as such has formal responsibility for determining admission arrangements.

1.2. This policy has been drawn up to meet the requirements of the Department for Education School Admissions Code which came into force in December 2014.

2. Year 7 Entry

2.1. Introduction: Admission to this school in Year 7 will be determined by a child's performance in ​ the Entrance Test (sometimes referred to as "the 11+" or "the selection test") and the school's oversubscription criteria. The Governing Body participates in Warwickshire County Council's co-ordinated admissions scheme for maintained secondary schools, and Warwickshire County Council's Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) is contracted to administer the Year 7 admissions policy and procedures on the school’s behalf.

For 2018, the Governors have determined, in line with the Admissions Code (2014), that the Published Admission Number (PAN) in Year 7 will be 150.

2.2. Eligibility and Oversubscription Criteria for Entry in Year 7

2.2.1. Priority Area: The priority area for Alcester Grammar School is based on a circle with a ​ radius of 16.885 miles drawn from the Fountain in Rother Street, Stratford-upon-Avon to the County boundary south of Long Compton. In drawing a priority area in this manner, the school is able to comply with its duty following the Greenwich Judgement (1989). Evidence will be requested to prove that the child is resident within the priority area by the deadline of Friday 29 December 2017. Applications from children outside this area may not be considered in the first round of offers.

Warwickshire Admissions will require, on behalf of the School, evidence of the applicant’s home address. Parents/carers will be notified each time this is required. The Admissions Service may also carry out a home visit to the family to further verify an applicant’s address. The School reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if it is satisfied that the offer has been made on the basis of an incorrect, fraudulent or misleading application.

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 1 of 13 ​ ​

2.2.2. Registration for the 11+ Test: The applicant must have been registered for the 11+ test ​ by the deadline of 4pm on Friday 7th July 2017 and completed that test; and the ​ ​ parent/carer must have named the School on the Common Application Form, which must have been submitted on time to the home authority. Late 11+ registrations and late secondary school applications will not be considered in the first round of offers.

Oversubscription Criteria:

2.2.3. There is no guarantee of a place being available, but places up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) during the normal round of admissions (ie: the first round of offers published on 1st March 2018) will be allocated to children in the following order, where they meet the necessary academic and eligibility entry requirements, assuming that an offer from a higher preference has not been made. Those with the highest scores in each category will be given highest priority for a place.

To differentiate in the case of children with the same score in any of the following categories, those who live nearest the School in a straight-line distance will be given 1 highest priority. ​ In the case of a tie-break situation where more than one child has achieved the same score, and where all home to school distances are equal, and there are not enough spaces to offer all applicants who fulfil the relevant criteria, the remaining place(s) will be allocated using a computerised random number generator. This process will be carried out by the Warwickshire Admissions on behalf of the School, in the presence of a witness from Legal Services who is independent of the school and the admissions process.

The above will also apply to the waiting list after 1st March 2018.

2.2.4. The automatic qualifying score for this school, for this particular year of entry, will be set by the Committee of Reference during the Local Review Process using the results from the 11+ test. The minimum score for the waiting list for this school, for this particular year of entry, will also be set by the Committee of Reference.

2.2.5. Children with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) or Statement of Special 2 Educational Needs (SEN) ​ that names the School will be admitted first, subject to them achieving the automatic qualifying score or above for the school for this particular year of entry. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced. Please see section 2.3.5 regarding arrangements for students with Special Educational Needs taking the Entrance Test at Year 7. Similar arrangements apply to in-year transfers and admissions to the Sixth Form.

2.2.6. Categories 1 - 5 below relate to children whose 11+ registrations and secondary school applications have been received on time.

1 Distance from home to school will be measured from the address point location coordinate of the home address (as ​ set by Ordnance Survey) to the centroid of the school. The centroid is a predetermined point.

2 A Statement of Special Educational Need is a statement made by the Local Authority under Section 324 of the ​ Education Act 1996 specifying the educational provision required for that child. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the Local Authority under Section 37 of the Children and Families Act 2014 specifying the educational provision required for that child.

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 2 of 13 ​ ​

3 4 2.2.6.1. Category 1: Looked-After ​ or Previously Looked-After Children ​ who achieve the ​ automatic qualifying score or above for this school for this particular year of entry.

2.2.6.2. Category 2: Children who live in the priority area who attract the Pupil Premium via ​ 5 eligibility for Free School Meals ​ who achieve the automatic qualifying score or above for this school for this particular year of entry. Warwickshire Admissions will require, on behalf of the School, evidence of Pupil Premium eligibility and the School reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if the offer has been made on the basis of an incorrect, fraudulent or misleading application.

2.2.6.3. Category 3: Children who live in the priority area who achieve the automatic ​ qualifying score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry.

2.2.6.4. Category 4: Children living outside of the priority area who achieve the automatic ​ qualifying score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry.

2.2.6.5. Category 5: Children who score below the automatic qualifying score, but above the ​ minimum score for the waiting list for this school, for this particular year of entry. Looked-After or Previously Looked-After Children in this category will be given first priority in ranking within this category, with the rest ranked according to score and distance as per paragraph 2.2.3.

2.2.7. Residency requirement: The child’s home address is the address where they are living ​ on the date of the application. There is an expectation that the address used to apply for a school place will be the same as the one where the child is living at the start of Year 7 and beyond. Where parental responsibilities are equally shared, the home address will be considered to be the place where the child sleeps, and spends most of their time, from Monday to Friday. This is the address that will be used to apply the School’s oversubscription criteria, such as distance from the school. Where the home address changes after the start of the autumn term of Year 7, consideration will be given as to the reason why. Where it is considered that the reason for the change of address constitutes the application being fraudulent or intentionally misleading, the place may be withdrawn.

2.2.8. Evidence of Residency required: Warwickshire Admissions (Local Authority) will ​ request on behalf of the school evidence in support of the application. The Admissions

3 A Looked-After Child is one who is in the care of the Local Authority, as defined by section 22(1) of the Children Act ​ 1989. 4 A Previously Looked-After Child is a child who immediately after being looked-after became subject to an adoption, ​ residence or special guardianship order. This includes children who were adopted under the Adoptions Act 1976 (Section 12) and those adopted under the Adoption and Children Act 2002 (Section 46). Child arrangements orders are defined in Section 8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by Section 12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Special guardianship orders are defined in Section 14A of the Children Act 1989. 5Children attracting the Pupil Premium via Free School Meals are those who have been registered for free school meals at any point in the six years prior to the closing date for test registration (07 July 2017). See Admissions Code (2014) section 1.39A.

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 3 of 13 ​ ​

Service will write at the beginning of December 2017 to all parents/carers who have listed the school as a preference, requesting copies of two documents to confirm the home address. Parents/carers will have fifteen working days to provide proof of the home address. The application will be considered as late if appropriate proof is not provided within fifteen working days. The evidence required is as follows:

● Council Tax letter or statement for the current financial year - this must be supplied if you are the council taxpayer; or ​ ● Current Housing Benefit letter; or ​ ● Utility bill, bank statement, or car insurance documents dated within the last six months.

Plus one of the following:

● Child Benefit letter for the current financial year;

● Child’s National Health registration card;

● Child Tax Credit Award Notice for the current financial year.

Please note that these documents will be retained and not returned. The Local Authority will match each address with the one they have on their database. The Local Authority reserves the right to carry out random checks at any time and this may include an unannounced home visit.

2.2.9. Moving to a new address: If the home address changes between applying for a school ​ place and Friday 29 December 2017, Warwickshire Admissions must be provided with proof of the new address as detailed above. The child must be living at the new address by Friday 29 December 2017. Applicants may also need to produce evidence that the previous home is no longer used by the family – for example proof that the property has been sold or that a rental agreement has ended. This is to show that the new address is not a temporary arrangement purely to secure a school place.

If the home address changes after 29 December 2017 the new address can only be taken into account after National Offer Day on 01 March 2018 and the application will be considered in the same way as a late application.

The school will also check the child’s home address at the time of admission. If it is different from the application address then further checks will be carried out. This will include consideration as to whether or not the address used to make an application was temporary and purely to secure a school place.

If a school place is offered based on fraudulent or intentionally misleading information, the offer may be withdrawn, even if the child has started at the school. Those who submit fraudulent or deliberately misleading applications may also be subject to legal proceedings. If it is discovered that the home address is not in Warwickshire, the application will be withdrawn altogether and the family will then have to apply to their own Local Authority.

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 4 of 13 ​ ​

2.3. The Entrance Test

2.3.1. Consortium of Grammar Schools: This school is part of a consortium of schools using a ​ common admissions test on Saturday 9 September 2017 for entry to Year 7 in September 2018. The consortium includes this school, the five other grammar schools in Warwickshire (including Ashlawn which as a bilateral school offers selective and non-selective places), and the eight grammar schools in Birmingham (these are individual schools but for the purposes of the entrance test are collectively known as ‘The Grammar Schools in Birmingham’).

Warwickshire County Council’s Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) operates the Entrance Test along with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. Some parents/carers may be considering listing grammar schools in both Warwickshire and Birmingham on their Common Application Form (CAF). As admission to these schools will be determined by the same test, on the same day, it is not possible for students to sit the test more than once. If it is discovered a student has sat the test more than once the score from the earliest test will be used. Parents/carers should be aware that in such situations the application may be considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading and where a place has been offered it may be withdrawn.

Parents/carers whose children sit the test in Warwickshire may request that their raw score is shared with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. This can be done as part of the registration process. Parents/carers should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Birmingham grammar school.

Parents/carers whose children sit the test in Birmingham may request that their raw score is shared with Warwickshire Admissions. This can be done as part of the registration process. Parents/carers should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Warwickshire grammar school (including a selective place at Ashlawn School).

In either of these cases parents/carers will receive two sets of results. One set of results will be received from Warwickshire Admissions. A further set of results will be received from The Grammar Schools in Birmingham.

Where a parent/carer indicates after the registration closing date of 4.00pm on Friday 7 ​ ​ July 2017 that they wish their child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham, their registration will be considered late for the region they wish their results to be shared with.

2.3.2. Registering for the test: Parents/carers living in Warwickshire must register for the test ​ with Warwickshire Admissions. Parents/carers living in Birmingham must register for the test with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. Parents/carers living in other authorities should register for the test in the region in which they would most like their child to attend a school.

Parents/carers will be able to register for the test from Monday 8 May 2017. It is recommended that parents/carers do this on-line. Paper copies of the registration form will also be available from Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. If you are posting a registration form you are strongly advised to take steps

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 5 of 13 ​ ​

to ensure your form is received prior to the deadline, such as recorded delivery. Please ensure that any recorded delivery receipt has the postcode printed electronically on it.

Parents/carers should be aware that registering for the 11+ test is not the same as applying for a school place – see the section ‘Applications for a School Place’(2.3.9). Parents/carers must submit an application for a place to their home local authority by 31 October 2017. Failure to do so will mean your application is considered late even if your 11+ registration was submitted on-time.

The closing date for registration is 4.00 pm on Friday 7 July 2017. All registrations will be ​ ​ acknowledged. If you do not receive an acknowledgement within 14 working days you should contact either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending to whom you originally submitted your registration form).

Details of test venues will be sent to parents/carers by Warwickshire Admissions from June 2017. This will include a ‘Fit and Well’ sheet which must be brought to the test session with a photograph of the child sitting the test. This photograph must be signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school. Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right to contact your child’s school and to share the photograph with them for the purpose of establishing proof of identity as part of the entrance test process.

Parents/carers registering for the test with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham will receive details of their child’s test venue along with acknowledgement of their registration.

If your form is received prior to the closing date but is not fully completed it will be considered as late. If your registration form is received after the closing date it will be considered as late. If your child is sitting the test in a Warwickshire venue and you arrive at the test session without a photograph of your child which is signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school, they will not be able to sit the test on that day and your registration will be considered as late. If you indicate after the registration closing date of 4.00pm that you wish your child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham, your registration will considered late for the region you wish your child’s results to be shared with.

If your registration is considered to be late your child will be tested at the earliest opportunity. It is unlikely that results will be available prior to the deadline of 31 October 2017 for submitting an application for a school place.

Those registering late are treated the same as those submitting a late application for a school place and are given a lower priority in this school’s oversubscription criteria than those registering for the test and submitting an application on-time. If your registration or application for a school place is late it will affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at this school.

If your form is received after the closing date of 4.00 pm on Friday 7 July 2017 it will only ​ ​ be treated as on-time for this school if you can provide evidence of a move of address into the priority area by Friday 29 December 2017.

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 6 of 13 ​ ​

2.3.3. Candidate age: If your child was born between 01 September 2006 and 31 August 2007 ​ you may apply for them to sit the test for entry in September 2018. Children not born between these dates will only be able to sit the test if they are being educated out of year group (i.e. they are being taught in Year 6 for the 2017/18 academic year). Decisions as to whether or not the test results for such students - and, in exceptional circumstances, those who are over age - can be used for admission purposes to this school will be taken by the Governing Body of the Academy Trust as the Admission Authority. Candidates may sit the entrance examination once only.

2.3.4. The Test: The main test session will be on the morning of Saturday 9 September 2017. ​ ​ ​ There will be two papers, each of approximately 50 minutes. The papers will be divided into smaller, individually timed sections, which test verbal ability, numerical ability and nonverbal ability.

For each paper, the children will be given a question booklet which contains the test questions and a separate answer sheet to mark their answers. The answer sheets will be processed electronically and scanned to make a record of each child’s answers.

A familiarisation booklet, containing information about the format of the test and some example questions, will be available on the Warwickshire admissions website and in paper form on request. This will allow children to become familiar with the type of questions likely to be asked and the format of the test booklet and answer sheet, and information about how to write their answers on the answer sheet.

2.3.5. Special Arrangements: Parents/carers whose children have a disability and/or require ​ special resources to sit the test must request this in writing by completing a form describing the child’s disability and/or extra resources required to sit the test and must also supply detailed medical evidence. Every effort will be made to accommodate disabled students sitting the selection tests. Forms are available from, and must be returned to, either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you are registering for the Entrance Test) by Wednesday 14 June 2017. Please note that this date is earlier than the test registration deadline and that any information provided after this date may not be considered. Parents/carers making such a request will be notified by the end of July 2017 whether or not their request has been agreed.

Parents/carers whose children are not able to sit the test on Saturdays for religious reasons must indicate this when registering for the test and supply a supporting letter from their religious leader. These children are likely to be tested on Sunday 10 September 2017.

2.3.6. Illness: If your child is ill on the test day and is unable to sit the test, you must notify ​ either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you have registered for the Entrance Test) by 4.00 pm on Monday 11 September 2017. A medical note (scanned copy, faxed or hand delivered) must be submitted by noon on Wednesday 13 September 2017 for an alternative date to be arranged.

2.3.7. Additional Test Sessions: The main 11+ supplementary date will be Tuesday 19 ​ September 2017. Others may be held in late November / early December and late January / early February, primarily to accommodate families moving into the area. Sessions will

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 7 of 13 ​ ​

also be arranged for parents/carers registering for the test after offer day, and parents/carers are asked to contact Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham in these circumstances.

2.3.8. Results: Data from all students sitting the test will be used to produce standardised ​ scores. Weightings will be applied to the scores achieved in Verbal Reasoning, Non-Verbal Reasoning and Numeracy.

From Monday 16 October 2017 you will be notified by post of your child’s score in the Entrance Test. Parents/carers who have either registered with Warwickshire Admissions (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with Warwickshire Admissions) will receive the following information from Warwickshire Admissions:

● Your child's total standardised score broken down by performance in Verbal Reasoning, Numeracy, and Non-Verbal Reasoning.

● A provisional ranking of where the score places the child out of all children who have sat the test, and within each relevant area (east, south or both).

● The automatic qualifying scores and waiting list scores for each Warwickshire grammar school for the previous year. These can be used for comparison purposes but there can be no guarantee that any child, including those scoring above the required score for previous years, will be offered a grammar school place.

Parents/carers who have either registered with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham) will receive an additional letter showing their child’s test score and the minimum score required for entry in the previous year, together with the qualifying score for those schools who have set such a score. Warwickshire’s grammar schools and The Grammar Schools in Birmingham may choose to use different weightings. This means that if your child receives two results letters, their total scores could be different.

2.3.9. Applications for a school place: Once parents/carers have received their child’s test ​ result they must apply for a school place via their home Local Authority (this is the Local Authority to whom you pay your Council Tax). Warwickshire residents can name up to six schools (preferences) on their application form. All local authorities operate an equal preference system and your child will be offered a place at the highest preference possible. What this means is that if you list a grammar school as your first preference but your child does not do well in the entrance test, it will not affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at any other school you have listed.

2.4. Allocation of Places

2.4.1. Once papers have been marked, students are listed in standardised and weighted score order.

2.4.2. Committee of Reference: In South Warwickshire the Committee of Reference sets the ​ automatic standard taking account of the applications for the individual schools and the number of places available. The Committee of Reference is a panel of head teachers and teachers appointed according to terms of reference. The Heads of the selective schools in South Warwickshire or their representatives will be members of the Committee. The

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 8 of 13 ​ ​

Committee also reviews the arrangements made for any students with disabilities or special educational needs.

2.4.3. Automatic Standard:

2.4.3.1. Performance in the tests and the number of applications for the schools will be used by the Committee of Reference to set the automatic standard. Above and at that standard a child will receive an offer from their highest named preference of selective school (subject to living within the priority circle, not being a late entry or having an offer from a higher preference of school).

2.4.3.2. The Committee will consider the descending score order and the number of children applying for each school (living within the priority area and who registered before the closing date) and set the automatic standard as close to the Planned Admission Numbers for each of the schools as possible.

2.4.3.3. The available places will be offered in accordance with the admission criteria in the first round of offers on National Offer Day, which is Thursday 1 March 2018. Children ​ ​ living outside the priority area will normally only be offered places in the first round if there are insufficient children of the required level of ability living within the priority area. No late applications/registrations will be considered until after 1st ​ March for 2018 entry, in line with the coordinated arrangements.

2.4.4. No consideration will be given in the case of twins or triplets where one child has been allocated a place because they scored above the automatic standard but the other(s) was/were below it.

2.4.5. Waiting lists: After the initial round of offers, made on Thursday 1st March 2018, ​ further places may become available – if, for example, parents/carers take up places for their child at another school. These places will be offered from the waiting list, up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) of the School, in line with the reallocation dates as outlined in the coordinated scheme.

The waiting list order will follow the same criteria as outlined in Categories 1 – 5 above, but will also include any applicant who registered late for the 11+ test, or who submitted a late secondary school application.

Any child who is made an offer for a school which was listed lower on their secondary school application than AGS will automatically be added to the waiting list, provided that the child achieved the minimum waiting list score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry, in the 11+ test.

In accordance with the Admissions Code (2014), waiting lists for entry to year 7 will be held for one term until 31st December 2018. Prior to the waiting list being dissolved on 31 December 2018, any applicant not previously tested will be tested using the CEM Centre 11+ test and ranked against the other children who have taken the test. Where such a child is already 12 the oldest age weighting will be applied to their score. After 31 December 2018, section 3 below applies.

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 9 of 13 ​ ​

2.4.6. Offers: Offers will be made on Thursday 1 March 2017 by the child’s home authority as ​ per the coordinated secondary school scheme with neighbouring authorities. Subject to the arrangements of the home authority, parents/carers will be expected to accept the offer within two weeks of the offer being made. A further letter reminding parents/carers will be sent before the child is withdrawn from the offer lists. As well as the offer from their home authority, parents/carers who registered with Warwickshire Admissions will receive an additional letter confirming the child’s score, along with the qualifying scores and minimum waiting list scores for each Warwickshire grammar school.

2.4.7. Appeals: The parents/carers of all children refused places will be notified that they have ​ a right of appeal through an independent appeal panel.

2.4.8. Admissions above the Planned Admission Number: Under the Admissions Code (2014), ​ admission authorities including Alcester Grammar School may admit above their PAN. If they do so, they must notify the Local Authority of their intention. They may also admit above PAN in-year.

2.4.9. Fair Access Protocol (FAP): Warwickshire LA has developed a Fair Access Protocol with ​ Warwickshire Headteachers. Alcester Grammar School has adopted the protocol and its provisions are recognised by the school as the admission authority and incorporated into these admission arrangements.

2.5. Information and Important Dates for Parents/Carers

2.5.1. During the summer term of 2017 parents/carers of all the children in Year 5 in Warwickshire primary/junior schools will be issued with a leaflet, relevant to their area, about the process of selection. Parents/carers will be asked to register if they want their child to be tested. Parents/carers of children not attending those schools can contact Warwickshire Admissions to request that information, which is also available on the Warwickshire County Council website from 8 May 2017.

2.5.2. Parents/carers whose children have a disability and/or require special resources to sit the Entrance Test must complete the supplementary registration form, found on the ​ Warwickshire County Council website, by Wednesday 14 June 2017 – see section 2.3.5 ​ ​ above.

2.5.3. The closing date for registering for selection tests for all the selective schools in ​ Warwickshire is Friday 7 July 2017. Registration after that date will be considered as late. ​ ​ An exception will be made for parents/carers who can provide evidence of a move of address into the priority area by Friday 29 December 2017. Late registrations will only be considered after the first round of offers and may not be tested before National Offer Day.

2.5.4. The main testing session will take place on the morning of Saturday 9 September 2017.

2.5.5. Applications will be made on the home authority’s composite parent/carer application ​ forms as part of the coordinated process with neighbouring authorities. As set out in the Schools Admissions Code (2014), 31 October 2017 is the national closing date for admissions. Applications received after this date will be considered late and will be given a lower priority for places. An exception will be made for children moving into the priority area where independent evidence can be provided by Friday 29 December 2017.

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 10 of 13 ​ ​

3. In-Year Applications for Years 7 to 11

3.1. Change of School Application forms must be submitted to Warwickshire Admissions, and will be processed on a first-come, first-served basis. If two or more applications for the same year group are received on the same day then a random generator will be used to determine which application is processed first.

3.2. Children moving into the area or currently living in the area who have not previously been tested, and who are applying for a place in year 7 prior to the waiting list being dissolved on 31 December 2018, will be tested using the CEM Centre 11+ test and ranked against the other children who have taken the test. Where such a child is already 12 the oldest age weighting will be applied to their score.

3.3. Children moving into the area or currently living in the area who have not previously been tested, and who are applying for a place in years 8 - 11, or in year 7 once the waiting list has been dissolved on Monday 31 December 2018, will be required to take tests in English and Mathematics arranged by the school. The pupil’s current school may also be asked to provide a report. A place will be offered, subject to availability, if the applicant’s performance and school report satisfy the Principal that the pupil’s ability is commensurate with that of the cohort into which they are seeking admission.

3.4. New applications from children who have already been tested and refused entry as non-qualifiers will generally be considered by taking into account the existing test results and newer evidence of the child’s ability and performance in the non-selective school. A retest will be used only where there are grounds and evidence to doubt the validity of the original tests in determining the applicant’s aptitude.

3.5. Any place offered must be taken up within four school weeks of the offer having been made. In the event of this not happening, the offer is void.

3.6. Where a child is unsuccessful in gaining a place, a new Change of School Application form should be submitted each term where a parent/carer wishes their child to be considered for a place at the school. Each application will indicate a continued interest for a place, should one become available during that term. For the purposes of this paragraph, the autumn term is deemed to end on 31 December, the spring term on 30 April, and the summer term on 31 August.

3.7. Appeals The parents/carers of all children refused places will be notified that they have a right ​ of appeal through an independent appeal panel. For children not qualifying for places the appeal will take account of the compatibility of the child’s position in the process. If there are insufficient applicants reaching the appropriate level, the school does not have to fill all the places. Therefore, the case for prejudice to the efficient education or the efficient use of resources will only be considered once the school is full in the appropriate year group.

4. Admissions to Years 12 and 13:

4.1. Entry to year 12 is on the basis of academic ability demonstrated by achievement at GCSE. Confirmed places in year 12 can therefore only be allocated following GCSE Results Day in August. To gain entry into the sixth form, students must normally have achieved a minimum of grade 6 or grade B in 4 different GCSE subjects (NOT vocational equivalents). They must also

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 11 of 13 ​ ​

have achieved at least grade 4 in both GCSE Mathematics and English Language, and have achieved the specific subject requirements detailed within the school’s sixth form prospectus.

4.2. Places are offered on the following priority basis:

a. Students currently attending Alcester Grammar School

b. Students in the care of or provided with accommodation by a Local Authority (Section 22 Children Act 1989)

c. Other applicants by distance from Alcester Grammar School.

For applicants in categories b and c the order of priority will be determined by the straight 6 line distance of the applicant’s home address from the school.

4.3. The School will admit to the Sixth Form students who come from an overseas EEA country that does not take UK GCSEs provided their qualifications are deemed acceptable to and compatible with the GCSE requirements set out in paragraph 4.1. Applications should be made to the school or Warwickshire Admissions. This also covers families moving into the area from abroad with a right to reside. The academic standards concept is also extended to any school in the UK that takes a different set of examinations.

4.4. The school will admit each year to the Sixth Form up to 5 students from overseas (outside the EEA) who come under an approved cultural exchange programme. They must be of standard such that they can keep up with the rest of their peers.

4.5. When a Sixth Form subject group is full a waiting list will be set up for that subject. Students will be ranked using the priorities set out in paragraphs 4.2 b and c. If students change their mind about a subject choice after the published closing date for applications they go to the bottom of any waiting list. All subjects have a maximum set size and set sizes may change as a result of new circumstances. The school reserves the right not to run subjects which are, in the Governing Body’s opinion, not of an economical size. Late applications for Year 12 are kept on a holding file and may be met with offers of places at a later stage if vacancies remain following the initial allocation process. In order to continue their studies from y12 into y13, students are required to achieve a minimum of 3 D AS grades (or equivalent) in the subjects they wish to take at A level. The Principal and Head of Sixth Form will jointly make the final decision on entry to year 13.

4.6. Appeals: All applicants refused places will be notified that they have a right of appeal through ​ an independent appeal panel. For applicants not qualifying for places the appeal will take account of the compatibility of the applicant’s position in the process. If there are insufficient applicants meeting the entry requirements, the School does not have to fill all the places. Therefore, the case for prejudice to the efficient education or the efficient use of resources will only be considered once Year 12 is full.

5. Transport

5.1. It is strongly recommended that parents/carers firmly establish the cost and availability of transport to the school if it is intended to use a bus service (public or otherwise), before

6 Distance from home to school will be measured from the address point location coordinate of the home address (as ​ set by Ordnance Survey) to the centroid of the school. The centroid is a predetermined point.

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 12 of 13 ​ ​

application is made for admission. Further information on Warwickshire’s transport policy and application process can be found on the Warwickshire County Council website.

We reserve the right to amend these arrangements at any time to meet any changes in the statutory requirements.

AGS Admissions Policy 2018 - ratified final version Page 13 of 13 ​ ​

Ashlawn School

Admission Arrangements for Ashlawn Non-Selective

2018-2019

The Governing Body of Ashlawn School adopted this policy in December 2016

Review date: December 2017

Admission to Ashlawn School

1. Ashlawn School is a publicly funded, bilateral, co-educational, secondary academy.

2. Responsibility for the admission of pupils rests with the Academy Trust which will act in accordance with the School Admissions Code 2014 and the School Admission Appeals Code.

3. Ashlawn School admits pupils in consultation with Warwickshire Local Authority and other relevant stakeholders.

4. All applications for places at Ashlawn School will be considered in accordance with the arrangements set out below.

5. Parents considering applying to Ashlawn Selective should first read the Admissions Arrangements for Ashlawn Selective.

Admission to Year 7 in September 2018

Published Admission Number

6. Ashlawn School will admit its allocated Published Admission Number (PAN) to Year 7 in 2018-2019. The PAN is 256, of these places, 12% will be allocated to selected students who have successfully completed the 11+ and the remaining places will be available to non 11+ selected students.

7. Up to 10% of the PAN will be offered to those students who received the highest scores in Ashlawn School’s Modern Foreign Language (MFL) Aptitude Test.

Application Form

8. Applicants for admissions to Year 7 in 2018-2019 must nominate Ashlawn School on the Common Application Form (CAF) provided by the Local Authority in which they live or by filling out the form on-line.

9. Applicants wishing to apply for a Grammar place must choose Ashlawn Selective on the CAF and complete an application form for the 11+ examination. In addition, we would recommend applicants choosing this route also apply as Ashlawn School and take the MFL Aptitude Test.

10. Applicants taking the Ashlawn MFL Aptitude Test must select Ashlawn School in order to be considered for a place at Ashlawn School following results of the test.

11. Applicants may choose both Selective and Non-Selective if they wish to do so.

12. The Common Application Form must be completed and returned to the Local Authority (or submitted in on-line) by midnight on the deadline in the LA Admissions Booklet, which for entry in September will be the preceding 31st October 2017.

Late Applications

13. Applications received after the 31st October 2017 but before the 1st February 2018 will only be considered after all on-time applications have been processed.

14. Exceptions to paragraph 13 will only be made if there is written evidence of exceptional medical, pastoral or compassionate grounds for the lateness of the application. Such circumstances will be considered by Ashlawn School alongside consultation with the Local Authority.

15. Applications received after 31st October 2017 but before 1st February 2018 will be classed as late transfers or late preferences, unless evidence is provided of moving into the area by 1st February 2018.

Verification of Information

16. All applicants may be required to produce proof of residence (eg. Council Tax reference number.) The Governing Body reserves the right to seek verification from the Local Authority in which the applicant is resident.

17. False information, or the omission of material information, may result in the place being withdrawn after it has been offered, accepted or taken up.

Offers of Places

18. Offers are made by the child’s home authority as per the co-ordinated secondary school scheme with other authorities.

19. It will only be necessary for parents to contact the School Admissions Service if they wish to decline the place offered.

Appeal Procedure

20. Parents whose applications for places are unsuccessful can appeal against the decision to an Independent Appeal Panel set up in accordance with the statutory provisions in force at the time. The school should be contacted directly for further information about the appeal procedure.

21. The determination of the Appeal Panel is binding to the school.

22. Full details of the procedure will be sent to parents with the decision letter on 1 s t March 2018.

Waiting List

23. In addition to the right to appeal, all applicants will be placed on the Waiting List. The order of the Waiting List will be determined in accordance with the order determined by the over-subscription criteria. Each added child will require the list to be ranked again in line with the published over subscription criteria.

24. Vacancies arising between 1 st March 2018 and 31st December 2018 will, in the first instance, be offered to applicants on the Waiting List. This will be processed by the Local Authority.

25. The Waiting List is only maintained for Year 7 entry and will cease to be maintained after 31st December 2018. After this date, applicants must apply for

an In-Year place. This is done through the Local Authority.

Education out of year group.

26. Whilst there is no statutory barrier to children being admitted to school outside of their chronological year group, there is no duty to agree to such a request. In each case it is for the admission authority of Ashlawn School to make the decision based on the circumstances of the case and what is in the best interests of the child.

Children with Statements of Special Educational Needs or an Education and Health Care Plan

27. Ashlawn School will admit applicants that name Ashlawn School who have a statement of special educational need or an Education and Health Care plan. Such applicants do not form part of Ashlawn School’s oversubscription criteria. The number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced by the number of statemented pupils admitted.

Application for Grammar Places

28. All students applying for a grammar place at Ashlawn must successfully complete the 11+ external examination. The procedures for testing and the process for selection are set out in the document Ashlawn Selective Admission Arrangements 2018-2019.

Over-Subscription Criteria for non-selective places

29. If there are more applicants than places, applicants will be offered places in accordance with the following criteria in order of priority:

I. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority, and children who were looked after by a local authority but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

II. Where applications are received from twins, triplets or same-year siblings of a child admitted under the schools selective policy within this application cycle.

III. Children who have siblings in Ashlawn School at the time the application is made.

IV. Children who have successfully completed the Ashlawn MFL Aptitude Test, up to a maximum of 10% of the total admissions intake for Year 7.

V. Where the child is the son/daughter of a permanent member of staff at Ashlawn School who has been employed by the Trust for more than two full academic years at the time in which the application for admission is made.

VI. After places have been filled under the first five criteria, any remaining places will be offered to those children living within the Priority Area (see Appendix 1).

VII. After places have been filled under the first six criteria, any remaining places will be offered to children living outside the priority area.

30. Where there is need to split category IV (above), places will be offered by taking the pupil’s standardised score in Part Four of the Ashlawn MFL Aptitude test.

31. Where there is a further need to split any category places will then be offered in accordance with distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the applicant’s home address location to the centroid of Ashlawn School. This applies equally to those living inside and outside the county’s boundary.

Tie Breaker

32. In the event of two or more applicants tying when any of the admission criteria is applied and after points 29 and 30 have been applied, positions will be determined by random allocation. This random allocation process is administered by Warwickshire County Council Admissions Service.

Sibling Priority

33. “Siblings” mean two or more children who have at least one parent in common and/or who reside in the same home as one another. Where a child has been legally adopted, he or she will be regarded as the sibling of any other children with the same legal guardian, all of whom reside in the same household.

Admission on Aptitude

34. Full details and Terms & Conditions of the Ashlawn MFL Aptitude Test are given on the school website. Applicants should read these conditions and then sign to say they have done so when completing the application form for the Aptitude Test.

35. A maximum of 10% of the total Year 7 intake who have successfully met the requirements of Ashlawn’s MFL Aptitude Test will be admitted.

36. Parents and carers who wish their children to be considered for Ashlawn’s Modern Foreign Languages place must submit a completed application form by noon on the deadline stated within the terms and conditions and on the school website. This form will be available on the website from 1st June 2017.

37. Applicants who are admitted to the school following results of the Aptitude Test will, unless in exceptional circumstances, study both French and German.

38. The Ashlawn MFL Aptitude Test aims to identify pupils who have an aptitude for learning the subjects covered by Ashlawn’s Modern Foreign Languages. No part of the test will be conducted in these subjects and prior knowledge of any modern foreign language is not required.

39. The Ashlawn MFL Aptitude Test will be administered on the morning of Saturday 16th September 2017.

40. An independent observer will be appointed to oversee the marking of the Ashlawn MFL Aptitude Test

41. A pupil whose application has been unsuccessful for a place under the Ashlawn MFL Aptitude Test will be equally considered for a place under the other criteria as set out in paragraph 28.

42. Applicants will be informed of their standardised score in the MFL Aptitude Test

in writing before 31st October 2017. Applicants will not be informed by the school as to whether or not they have been offered a place; this will be done by the applicant’s Local Authority.

Place of Residence

43. A pupil’s permanent address is where the child normally resides/sleeps when they attend school. Addresses involved in child minding arrangements, whether with professional child-minders, friends or relatives, are excluded.

44. Proof of residence may be requested at any time throughout the admissions process. If false or misleading information is used to gain entry to Ashlawn School, the offer of a place can be withdrawn. The offer will be re-assessed using the correct information. If the application is still unsuccessful the parent can appeal for a place through the independent Appeals Panel.

In-Year applications

45. Applications for a place in Year 7 that are made after 31st December 2018 will be considered as In-Year applications. These should be made through the applicant’s Local Authority.

46. Applicants that were on the Waiting List for Year 7 must make a new application to Ashlawn School should they wish to be considered for a place after 31st December 2018.

47. All applications will be considered using the over-subscription criteria listed above. Should a place be refused, the applicant will have the right to appeal and should contact Ashlawn School for an Appeal Pack.

48. Ashlawn School may refuse admission to applicants who have been permanently excluded from two or more other schools. The ability to refuse admissions runs for a period of two years since the last exclusion. Exclusions which took place before the child concerned reached compulsory school age do not count for this purpose. Ashlawn School will consult and co-ordinate its arrangements, including the rapid re-integration of children who have been excluded from other schools and who arrive in an area after the normal admissions round, in accordance with the Warwickshire Fair Access Protocols for securing schools for unplaced children.

For Admissions Arrangements for Year 12 please see separate admissions policy.

Date ratified by Chair of Governors: Governors:

Appendix 1 – Priority Area

Ashlawn School

Admissions Arrangements for Ashlawn Selective

2018-2019

The Governing Body of Ashlawn School adopted this policy in December 2016

Review date: December 2017

Admission to Ashlawn School

1. Ashlawn School is a publicly funded, bilateral, co-educational, secondary academy.

2. Responsibility for the admission of pupils rests with the Academy Trust which will act in accordance with the School Admissions Code 2014 and the School Admission Appeals Code.

3. Ashlawn School admits pupils in consultation with Warwickshire Local Authority and other relevant stakeholders.

4. All applications for places at Ashlawn School will be considered in accordance with the arrangements set out below.

Admission to Year 7 Selective Stream 2018 Published Admission Number

5. Up to 12% of the school’s Published Admission Number will be allocated to students who have met the admission criteria for a selective place. The schools Published Admission Number is 256.

Application to Ashlawn Selective

6. Applicants for admissions to Year 7 Selective Stream in 2018-2019 must nominate Ashlawn Selective on the Common Application Form (CAF) provided by the Local Authority in which they live or by filling out the form on-line. In order to be considered for a place in the selective stream, the child must register for and sit the 11+ test.

7. In addition, we would recommend applicants choosing this route also apply to Ashlawn Non-Selective and take the MFL Aptitude Test.

8. The MFL Aptitude Test forms part of the oversubscription criteria for Ashlawn Non- Selective and does not form any part of the selection criteria for Ashlawn Selective.

9. Applicants may choose both Selective and Non-Selective if they wish to do so.

10. The Common Application Form must be completed and returned to the child’s Home Authority (or submitted on-line) by the relevant deadline.

Eligibility and Oversubscription Criteria for Entry in Year 7

11. Eligibility for application is based upon the following

 Returning the 11+ registration form by closing date  Naming Ashlawn Selective on Common Application Form (CAF)  Achieving the Qualifying Score

12. There is no guarantee of a place being available, but places up to the planned admission number will be allocated in the following order:

Children with a full statement of Educational Needs or an Education and Health Care Plan who meet the qualification entry will be admitted first and this will reduce the number of places available for other applicants.

I. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority (under Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order) who achieve the qualifying score or above

II. 50% of places will be allocated to children living in the Eastern Area of Warwickshire* using the following method of prioritisation:

a. Pupils living in the Eastern Area of Warwickshire who would be eligible for the Pupil Premium who achieve the qualifying score or above

b. Children living in the Eastern Area of Warwickshire* who achieve the qualifying score or above

III. The remaining second 50% of available places will be allocated to children living in the priority circle (the centre of which is the Rugby Water Tower) who achieve the qualifying score or above using the following method of prioritisation:

a. Pupils who would be eligible for the Pupil Premium, living in the priority circle (the centre of which is the Rugby Water Tower), who achieve the qualifying score or above

b. Children living in the priority circle (the centre of which is the Rugby Water Tower) who achieve the qualifying score or above.

IV. Children living in the priority circle who have been considered by the Committee of Reference and placed on the reserve list

V. Other children who meet the qualifying standard for the school.

Within all criteria first priority is given to those achieving the highest score in the11+ test. Where there is a need to split any category or group of pupils, places will be offered in accordance with distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the address point coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordinance Survey) to the centre point (“centroid”) of the school in question (All distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data). This applies equally to those living inside and outside the County’s boundary. Where there is a further need to split any category places will be offered by taking the pupil’s score in the Numeracy section of the paper.

* The Eastern Area of Warwickshire is described as the following (being the aggregated priority areas of Bilton, Ashlawn and Avon Valley Schools). Information on The Eastern Area can be found at www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions

Rugby plus the parishes of Dunchurch, Cawston, Thurlaston, Leamington Hastings, Birdingbury, Grandborough, Wolfhamcote, Willoughby, Binley Woods, Brinklow, Brandon and Bretford, Ryton-on-Dunsmore, Bubbenhall, Wolston, Church Lawford, Long Lawford, Stretton-on-Dunsmore, Princethorpe, Frankton, Marton, Bourton and Draycote, Churchover, Clifton-on-Dunsmore, Coombe Fields, Cosford, Easenhall, Harborough Magna, Kings Newnham, Little Lawford, Monks Kirby, Newton and Biggin, Pailton, Stretton- under-Fosse, Wibtoft, Willey, Withybrook.

Information on the Eastern area priority circle can be found at www.warwickshire.gov.uk/elevenplus

Tiebreaker

In the event of two or more applicants tying when any of the admissions criteria is applied, positions will be determined by random allocation. This random allocation process is administered by Warwickshire County Council Admissions Service.

Place of Residence

13. A pupil’s permanent address is where the child normally resides/sleeps when they attend school. Addresses involved in child minding arrangements, whether with professional child-minders, friends or relatives, are excluded.

14. Proof of residence may be requested at any time throughout the admissions process. If false or misleading information is used to gain entry to Ashlawn School, the offer of a

place can be withdrawn. The offer will be re-assessed using the correct information. If the application is still unsuccessful the parent can appeal for a place through the independent Appeals Panel.

Special Arrangements

15. Parents whose children have a disability and / or require special resources to sit the test must request this in writing by completing a form describing the child’s disability and / or extra resources required to sit the test and must also supply detailed medical evidence. Forms are available from, and must be returned to Warwickshire Admissions by 14th June 2017.

Please note that this date is earlier than the test registration deadline and that any information provided after this date may not be considered.

Parents making such a request will be notified by the end of July 2017 whether or not their request has been agreed.

16. Testing arrangements for disabled students seeking entry to Year 7 will be as agreed centrally between Warwickshire Local Authority and the headteachers of the selective schools in East Warwickshire. These students could also be applying through and be tested by The Grammar Schools of Birmingham.

Access Arrangements for Children with Special Educational Needs

17. Students with special educational needs who have had an assessment carried out by an assessor holding a recognised qualification in assessing children with special educational needs, will receive an additional time allowance English and Mathematics tests of up to 25%, provided that such an allowance forms part of the assessor’s recommendations. An amanuensis, enlarged papers and other requirements will also be met subject to sufficient notice of the need being given.

Committee of Reference

18. In East Warwickshire, the Committee of Reference sets the automatic qualifying score taking account of the applications for the individual schools and the number of places available. The Committee reviews the arrangements made for any pupils with disabilities or special educational needs. The Committee of Reference will also consider the scores of students just below the automatic qualifying score and may decide to admit one or more of these students from the waiting list provided that the Published Admission Number (PAN) for the school is not exceeded.

For entry to Year 7 in September 2018

19. Admission will be determined by comparing the children’s performances in two papers commissioned by Warwickshire Local Authority from the University of Durham CEM Unit. Performance in the Entrance Test and the number of applications for the schools will be used by the Committee of Reference to set the Automatic Qualifying Score. Above and at that qualifying score a child will receive an offer from their highest named preference of selective school (subject to living within the priority circle, not being a late entry or having an offer from a higher preference of school)

The Selection Test

20. The main test session will be on the morning of 9th September 2017.

There will be two papers, each of approximately 50 minutes. The papers will be divided into smaller, individually timed sessions, which test verbal reasoning, non-verbal reasoning and numeracy.

For each paper, the children will be given a question booklet which contains the test questions and a separate answer sheet to mark their answers.

Familiarisation questions will be sent upon receipt of a completed registration form. These will allow children to become familiar with the type of questions likely to be asked and the format for writing their answers.

Parents whose child is not able to sit the test on a Saturday for religious reasons must tick the appropriate box on the registration form and enclose a supporting letter from their religious leader. These children are likely to be tested on Sunday 10th September 2017

Illness

If your child is ill on the test day and is unable to sit the test, you must notify Warwickshire Admissions by 4pm Monday 11th September 2017. A medical note (scanned copy, faxed or hand delivered) must be submitted by noon on Wednesday 13th September 2017 for an alternative date to be arranged.

Additional Test Sessions

These will be held in late November / early December and late January / early February, primarily to accommodate families moving into the area. The same principles apply (for example Warwickshire residents should register with Warwickshire Admissions).

Registration for the 11+ examination and applying for a school place

21. During the summer term of 2017 parents of all children in Year 5 in primary schools in Warwickshire will be issued with information about the process of selection as will the parents of children attending independent schools if the schools request it. Parents of children not attending those schools can contact the Admissions Service to request that information, or visit the Warwickshire 11+ website at www.warwickshire.gov.uk/elevenplus

Registering for the test

22. Parents living in Warwickshire must register for the test with Warwickshire Admissions. Parents living in other authorities should register for the test in the region in which they would most like their child to attend a school.

Parents will be able to register for the test from 8th May 2017. It is recommended that parents do this on-line. Paper copies of the registration form will also be available from Warwickshire Admissions. If you are posting a registration form you are strongly advised to take steps to ensure your form is received prior to deadline, such as recorded delivery. Please ensure that any recorded delivery receipt has the postcode printed electronically on it.

The closing date for registrations is Friday 7th July 2017. All registrations will be acknowledged. If you do not receive an acknowledgement by post within 14 working days you should contact Warwickshire Admissions.

Details of test venues will be sent to parents by Warwickshire Admissions. This will include a ‘Fit and Well’ sheet which must be brought to the test session with a photograph of the child sitting the test. This photograph must be signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school. Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right to contact your child’s school and to share the photograph with them for the purpose of establishing proof of identity as part of the entrance test process.

If your form is received prior to the closing date but is not fully completed it will be considered as late. If your registration form is received after the closing date it will be considered as late.

If your child is sitting the test in a Warwickshire venue and you arrive at the test session without a photograph of your child which is signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school they will not be able to sit the test on that day and your registration will be considered as late. If you indicate after the registration closing date that you wish for your child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools of Birmingham, your registration will be considered as late for the region you wish your child’s result to be shared with.

If your registration is considered to be late your child will be tested at the earliest opportunity. It is unlikely that results will be available prior to the deadline of 31st October 2017 for submitting an application for a school place.

Late applicants are given a lower priority in this school’s oversubscription criteria than on- time applicants. If your application is late it will therefore affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at this school.

If your form is received after the closing date of Friday 7th July 2017 it will only be treated on-time for this school if you can provide evidence of a move of address into the priority areas by 1st February 2018.

23. Applications will be made on the home authority’s CAF as part of the co-ordinated process with neighbouring authorities. The national closing date for making a preference will be 31st October 2017.

Applications received after this date will be considered late and will be given a lower priority for places. An exception will be made for children moving into the priority area where independent evidence can be provided by 1st February 2018.

Notification of Test Results

24. Under the School Admissions Code introduced in February 2014 there is a requirement for Local Authorities to Inform parents of the outcome of selection tests before parents make applications for other schools – while making clear that this does not equate to a guarantee of a selective place.

25. The parents of all children who sit the 11+ test on Saturday 9th September 2017 or Sunday 10th September 2017 will be sent details of how their child has performed in the tests.

Data from all students sitting the test will be used to produce standardised scores.

Weightings will be applied to the scores achieved in Verbal Reasoning, Non-Verbal Reasoning and Numeracy.

Parents will be notified by post of their child’s score in the Entrance Test. Parents who have either registered with Warwickshire Admissions (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with Warwickshire Admissions) will receive the following information from Warwickshire Admissions.

1. Your child’s total standardised score broken down by performance in Verbal Reasoning, Numeracy and Non-Verbal reasoning. 2. A provisional ranking of where the score places the child out of all children who have sat the test, and within each relevant area (east, south or both). 3. The automatic qualifying scores and waiting list scores for each Warwickshire Grammar school for previous years where the weightings have been applied for the three sections. These can be used for comparison purposes but there can be no guarantee that any child, including those scoring above the required score for previous years, will be offered a grammar school place.

The date for the issue of the test results is still to be confirmed by Warwickshire County Council.

Setting the Automatic Qualifying Score

26. Performance in the tests and the number of applications for the schools will be used by the Committee of Reference in each area to set the automatic qualifying score. Above and at that score a child will receive an offer from their highest named preference school.

27. The Committee will consider the descending score order and the number of children applying for each school (living within the priority area and who registered before the closing date) and set the automatic qualifying score as close to the published admission number for the school as possible. Places will then be offered in accordance with the admission criteria.

28. The automatic qualifying score for 2018 entry will be set by the East Warwickshire Committee of Reference taking account of the previous automatic qualifying score for entry.

Late Applications

29. Applications received after the 31st October 2017 but before the 1st February 2018 will only be considered after all on-time applications have been processed.

30. Exceptions to paragraph 29 will only be made if there is written evidence of exceptional medical, pastoral or compassionate grounds for the lateness of the application. Such circumstances will be considered by Ashlawn School alongside consultation with the Local Authority.

31. Applications received after 31st October 2017 but before 1st February 2018 will be classed as late transfers or late preferences, unless evidence is provided of moving into the area by 1st February 2018.

Offers of Places

32. Offers are made by the child’s home authority as per the co-ordinated secondary school scheme with other authorities.

33. It will only be necessary for parents to contact the School Admissions Service if they wish to decline the place offered.

34. On the offer date (1st March 2018) Warwickshire County Council will write to those parents whose children have sat the 11+ test, to confirm their child’s score and provide further information about qualifying scores and the waiting lists. A separate letter will also be sent by the child’s Home Authority offering a secondary school place, where applicable.

Appeal Procedure

35. Parents whose applications for places are unsuccessful can appeal against the decision to an Independent Appeal Panel set up in accordance with the statutory provisions in force at the time. The school should be contacted directly for further information about the appeal procedure.

36. The determination of the Appeal Panel is binding to the school.

37. General information on appeals will be enclosed with the decision letter on 1st March 2018.

Waiting List

38. In addition to the right to appeal, all applicants who have achieved the waiting list score on the 11+ examination and named Ashlawn Selective as a preference will be placed automatically onto the waiting List.

39. The waiting list will be operational between March 2018 and December 2018. Any vacancies arising from declines of initial offers within this time will be re-offered from the waiting list as appropriate.

40. The Waiting List will not be maintained after 31st December 2018. After this date applicants must apply for an In-Year place to Ashlawn Academy. This is done through the Local Authority.

In-year applications

41. Ashlawn School is a bilateral school, applications received from January 2019 for a year 7 place will only be considered against the oversubscription criteria for a non selective place.

42. Applications for vacancies that arise outside the normal annual admission round for Year 7 will be considered at any time during the year. Information and application forms may be obtained from Warwickshire Local Authority. Where there is more than one application for a vacant place, the offer of a place will be determined in accordance with the following criteria, in order of priority:

I. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority and children who were looked after by a local authority but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

II. Children who will have siblings in the school at the time when they are admitted to the school.

III. Where the child is the son/daughter of a permanent member of staff at the school who has been employed by the Trust for more than two full academic years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made.

IV. After places have been filled under the first three criteria, any remaining places will be offered to those children living within the priority area. (See Appendix 1 for a map of the Priority Area)

V. After places have been filled under the first four criteria, any remaining places will be offered to children living outside the priority area. (See Appendix 1 for a map of the Priority Area)

43. Where there is a further need to split any category places will then be offered in accordance with distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the applicant’s home address location to the centroid of Ashlawn School. This applies equally to those living inside and outside the county’s boundary.

Tie Breaker

44. In the event of two or more applicants tying when any of the admission criteria is applied positions will be determined by random allocation. The School will make arrangements for this to be carried out under independent supervision.

45. Ashlawn School may refuse admission to applicants who have been permanently excluded from two or more other schools. The ability to refuse admissions runs for a

period of two years since the last exclusion. Exclusions which took place before the child concerned reached compulsory school age do not count for this purpose. Ashlawn School will consult and co-ordinate its arrangements, including the rapid re- integration of children who have been excluded from other schools and who arrive in an area after the normal admissions round, in accordance with the Warwickshire Fair Access Protocols for securing schools for unplaced children.

This policy is to be read in conjunction with the Safeguarding Policy

Date ratified by Chair of Governors: Governors:

Appendix 1 – Priority Area

http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/mapgrammarschools

Aylesford School and Sixth Form College

wonder aspiration respect discipline

ADMISSIONS POLICY

Written: January 2017 Review date: January 2018 Lead: Assistant Headteacher (Community) Via: Standards, Personnel and Curriculum

‘from potential to reality’ Tapping Way, Warwick, Warwickshire, CV34 6XR Tel: 01926 747100 Fax: 01926 494194 Email: [email protected] Web: www.aylesford school.org.uk A charitable company registered in England and Wales, company number 7848367

Headteacher: Steven Hall BSc MA

AYLESFORD SCHOOL AND SIXTH FORM COLLEGE TAPPING WAY WARWICK

Admissions Policy

(Primary Phase: Foundation Stage Reception Class, Year 1 and Year 2 Secondary Phase: Years 7 to Year 11 September 2018 Entry

The Governing Body of Aylesford School Trust is the admission authority for the school and they have delegated the admission arrangements to Warwickshire County Council as part of the co-ordinated scheme. The Local Authority administrates all admissions on behalf of the Academy Trust.

The School’s admission number to the Secondary School is 206. The School’s admission number to the Primary Phase is 30.

(Details of the School’s priority area can be found on the Warwickshire County Council website http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions ). In the event of more applications than places, (Planned Admission Number), the following oversubscription criteria will be used.

1 Children living in the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission

2 Other children living in the priority area

3 Children living outside the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission

4 Other children living outside the priority area

Please note: Children with an Education, Health and Care Plan that name a school; children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority or children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship or order) will be admitted. In such an event the number of places available on the PAN will be reduced.

Within each criterion, priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and school. (Shortest distance = highest priority).

Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the centre of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of Aylesford School. (All measurements are subject to prepositional accuracy changes). This applies equally to those living inside and outside the County boundary.

(The priority area is as defined in the Warwickshire Central Area Admissions booklet).

Appeals Parents will be informed by their home authority of their statutory right of appeal when they receive the outcome of their applications. Parents can appeal for any preference expressed but not allocated, even if it was a lower preference than the one offered.

Appeal forms are available from the Local Authority.

2

Waiting Lists will be held by the Local Authority, who administers the admissions process for Aylesford School, as detailed in the Secondary Schools in Central Area Admissions booklet available from WCC.

Waiting lists although are compiled in strict priority order against the published over- subscription criteria. Offers will be made from the waiting list as vacancies arise. A child’s position can move both up and down the waiting list as other students are added to the list. Late applicants are not penalised when added to the waiting list although the amount of time a child has been on a school’s waiting list is relevant.

Waiting lists will be held until the end of autumn term. The parents of all children on the list will then be contacted and asked if they wish their child to remain on the list. Parents must respond within the relevant timescale. If they do not register their continued interest the child will be removed from the relevant list.

In-Year Admissions Parents should apply directly to Warwickshire County Council.

In-Year Fair Access Protocol The School adopts the Warwickshire County Council protocol.

Definitions Applying to the Criteria

Looked After Children Children in the care of or provided with accommodation by a local authority (under Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) and children who were looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a Residence Order or Special Guardianship Order).

Sibling i.e. brother or sister attending the school at the time of admission Sibling is defined in these arrangements as a brother or sister, a half-brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step-brother or sister or the child of parents’ partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

Definition of Home Address Where the child normally resides/sleeps when they attend school, addresses involved in child minding arrangements (professional or with relatives) are excluded.

Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home that place is liable to be withdrawn.

Separated Parents Where a child lives with two parents in separate addresses the qualifying address will be the one where the child spends (i.e. sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses the parents themselves will need to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school admission purposes.

In the event of disputes between parents, there is an expectation that parents will resolve these amongst themselves and make single applications which both are in agreement with.

Admissions above PAN Children with a Statement of Special Education Needs that names the school will be admitted. If the school is full in a particular year group a place can be offered provided that a) no other applicants have been refused places in the same year group – wherever they live 3

b) the child is living or moving into the School’s priority area (proof of address will be required) c) the Local Authority and the schools admission authority are in agreement

Due to the operation of a waiting list it is not normally possible to offer additional places as other applicants will have been refused places in the same year group. However, if the Local Authority and the school’s admission authority agree, then all applicants on the waiting list or groups of children failing under a particularly high criterion (such as out of area with siblings) may be offered a place.

Admission above PAN for Looked After Children Except where a child is placed in an emergency no care placement should be made without the education element being satisfactorily arranged. Where the placement has had to be made in an emergency and education has not been secured or where educational provision breaks down the Local Authority will secure an educational placement within 20 school days.

Under Age and Over Age Applications Aylesford School have adopted Warwickshire County Council’s policy in that all children should be educated within their appropriate age group. In rare cases where it might not be appropriate for a child to be educated in the normal year group, there is a detailed process to consider the child’s physical, emotional and social maturity before any decisions are made.

Children of UK Personnel (UK Armed Forces) For families of service personnel with a confirmed posting to their area, a place will be allocated in advance if accompanied by an official Government letter which declares a relocation date and Unit postal address or quartering area address which can be used for the allocation against the relevant oversubscription criteria.

Late Applications Late applications will only be considered after the applications received by the closing dates (on-time applications).

Late applications due to an impending move Offers of places will take account of a future move involving the child’s address only if it can be confirmed before 2nd February 2018 i.e. if parents can provide independent proof of the move, such as a tenancy agreement that terminates after the start of the autumn term or proof that there has been an exchange of contracts in the purchase of a house.

Timetable for 2018 entry as detailed in the Secondary Schools Central Area Admissions booklet available from WCC – Warwickshire Admissions Service has made arrangements for parents to apply electronically ‘on line’ for places via www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions

4

Campion School

Admissions Policy (KS3 & KS4)

Dated: Feb 2017 Review: Nov 2017

Campion School

Determined Admission Arrangements for 2018/19

Introduction

The Governing Body of Campion Academy Trust being the admissions authority for the school, propose the following arrangements for entry to the school in September 2018.

The academy’s admission arrangements are part of the Warwickshire County Council co- ordinated scheme.

The school / academy’s Published Admission Number is 155.

Details of the academy’s priority area can be found on the Warwickshire County Council website: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions

Admissions Criteria

In the event that there are more applications than places available the following oversubscription criteria will be used:

1. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order);

2. Children living in the priority area who will have a sibling at the school at the time of admission;

3. Other pupils living in the priority area;

4. Children living outside the priority area who will have a sibling at the school at the time of admission;

5. Other children living outside the priority area.

Please note:

a) Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan that names a school will be admitted first. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced.

b) Time of admission relates to the time the applicant would start at the school – not the time of application or offer. Within each criterion priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and school. (shortest distance = highest priority)

Distance will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of the school in question. (All distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data).

Appeals

Parents/carers will be informed by their home authority of their statutory right of appeal when they receive the outcome of their applications. Parents can appeal for any preference expressed, but not allocated, even if it was a lower preference than the one offered.

Appeal forms are available from the Local Authority.

Waiting Lists

Waiting lists will be held by the Local Authority for Campion School

Waiting lists are compiled in strict priority order against the published oversubscription criteria. Offers will be made from the waiting lists as vacancies arise. A child’s position can move both up and down the waiting list as other students are added to the list. Late applicants are not penalised when added to waiting lists, and the amount of time a child has been on a school’s waiting list is irrelevant.

Waiting lists will be held until the end of the Autumn term. Parents / Carers will be responsible for contacting the Admissions Service should they wish their child to remain on the waiting list.

In-Year Admissions

Parents should apply directly to Warwickshire County Council.

In-Year Fair Access Protocol

The Academy adopts Warwickshire County Council’s protocol.

The following definitions / arrangements are taken from the Warwickshire County Council consultation on Admissions and also apply to [insert name of school / academy].

Looked After Children Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by a local authority (under Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

Sibling, i.e. brother or sister, attending the school at the time of admission Sibling is defined in these arrangements as; a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step-brother or sister or the child of the parents’ partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit and at the same address as that sibling.

Proof of address When submitting an application parents will need to provide appropriate proof of the address used as the basis of their application. This will normally be a Council Tax Reference Number. Each year Warwickshire Admissions Service will contact a random sample of Warwickshire applicants and ask for further proof of address.

Fraudulent or Intentionally misleading applications Parents should be aware that where a school place is offered based on a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application that the place can be withdrawn even after the child has started at the school. Definition of Home Address Where the child normally resides / sleeps when they attend school. Addresses involved in child-minding arrangements, whether with professional child-minders, friends or relatives, are excluded.

Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address that place can be withdrawn. This includes situations where the address used to allocate a place changes prior to the place being taken up.

There is also an expectation that a child will be resident at the address used to allocate a place from the start of term and will continue to reside at that address for a reasonable period of time. All circumstances surrounding the application will be taken into account in deciding whether or not this requirement has been met.

Short-term house moves which occur only to secure a school place and which are considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading may therefore result in the place being withdrawn.

Postal Address File (PAF) The address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address as set by Ordnance Survey.

Applications made from the same multiple dwelling sharing a single Postal Address File (PAF) / Other applications where the distance from home to school is identical Where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out by two officers of the Admissions Service in the presence of a Local Authority Solicitor from Law & Governance Division. The order of draw will be recorded and countersigned at the time.

Separated Parents

Only persons or organisations that have Parental Responsibility for a child should make an application for a school place. Warwickshire School Admissions Service will not become involved in disputes between parents, or parties, regarding applications for school places.

Where individuals or parties with parental responsibility cannot agree on either the home address or the school preferences to name on an application, the Admissions Service will then consider the application using the address which is held by the child’s GP surgery (if the address cannot be agreed) and will consider the school preferences named by the parent who lives at that same address. Any other applications will be disregarded.

Twins, Triplets or other multiple-births Where the final place in a year group is offered to one of twins, triplets or another multiple- birth child, place(s) will normally be offered to the other multiple-birth child(ren) where the local authority and school’s admission authority (if different) are in agreement - even if this means going above the school’s Published Admission Number.

Admissions above PAN Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education and Health Care (EHC) Plan that names the school will be admitted. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced or result in a school exceeding it’s PAN.

If a primary or secondary school is full in the year group another place can be offered provided that:

a) no other applicants have been refused places in the same year group – wherever they live b) the child is living or moving into the school’s priority area (proof of address will be required) c) The Local Authority believe it would be unreasonable not to offer a place and the school’s admission authority are in agreement with the place being offered.

If a school has a waiting list then it will not normally be possible to offer additional places as other applicants will have been refused places in the same year group. However, if the Local Authority and the school’s admission authority (where applicable) agree, then all applicants on the waiting list, or groups of children falling under a particularly high criterion (such as out of area with siblings) may be offered a place.

Admission above PAN for Looked After Children Except where a child is placed in an emergency, no care placement should be made without the education element being satisfactorily arranged. Where the placement has had to be made in an emergency, and education has not been secured, or where educational provision breaks down, then local authorities must secure an educational placement within 20 school days.

Moves of care placement can occur outside the normal admissions round when many schools are full. To avoid delays resulting from the local appeals procedure, Community and Controlled schools will be asked to admit, without appeal, looked after children resident within their priority area even though their admission limit has already been reached or exceeded.

The academy adopts the above policy.

Under Age and Over Age applications Warwickshire County Council’s policy is that all children should be educated within their appropriate age group. In rare cases where it might not be appropriate for the child to be educated in the normal year group, there is a detailed process to consider the child’s physical, emotional and social maturity before any decisions are made.

Children of UK service personnel (UK Armed Forces)

For families of service personnel with a confirmed posting to their area, a place will be allocated in advance if accompanied by an official government letter which declares a relocation date and a Unit postal address or quartering area address which can be used for the application against the relevant oversubscription criteria.

Late applications (Entry or Transfer Year Groups)

Late applications received after 31 October 2017 will be processed after the National Offer date through the Local Authority reallocation process.

Late applications because of an impending move:

Offers of places at secondary level will take account of a future move involving the child’s address only if it can be confirmed before 29 December 2017 i.e. if the parent can provide independent proof of the move, such as a tenancy agreement that terminates after the start of the autumn term or proof that there has been an exchange of contracts in the purchase of a house.

Etone College

ADMISSIONS

POLICY 2018-19

Etone College is part of the Warwickshire County Council co-ordinated scheme. All dates referred to within this document are in line with this scheme. Warwickshire Preference forms will be issued in June 2017. Closing Date – 31st October 2017 Notification date – 1st March 2018 (or next working day if 1st March is not a working day).

The school, as its own Admissions Authority, is required to consult on admission arrangements every two years, unless there has been a change to the criteria. Once the consultation process has taken place, determined arrangements are forwarded to consultees. For Year 7 admissions, it should be noted that where a child meets the admissions criteria of two or more schools named on the ‘Preference form for Warwickshire Schools’ then Warwickshire Children’s Services will allocate a place at the highest ranked of these schools. For admissions to Sixth Form, applications should be made directly to Etone College.

Published: September 2016

Review Date: September 2017

Led by: A Heilbronn

AH/ADMISSIONSPOLICY/SEPTEMBER2016

ADMISSION ARRANGEMENTS 2018/2019

Etone College is a mixed 11-18 academy with 689 students. It is part of the Matrix Academy Trust and the schools admissions policy is in accordance with the guidelines given below.

The school’s Published Admission Number is 120.

The Pupil Admission Number was rationalised to 120 across year groups 7-13 as of September 2015 following the demolition of a building onsite.

Details of the school’s priority area can be found on the Warwickshire County Council Website: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions.

Entry into Year 7 September 2018

Students will be admitted at the age of 11 years without reference to ability, aptitude, race or religion. The number of intended admissions in 2018 will be 120. Where applications for admission exceed the number of places available, the following criteria will be applied, in the order set out below:

1. Children in Public Care (Looked After Children) and formerly Looked after Children Definition: children who are in the care of the local authority or provided with accommodation by the local authority

2. Where a child has an older sibling currently attending the school when the application is made and who will be still attending the school at the proposed admission date Definition: a child who resides at the same address as the child for whom a place is being requested and is one of the following: · A brother or sister sharing the same parents · Half brother or sister sharing one common parent · Step brother or sister (i.e. related by parent’s marriage) · Any other child for whom it can be demonstrated that he or she is residing permanently at the same address (e.g. under the terms of a residency order)

3. Where there are essential medical or social grounds for admitting the child Definition: relevant medical or social grounds that show attendance at the school is essential and supported in writing by a medical practitioner or social worker. Requests for such consideration will be subject to verification by the Governing Body.

4. Children of Staff employed at the Academy Where a member of staff has been employed at the Academy for a minimum of two years at the time of which the application for admission is made/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is demonstrable skill shortage.

This definition does not include contract staff. If service has been ‘in house’ and is subsequently ‘contracted out’ children of staff will no longer be eligible for priority admission under this criterion.

5. Children living in the priority area

6. Children living outside the priority area. Proximity of the child’s home to the school, with those living nearest being accorded the higher priority, the distance being measured in a straight line Definition of home address: the home address of the child is considered to be the permanent residence of a child in a residential property when the place is offered. The address must be the child’s only or main residence and is either AH/ADMISSIONSPOLICY/SEPTEMBER2016

owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian or leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under lease or written rental agreement of not less than six months duration. Distance will be measured in a straight line from the centre point of the home address to the centre point of the school, using a computerised measuring system, with those living closer to the school receiving the higher priority

Waiting List Policy (Year 7 Intake)

Waiting Lists for all Warwickshire Schools will be maintained by Warwickshire Children’s Services until the last day of the autumn term. Until 31st August 2018 parents may enquire about their child’s position on the Waiting List by contacting the Secondary Admissions Team on (01926) 410410. From 1st September 2018, parents should make enquiries by contacting Etone College Admissions on 02476 757 300.

Parents wishing their child/ren to be placed on the Waiting List should contact Etone College Admissions in writing to make their request.

In-Year Admissions

Applications for in-year admission (age groups other than the normal year of entry) must be made to Etone College Admissions via completion of an application form downloadable from www.etonecollege.co.uk. A new application should be made each term. If a place cannot be offered, the relevant over subscription criterion will be used to determine the child’s place on a school’s waiting list.

Appeals

Parents whose children are refused admission to the school have the right of appeal to an independent appeal panel. The necessary forms and information should be obtained from the Clerk to the Governing Body, Etone College, Leicester Road, Nuneaton, Warwickshire CV11 6AA to whom completed forms are returned. Please mark the envelope ADMISSION – APPEAL. Appeals in respect of Year 7 intake for September 2018 should be lodged by Friday 10th April 2018.

Sixth Form Admissions Policy

Entry Requirements for Year 12 – Entry in September 2018

The maximum sixth form capacity for year 12 for September 2018 is 120. Priority is given to Year 11 Etone College pupils. This number may be exceeded if demand for available courses can be met.

Minimum entry requirements for Year 12

Pupils will be considered for entry into Year 12 based upon their academic attainment and/or individual subject grade criteria and the availability and suitability of courses at Etone College.

Etone College’s minimum entry requirements for post 16 are as follows:

The minimum entry requirement for admission into Year 12 is 5 grade A*-Cs at GCSE in 5 different GCSE subjects including English and Maths, with many courses requiring a grade B at GCSE for entry. GCSE equivalents are not considered as one of the 5 GCSE’s. (There are also course suitability and individual subject availability criteria requirements for some courses, on request.)

Pupils refused a place in Year 12 in their own school or academy are entitled to appeal to an independent appeal panel.

To progress from year 12 to Year 13, students must meet the academic selection criteria we set. Students will be notified of these criteria prior to them taking up their places in September of Year 12.

AH/ADMISSIONSPOLICY/SEPTEMBER2016

Etone College – Contact Details

Executive Headteacher: Dame Maureen Brennan

Headteacher: Mr Ian Smith

Address: Etone College, Leicester Road, Nuneaton, Warwickshire, CV11 6AA

Telephone: 02476 757 300

Fax: 02476 352 320

Website: www.etonecollege.co.uk

Email: [email protected]

Admissions Email: [email protected]

AH/ADMISSIONSPOLICY/SEPTEMBER2016

Harris Church of England Admissions Policy

2018-19

1. Introduction This document sets out the Policy of Harris Church of England Academy with respect to Admissions. The Diocese of Coventry Multi Academy Trust (the MAT), is the Admission Authority for the academy. The Local Governing Body is delegated to act in respect of admissions on behalf of the MAT.

Recognising its historic foundation, the academy will preserve and develop its religious character in accordance with the principles of the Church of England and in partnership with the churches at parish and diocesan level.

The academy aims to serve its community by providing an education of the highest quality within the context of Christian faith and practice. It encourages an understanding of the meaning and significance of faith, and promotes Christian values through the experience it offers to all its pupils.

In accordance with government legislation, the Local Governing Body consults with the Multi Academy Trust, Diocesan Board of Education, the Local Authority, other local academies, parents and other relevant persons in respect of its admissions arrangements.

2. Aims The overriding aim of this policy is that it should work for the benefit of all children and parents/guardians in our area. It should be simple to use and assist parents/guardians to make the best decisions on the preferred academy for their children.

3. Published Admission Number (PAN) Every year the Local Governing Body will review and publish information concerning the academy’s admission policy. This will confirm the maximum number of children to be admitted to the academy for the year of intake. The academy’s published admission number for year 7 is 156.

If the number of applications is lower than the academy’s published admission number, all applicants will be admitted. If there are more applications than places available then all applications will be given a priority from the oversubscription criteria and places will be offered in priority order.

4. Priority area As a Church of England Academy, we do not operate a geographical priority area.

5. Over-subscription Criteria Where more applications have been received than places available or where to admit would conflict with the academy fulfilling class size legislation, the following priorities shall apply in order:

Harris Admissions Policy - 2018-19 Page | 1

a) Looked After Children Children within Local Authority care as defined in Section 22 of the Children’s Act 1989, for example children in residential homes or foster care, and also children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (under the terms of the Adoption & Children’s Act 2002) or because they became subject to a child arrangement order or special guardianship order (under the terms of the Children’s Act 1989).

b) Children of permanent members of staff at the academy A child who is the son/daughter of a member of staff (teaching and non-teaching) who has been employed at the academy for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the academy is made, and/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage, will also be given equal priority status to that of siblings of children already at the academy who live outside the priority area.

c) Faith related criteria A maximum of 50% of the remaining places at the academy will be allocated to children of practicing Christian families and who submit a supplementary information form to the academy by the closing date for admissions applications. Places within this oversubscription criteria will be allocated in the following order:

i. The child is ‘at the heart of the Christian Church’ and has a sibling* attending the academy at the time of entry ii. The child is ‘at the heart of the Christian Church’ iii. The child is ‘attached to the Christian Church’ and has a sibling* attending the academy at the time of entry iv. The child is ‘attached to the Christian Church’ v. The child is ‘known to the Christian Church’ and has a sibling* attending the academy at the time of entry vi. The child is ‘known to the Christian Church’ (definitions of each of the above can be found on the reverse of the Supplementary Information Form – appendix 1)

* A child is considered in this category if a sibling is attending the academy at the time of application and will continue to do so at the time of admission i.e. at the start of the new academic year. See note 2 below for definition of a sibling.

Where parents wish to be given preference on the grounds of their faith for a place for their child and only in these circumstances, the following evidence of attendance at or membership of a Christian church is required:

Church of England and other Christian applicants – parents to complete supplementary form (appendix 1), which should be sent directly to the academy by any closing date, so that this can be taken into account by the Local Governing Body.

Roman Catholic applicants - must submit the child’s certificate of Roman Catholic baptism directly to the academy by any closing date.

d) Any other children with a sibling attending the academy at the time of entry. See note 2 below for definition of a sibling.

e) Any other children not categorised above

Harris Admissions Policy - 2018-19 Page | 2

Note 1 Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or Education, Health and Care Plan that name Harris Church of England Academy will be offered a place first. This will reduce the number of places available.

Note 2 The definition of sibling is:  A brother or sister sharing the same parents;  Half-brother or half-sister, where two children have one common parent;  A stepbrother or stepsister, where two children are related by a parent’s marriage or civil partnership;  An adopted or fostered brother or sister.

The children must be living permanently in the same household.

Note 3 The address for admission purposes is the place where the child is permanently resident with his or her parent or parents or legal guardian(s). Where a child lives with parents with shared responsibility, the home address will be considered to be the address where the child sleeps for the majority of the week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time with each parent or guardian, it is the responsibility of the parents to decide which address is the home address for admission purposes. Parents should not assume that a place will automatically be allocated to their child.

Note 4 If the academy is oversubscribed within any category above, the determining factor will be the distance from the child’s home address to the academy (priority being given to the shorter measurement). The Local Governing Body will give careful consideration to offering places above the Admission Number to applications from individuals with parental responsibility for children whose twin or sibling from a multiple birth is admitted even when there are no vacant places and the twin or sibling has been given the last place in the year group.

6. Distance [define how distance from the academy will be measured] Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the centre of the applicant’s home address location to the centre point (‘centroid’) of the preferred academy.

If two or more children with the same priority for admission live an indistinguishable distance from the academy, but cannot both be admitted, then the places will be decided by the drawing of names from a hat, and this will be independently overseen.

7. Starting at the Academy – Normal Admissions round applications Children are normally admitted at the start of the school year in which they become twelve (school year 7). Application for the normal admissions round is via a Common Application Form (CAF), which can be accessed and submitted online through the Warwickshire Admissions Service or hard copies are available from the Local Authority or the academy. The Common Application Form should be returned to Warwickshire Admissions Service by the date given by the Local Authority.

Where parents wish to be given preference on the grounds of their faith within their application for a place at this academy they should complete the academy’s supplementary application form [see Appendix 1]. This form must be completed at the same time as the Common Application Form and returned directly to Harris Church of England Academy.

Harris Admissions Policy - 2018-19 Page | 3

Applications from families moving into the area will be considered as on time if they are submitted and accompanied by proof of address by the date given by the Local Authority.

Late applications i.e. those received after the deadline for the normal admissions round will not be considered until after all of those which were received on time have been processed. Harris Church of England Academy cannot guarantee places for children when there are no places available as a result of late applications for the normal year of entry or any application that relates to a different year group.

Once an offer of an academy place has been made, it may only be lawfully withdrawn in very limited circumstances, which include an offer of a place based upon a fraudulent or misleading application. Where an offer of a place is withdrawn, an application may be made afresh, and a right of appeal taken up if an offer of a place is refused.

8. Applications for children to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group

Parents may seek a place for their child outside their normal age group, for example, if the child has experienced problems such as ill health or if they are moving from overseas and their child has not been educated in the English school system. This request should be in the form of a written letter of application addressed to the Headteacher outlining the reason(s) why you wish your child to be considered for admission into a class outside of their normal age group. You should enclose any supportive evidence and documentation, for example from professionals who have worked with your child that you wish to be taken into account as part of that request. Each request will be looked at on an individual basis with any decisions taken according to what is considered to be in the child’s best interests. However it should be noted that it is not the policy for Harris Church of England Academy to admit a child into a class outside their normal age group.

Parents should make the request to the academy in good time, at least one month prior to the published deadline for normal round applications, so the request can be considered and, where a request is not agreed, for the family to have adequate time to make an alternative application for a school place before the closing date.

Applications for admission outside normal age group will be considered alongside all other applications in accordance with the Local Authority co-ordinated admissions scheme. Parents have a statutory right to appeal against the refusal of a place at the academy for which they have applied. This right does not apply if they have been offered a place at the academy but it is not in their preferred age group.

9. Waiting Lists In the normal admissions round, it is necessary to complete a Local Authority Common Application Form to apply for an academy place. Registering interest with the academy before the admissions round guarantees neither a place nor priority within the oversubscription criteria. Offers of places will be made by the Local Authority on the academy’s behalf in the normal admissions round.

If the academy is oversubscribed following the normal admissions round, a waiting list will be maintained, until December 31st of that year. The position on the list will be determined by applying the published over-subscription criteria and not by date of receipt. This will mean a position will change if a later application is received from someone with higher priority according to the over- subscription criteria. The existence of a waiting list does not remove the right of appeal against any refusal of a place from any unsuccessful applicant.

Harris Admissions Policy - 2018-19 Page | 4

Names will only be removed from the list if a written request is received or if the offer of a place that becomes available is taken up or declined. The waiting list will close at the end of the autumn term. At that time parents of pupils on existing lists must confirm in writing their wish to be placed on a newly constructed waiting (or continued interest) list, which will operate for the remainder of that academic year. Non-receipt of written confirmation will result in not being placed on the newly constructed list.

10. Multiple Births If possible, places will be offered at the same academy to twins, triplets and children from other multiple births.

11. Equal Opportunities Policy The admissions policy of Harris Church of England Academy is, while there are adequate places, to offer a place to all applicants irrespective of gender, religion, ethnicity or country of origin, disability or academic ability. Where applications exceed places available, offers will be made in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

12. In-Year Admissions Parents should apply directly to Warwickshire Admissions Service who coordinate admissions through the course of the year. If there are more applications than places available in the year group concerned, the Local Governing Body will apply the oversubscription criteria to all the applications and inform the Local Authority if a place is available. The Local Authority will notify parents of the outcome.

13. Fair Access (IYFA protocol, in-year fair access protocol) The Local Governing Body recognises its duty to work with the Local Authority during the course of the year to provide fair access for “hard to place” children, even where the academy has already reached its published admission number. These applications may include children who have previously been permanently excluded from a school, children of Traveller families, refugees and asylum seekers, and children on the Child Protection register. The protocol established by the Local Authority for this purpose is designed to ensure that such pupils are shared equally between schools in an area.

14. Appeals Procedure Parents have a right of appeal to the Independent Admission Appeals Panel against the decision of the Local Governing Body to refuse an application for a place at the academy. An Independent Admission Appeals Panel will be arranged by the academy and details of the appeals procedure are available from the academy.

An objection to the admission arrangements contained within this policy which are viewed as non- compliant with the Schools Admissions Code December 2014 should be submitted to the Office of the School’s Adjudicator (OSA) at [email protected]

Enquiries or comments about this policy should be addressed to:

The Chair of Governors c/o Harris Church of England Academy Harris Drive Rugby CV22 6EA

Note: Subject to the above policy and the relevant appeals procedure, decisions regarding admissions will be the responsibility of the Local Governing Body.

Harris Admissions Policy - 2018-19 Page | 5

Appendix 1 - Harris Church of England Academy Supplementary Form

Christian Minister’s/Lay Reader’s Reference form in support of an application for a Faith Place at Harris Church of England Academy

Name of Child: ……………………………….…………… Date of birth of child ……….. /……..…./………...

How long has the child/family been known to your Church/place of worship: Over 2 years __ (please tick only one) Less than 2 years __

EITHER I can confirm that the child named above is at the heart of this Christian Church (definition overleaf).

Name of Minister/Lay Reader (please print) : …………………………………………………….

Signature ………………………………………………………………….…..

Name of Christian Church ………………………..………………. Date …………………………..…..

OR

I can confirm that the child named above is attached to a Christian Church (definition overleaf).

Name of Minister/Lay Reader (please print) : ………………………………………………………

Signature ………………………………………………………..………..

Name of Christian Church …………………………..………………. Date ……………………………..

OR

I can confirm that the child named above is known to a Christian Church (definition overleaf).

Name of Minister/Lay Reader (please print) : ………………………………………….………………

Signature …………………………………………………………………..

Name of Christian Church ………………………………….…………. Date ……………………………..

Harris Admissions Policy - 2018-19 Page | 6

This form does not constitute an application for Harris Church of England Academy, but is required if your application is for a faith place under the academy’s admissions policy. It should be returned directly Harris Church of England Academy by the published date, to be considered as ‘on time’ application.

FAITH CRITERIA NOTES

1. In line with the advice from the National Society, a child is ‘at the heart of the Church’ if they are, or one of their parents is, a regular worshipper, who worships twice a month. To accommodate difficult patterns of work and family relationships, account will be taken equally of attendance at weekday and Sunday acts of worship. (For clarification of ‘parent’ see note 6 below). The qualifying period for being “at the heart of the Church” is a minimum of two years. Only a signed Christian Minister’s/Lay Reader’s Reference form will be accepted as evidence in order for the applicant to be offered a place under this priority.

2. In line with the advice from The National Society, a child is ‘attached to the Church’ if they are, or one

of their parents is, a regular but not frequent worshipper, who worships once a month at either a weekday or Sunday act of worship or attends a church activity (such as a Church Parade Service) which includes an element of worship. (For clarification of ‘parent’ see note 6 below). The qualifying period for being “attached to the Church” is two years. Only a signed Christian Minister’s/Lay Reader’s Reference form will be accepted as evidence in order for the applicant to be offered a place under this priority.

3. In line with the advice from The National Society, a child is ‘known to the Church’ if they are, or one of their parents is, an occasional worshipper, who worships more than twice a year at either a weekday or Sunday act of worship or attends a church activity (such as a Church Parade Service) which includes an element of worship. (For clarification of ‘parent’ see note 6 below). The qualifying period for being “known to the Church” is two years. Only a signed Christian Minister’s/Lay Reader’s Reference form will be accepted as evidence in order for the applicant to be offered a place under this priority.

4. Priority within each criterion is given in order of straight line distance between the centre of the

child’s home and the centre point (centroid) of the academy. Priority will go to those living nearest to the academy.

5. Within this policy, ‘Church’ refers to any Church of England or Roman Catholic Church, or a church that is a member church of the ‘Evangelical Alliance’, ‘Fellowship of Independent Evangelical Churches’, ‘Churches Together in Britain and Ireland’ or ‘Churches Together in England’.

6. The definition of ‘parent’ denotes any person with parental responsibility, or who has care for the child(ren) concerned.

Harris Admissions Policy - 2018-19 Page | 7

Admissions Policy 2018- 2019 Hartshill School

Approval Date: December 2016 Next Approval: December 2019

Contents

Admissions Policy 2018 - 2019 1. Introduction 2. Admissions into Year 7 3. Waiting Lists 4. In-year Admissions / Admissions other than Transfer at the Start of Year 7 5. Fair access protocol 6. Appeals

Appendix 1. Definitions

2

Hartshill School Admissions Policy 2018-2019

1. Introduction 1.1 Hartshill School is a co-educational secondary school catering for students from the age of 11 through to age 16. The school is an academy and is part of the Midland Academies Trust, which acts as the admissions authority.

2. Admissions into Year 7 2.1 Applying for a place Arrangements for applications for places at the beginning of year 7 are made in accordance with the Local Authority’s co-ordinated admission arrangements. Therefore, applications must be made directly to the Local Authority in which the child lives. In the summer term, parents of all Year 6 children are provided with the appropriate information required to make an application. This includes the timetable to be followed and the closing date for applications. Details are also available on the Local Authority’s own website www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions. Details of open events for parents and their children can be found on the school’s website www.hartshill.warwickshire.sch.uk and within the prospectus.

2.2 Published Admission Number The published admission number for year 7 at Hartshill School is 210. When the number of applicants for this age group is below this number, then all applicants will be admitted.

2.3 Oversubscription Criteria Where the number of applications for admission is greater than the published admission number and after the admission of children with statements of Special Educational Needs where the school is named on the statement, applications will be considered against the criteria below and in the order in which they are set out: i. A ‘looked after child’ or a child who was previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order. See appendix 1 for a definition of an adoption order and a residence order1. ii. Children living in the priority area1 who will have a sibling1 at the school at the time of admission. See appendix 1 for a definition of the priority area and a sibling. iii. Other pupils living in the priority area. iv. Children living outside the priority area who will have a sibling at the school at the time of admission. v. Other children living outside the priority area. Within each oversubscription category, decisions are based on the distance1 between the child’s home address1 and the school site, with priority going to those living nearest the school site. See appendix 1 for a definition of distance and home address. Where the final place is offered to one of twins (or triplets etc.) each twin etc. will be admitted even if that means going above the admission number.

2.4 Tie Break when Applying the Oversubscription Criteria In the event of a tie between two or more applicants who cannot be separated when applying the oversubscription criteria, a process of independently verified random allocation will be used to allocate the places.

3

2.5 Late Applications All applications received up to and including 31 October of each year for the following academic year will be treated as on time. Applications received after this date will be considered to be late and may not be processed until after the following 1st March.

3. Waiting Lists 3.1 Where in any year Hartshill School receives more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate until 31st December of the same year. This will be maintained by the Local Authority’s Admissions Service. Parents wishing to be considered after that time should refresh their application direct with the school. Children’s position on the waiting list and the allocation of places will be determined solely in accordance with the oversubscription criteria outlined in section 2.3 above. A child’s position on a waiting list can alter as other children with higher priorities are added or withdrawn.

4. In-Year Admissions / Admissions other than Transfer at the Start of Year 7 4.1 Parents should apply via the normal in-year admissions procedures as co-ordinated by the Local Authority in which the child lives. All such applications will be considered and if the year group has a place available, the school will admit the child (except where the child has been permanently excluded twice or once since September 2013, in which case the duty to comply with application is removed for two years from the second exclusion). If more applications are received than there are places available, the over-subscription criteria above for the relevant age group shall apply. A waiting list will be maintained in cases of over-subscription and will run from September to August, at which point it will be cancelled.

5. Fair Access Protocol 5.1 Hartshill School will participate in Warwickshire Local Authority’s In Year Fair Access Protocol.

6. Appeals 6.1 There will be a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel for unsuccessful applicants. Should a parent wish to make an appeal, then full guidance on what to do, the form to be completed and the name of the organisation running the appeals process can be obtained by contacting the school directly.

4

Appendix 1 - Definitions iv An adoption order is an order under Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002. A ‘residence order’ is an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live under Section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians). iv The priority area of the school is as outlined below: From the A5 the priority area follows the boundary of Hartshill Parish to Mancetter Road. The boundary then follows Mancetter Road and Tuttle Hill to the Coventry Canal. The southern boundary is formed by the Canal as far as the railway line and then the railway line as far as the Ansley Parish boundary. The priority area then takes in all of the Ansley Parish including Birchley Heath and Ridge Lane. The northern boundary is then formed by the Hartshill Parish boundary to the A5. iv A sibling is defined as a brother or sister (including half-brother or half-sister, adopted, step brother or step sister) living at the same home address as the child applying for a place. iv Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the centre of the applicant’s home address location (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (“centroid”) of the preferred school. (All measurements are subject to prepositional accuracy changes). This applies equally to those living inside and outside the County’s boundary. Applications made from the same multiple dwelling, sharing a single Postal Address File and/or where the distance from home to school is identical, where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery) with an independent person making the draw. iv A child’s home address is considered to be the residential property where the child normally resides/sleeps when s/he attends school. Addresses involved in child minding operations are excluded. Where a child lives with each of their split parents at separate addresses, the qualifying address will be the one where the child spends (i.e. sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses the parents themselves will be asked to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school admission purposes. Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address, that place is liable to be withdrawn. Applications made from the same multiple dwelling, sharing a single Postal Address File and/or where the distance from home to school is identical, where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery) with an independent person making the draw.

5

HENLEY-in-ARDEN SCHOOL

Admissions Policy

Written: June 2013 Revised: September 2016 Governor committee responsible: FGB Approved by Governors: September 2016 Review: September 2017

Admission Arrangements for Henley-in-Arden School 2018/19

Warwickshire County Council manage school admissions for Henley-in-Arden School

The Published Admission Number of Henley-in-Arden School is 123.

In the event that Henley-in-Arden School is oversubscribed, then the following oversubscription criteria will be used when allocating places.

1. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

2. Children living in the priority area who have a sibling at the school at the time of admission.

3. Children living in the priority area who attend a partner primary school.

4. Children living in the priority area who have a sibling at the partner primary school at the time of admission.

5. Other children living in the priority area.

6. Children living outside the priority area who have a sibling at the school at the time of admission.

7. Children living outside the priority area who currently attend the partner primary school.

8. Children living outside the priority area who have a sibling at the partner primary school at the time of admission.

9. Other children living outside the priority area.

“Partner primary school” refers to Henley in Arden Primary School, Wootton Wawen Primary School, Claverdon Primary School and Tanworth in Arden Primary School

Please note that:

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education and Health Care (EHC) Plan that names the school will be admitted first. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced. Where a child with an EHC or Statement of Special Educational Needs that names Henley in Arden School lives out of county, the school and the local authority must be consulted before a child is named on the plan or statement.

Time of admission relates to the time the applicant would start at the school – not the time of application or offer.

Priority Areas (Catchment area) The priority area for this school is defined as can be viewed on the Warwickshire County Council Admissions at: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/mapsecondaryschools

Priority within each oversubscription criterion

For applicants allocated the same criterion, priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority).

Distance will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of the school in question. (The centroid is a predetermined point and all distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data).

Sibling, i.e. brother or sister, attending the school at the time of admission

Sibling is defined as; a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step-brother or sister, or the child of the parents’ partner, where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit and at the same address as that sibling.

Definition of Home Address

Where the child normally resides / sleeps when they attend school. Addresses involved in child-minding arrangements, whether with professional child-minders, friends or relatives, are excluded.

Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address that place can be withdrawn. This includes situations where the address used to allocate a place changes prior to the place being taken up.

There is also an expectation that a child will be resident at the address used to allocate a place from the start of term and will continue to reside at that address for a reasonable period of time. All circumstances surrounding the application will be taken into account in deciding whether or not this requirement has been met.

Short-term house moves which occur only to secure a school place and which are considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading may therefore result in the place being withdrawn.

Postal Address File (PAF)

The address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address as set by Ordnance Survey.

Applications made from the same multiple dwelling sharing a single Postal Address File (PAF) / Other applications where the distance from home to school is identical

Where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out independently of the school. Waiting Lists

Any child who is refused a place at this school will be automatically added to the school’s waiting lists. Waiting lists will be held by Warwickshire’s Admissions Service. Applicants are advised also to contact the school if they find themselves on the waiting list.

Waiting lists are compiled in strict priority order against the published oversubscription criteria. Offers will be made from the waiting lists as vacancies arise. A child’s position can move both up and down the waiting list as other students are added to the list. Late applicants are not penalised when added to waiting lists, and the amount of time a child has been on a school’s waiting list is irrelevant.

Waiting lists will be held until the end of the Autumn term. Parents / Carers will be responsible for contacting Warwickshire’s Admissions Service should they wish for their child to remain on the waiting list and will be required to complete a new in- year application form.

Appeals

Any parent whose child is refused a place at this school has the right to appeal the decision. Appeals are administered by Warwickshire County Council and can be lodged at: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

Applicants are advised also to contact the school in the event of an appeal.

Applications for other children to be taught out of year group In some situations parents applying for a school place may wish to request that their child is admitted to a school outside of their normal year group – for example if they are moving from overseas and their child has not been educated in the English school system. In such situations parents should contact the school for further advice

In-Year applications Please contact the school in the first instance. The application process is then administered by Warwickshire County Council.

In-Year Fair Access Protocol This school is part of Warwickshire’s In-Year Fair Access Protocol.

Student Admissions Policy for admission in Sept 2017

Policy Number 29

Approval Date February 2017

Review Date December 2017

Governors’ Sub-Committee Resources & Premises

Statutory Policy Yes

Signed: Chair of Governors Date: February 2017

1

Higham Lane School (Academy)

Admission Arrangements for 2017-18

Years 7-11

Introduction

The Academy Trust, being the admissions authority for Higham Lane School, has determined the following arrangements for entry to the School in September 2017.

Higham Lane School’s admission arrangements are part of the Warwickshire County Council co-ordinated scheme.

The School’s Published Admission Number is 246.

Priority Area The whole of the parish of Caldecote is included. From the Caldecote parish boundary the north-eastern boundary of the priority area follows the Warwickshire County boundary to The Long Shoot. The southern boundary is formed by The Long Shoot, Hinckley Road, Leicester Road, Back Street, Newton Road, Corporation Street, Central Avenue, Midland Road, Tuttle Hill and Mancetter Road. Only the northern sides of these roads are included in the priority area, with the exception of The Long Shoot and Hinckley Road, where both sides are included in the priority area. The western boundary is formed by the Hartshill Parish boundary from Mancetter Road to the Caldecote Parish boundary.

Details of the School’s priority area can also be found on the Warwickshire County Council website: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions

Admissions Criteria In the event of more applications than places being available, the following over subscription criteria will be used:

Please note that children with a statement of Special Educational Needs or Education and Health Care Plan that names a school must be admitted and this may reduce the number of places available.

1. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority (under Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted or became subject to a Residence Order or Special Guardianship Order. 2. Children living in the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the School at the time of admission. 3. Other children living in the priority area given in the area booklet. 4. Children of staff who live outside of the priority area and who have been employed for two or more years at the School at the time the application for admission was made and/or those recruited to meet a demonstrable skills shortage. 5. Children living outside the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the School at the time of admission. 6. Other children living outside the priority area.

Within each criterion, priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and the School (shortest distance = highest priority).

2

Distance will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of the preferred school. (Centroids are predetermined points and all measurements are subject to change due to updates of mapping data).

Appeals Parents/carers will be informed by Warwickshire County Council of their statutory right of appeal when they receive the outcome of their applications. Parents/carers can appeal for any preference expressed, but not allocated, even if it was a lower preference than the one offered. Appeals are administered by Warwickshire County Council and can be lodged at http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals.

Waiting Lists Waiting lists will be held by the Local Authority.

Waiting lists are compiled in strict priority order against the published oversubscription criteria. Offers will be made from the waiting lists as vacancies arise. A child’s position can move both up and down the waiting list as other students are added to the list. Late applicants are not penalised when added to waiting lists, and the amount of time a child has been on a school’s waiting list is irrelevant.

Waiting lists will be held until the end of the autumn term. Parents/Carers will be responsible for contacting the Admissions Service should they wish their child to remain on the waiting list.

In-Year Admissions Parents/carers should apply directly to Warwickshire County Council.

In-Year Fair Access Protocol The School adopts Warwickshire County Council’s In-Year Fair Access Protocol.

Definitions applying to the criteria The following definitions/arrangements are taken from the Warwickshire County Council consultation on Admissions and also apply to Higham Lane School:

Looked After Children Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by a local authority (under Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

Sibling, i.e. brother or sister, attending the school at the time of admission Sibling is defined in these arrangements as: a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step-brother or sister or the child of the parents’ partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit and at the same address as that sibling.

Proof of Address When submitting an application, parents/carers will need to provide appropriate proof of the address used as the basis of their application. This will normally be a Council Tax Reference Number. Each year Warwickshire Admissions Service will contact a random sample of Warwickshire applicants and ask for further proof of address.

3

Fraudulent or Intentionally Misleading Applications Parents/carers should be aware that where a school place is offered based on a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application, that the place can be withdrawn even after the child has started at the School.

Definition of Home Address Where the child normally resides/sleeps when they attend school. Addresses involved in child-minding arrangements, whether with professional child-minders, friends or relatives, are excluded.

Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address, that place can be withdrawn. This includes situations where the address used to allocate a place changes prior to the place being taken up.

There is also an expectation that a child will be resident at the address used to allocate a place from the start of term and will continue to reside at that address for a reasonable period of time. All circumstances surrounding the application will be taken into account in deciding whether or not this requirement has been met.

Short-term house moves which occur only to secure a school place and which are considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading may therefore result in the place being withdrawn.

Postal Address File (PAF) The address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address as set by Ordnance Survey.

Applications made from the same multiple dwelling sharing a single Postal Address File (PAF) / Other applications where the distance from home to school is identical Where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out by two officers of the Admissions Service in the presence of a Local Authority Solicitor from the Law & Governance Division. The order of draw will be recorded and countersigned at the time.

Separated Parents Where a child lives with each of their parents at separate addresses, the address used for allocating a school place will be the one where the child spends (i.e. sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses the child’s parents/carers will be asked to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school admission purposes. Should they fail to do so by the published closing date, the Council has the right to nominate the address that it considers appropriate.

In the case of disputes between parents, there is an expectation that parents will resolve these amongst themselves and make a single application which both parents are in agreement with. Warwickshire Admissions will not become involved in disputes between parents. Where more than one application is received in respect of a single child and the parents cannot reach agreement over the content of the application, Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right not to process either application until an agreement between the parents is reached.

4

Twins, Triplets or Other Multiple-births Where the final place in a year group is offered to one of twins, triplets or another multiple- birth child, place(s) will normally be offered to the other multiple-birth child(ren) where the local authority and school’s admission authority (if different) are in agreement - even if this means going above the School’s Published Admission Number.

Admissions above PAN Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education and Health Care (EHC) Plan that names the School will be admitted. In this event, the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced or result in a school exceeding its PAN.

If the School is full in the year group, another place can be offered provided that:

a) no other applicants have been refused places in the same year group – wherever they live b) the child is living or moving into the School’s priority area (proof of address will be required) c) The Local Authority believe it would be unreasonable not to offer a place and the School’s admission authority are in agreement with the place being offered.

If a school has a waiting list, then it will not normally be possible to offer additional places as other applicants will have been refused places in the same year group. However, if the Local Authority and the School’s admission authority (where applicable) agree, then all applicants on the waiting list, or groups of children falling under a particularly high criterion (such as out of area with siblings) may be offered a place.

Admission above PAN for Looked After Children Except where a child is placed in an emergency, no care placement should be made without the education element being satisfactorily arranged. Where the placement has had to be made in an emergency, and education has not been secured, or where educational provision breaks down, then local authorities must secure an educational placement within 20 school days.

Moves of care placement can occur outside the normal admissions round when many schools are full. To avoid delays resulting from the local appeals procedure, Community and Controlled schools will be asked to admit, without appeal, Looked after Children resident within their priority area, even though their admission limit has already been reached or exceeded.

Under Age and Over Age Applications Warwickshire County Council’s policy is that all children should be educated within their appropriate age group. In rare cases where it might not be appropriate for the child to be educated in the normal year group, there is a detailed process to consider the child’s physical, emotional and social maturity before any decisions are made.(See appendix 1)

Children of UK Service Personnel (UK Armed Forces) For families of service personnel with a confirmed posting to their area, a place will be allocated in advance if accompanied by an official government letter which declares a relocation date and a Unit postal address or quartering area address, which can be used for the application against the relevant oversubscription criteria.

Late Applications (Entry or Transfer Year Groups) Late applications will only be considered after the applications received by the closing dates (on-time applications).

5

Late Applications Because of an Impending Move Offers of places at secondary level will take account of a future move involving the child’s address only if it can be confirmed before 01 February 2017 i.e. if the parent can provide independent proof of the move, such as a tenancy agreement that terminates after the start of the autumn term or proof that there has been an exchange of contracts in the purchase of a house.

6

Appendix 1

Process for Out of Age Applications

 Parents/Carers must submit a written request to the Headteacher of the School outlining the reasons for the application.  Parents/Carers to enclose evidence to support their request and must include the following documents: - School reports - Reports from any professionals involved with the child/family - Evidence of any mitigating circumstances  The Headteacher of the School will consider the application and review the evidence provided. He/she will also consult with the staff in the School to ensure that, if the application is successful, the out of age placement can be accommodated. The usual over-subscription admission criteria will be also be applied.  The application and Headteacher’s recommendation will be considered by the full Governing Body, who will make the final decision.  Parents/Carers will be informed of the decision, along with the appeal process if required.

Applications to Higham Lane School Sixth Form

At Higham Lane School Sixth Form, we will offer a range of A level qualifications, that will require certain minimum grades at GCSE level. We strive to ensure that all students who are accepted into the sixth form are placed on appropriate courses where they are most likely to succeed. In order to do this, all applicants will be invited to attend an interview to discuss the most suitable courses of study. As part of this meeting, students could be asked to demonstrate a particular skill or showcase a portfolio of appropriate work.

All students in Year 11 at Higham Lane School will be offered impartial advice about the range of Post-16 opportunities on offer in the area. Those students deemed most suitable will be encouraged to apply for a place in the sixth form. We will also accept applications from students wishing to come to Higham Lane School Sixth Form from another school, but students from Higham Lane School will be given preference. If places are still available, the same admission criteria will apply to all other applicants.

We have a Planned Admission Number (PAN) of 160 students per year for internal and external admissions. This is the maximum number of students we will admit.

Expressing a Preference

All applications for admission to Higham Lane School Sixth Form, including students currently attending the School, must be made by completing an application form available on the School website (www.highamlaneschool.co.uk). Students who do not have access to the internet should telephone the School (on 02476 388123) to request an application form.

7

The Admissions Policy

Entry into Year 12

Admission to the sixth form will be from: (i) students in Year 11 at Higham Lane School who achieve the required standards for entry into the sixth form;

(ii) students in Year 11 on roll at another educational provider who achieve the required standards for entry into the sixth form.

The academic entry requirements for admission to the sixth form shall be the same for students on roll in Year 11 at the School and external applicants. Students will be admitted into the sixth form at the start of the autumn term in each academic year, although there may be some occasions when students enter or transfer during the academic year.

Academic Requirements

Entry to A Level courses requires 4 or more GCSEs at grade A*-C in different subjects. In addition to the 4 subjects, we request that at least one further GCSE grade 5 must be in English Language or Mathematics (with at least a grade 4 in the other subject). Obtaining a grade 5 or higher in Mathematics and English Language will increase the chances of being accepted into the Sixth Form.

All subjects will require the student to have achieved at least a B grade or grade 6 at GCSE (where study of the GCSE in that subject was possible) to continue to study the respective subject at A level.

We will consider GCSE grades in English Language and Mathematics as well as related subjects when determining whether it is suitable for a student to study subjects such as Economics, Government and Politics, Law, Media Studies and Psychology, given that they may not have had the opportunity to study these subjects at GCSE. A few subjects have further requirements: a GCSE grade 7 in Mathematics to study Further Mathematics; a GCSE grade 6 in Mathematics to study Biology, Chemistry or Physics and a GCSE grade B in Science and/or grade 6 in Mathematics is strongly recommended in some subjects.

The Higham Lane School website will detail each individual subject’s entry requirements. Entry into the Sixth Form is also conditional upon good attendance and behaviour in Years 7 to 11.

For the purposes of this requirement:

 BTEC courses and other vocational courses such as Cambridge Nationals in ICT and Applied GCSE in Business will count as 1 GCSE  Core and Additional Science will count as separate GCSEs. The Additional Science grade will take precedence.  Other qualifications will be considered on a case by case basis.

All students seeking admission to the Sixth Form must achieve the necessary grades for access onto the courses they have chosen. Meeting the requirements of any course is no guarantee that the student will automatically be offered a place on a preferred choice of course.

8

Entry into Year 13

Entry into Year 13 will depend on the availability of places on the courses for this year group. The student’s results from examinations, any modules and teacher assessment in Year 12 will also be taken into consideration when deciding whether a student progresses into Year 13, as we require evidence that the student will be likely to go on to complete the course successfully. Attendance and attitude to learning will also be considered. Information, advice and guidance will be offered at enrolment.

Oversubscription Criteria

Where the number of applicants for places in the Sixth Form exceeds the places available, then admission will be determined in accordance with the following priority of admission criteria:

(i) Any Looked After or previously Looked After Children who meet the academic requirements for entry into the Sixth Form; (ii) Applications from existing Higham Lane students who are predicted to meet the academic requirements for entry into the Sixth Form; (iii) (iii) Students in Year 11 on roll at another educational provider who are predicted to meet the academic requirements for entry into the Sixth Form and who have siblings at the School at the time of enrolment. (Siblings are defined as brothers or sisters (including step brothers and sisters) living at the same address as their primary place of residence); (iv) (iv) Any other students in Year 11 on roll at another educational provider who are predicted to meet the academic requirements for entry into the Sixth Form; preference will be given based on their geographical distance from the School (distance will be measured as described in the ‘Warwickshire County Council-determined Admission Arrangements’ to which Higham Lane School subscribes), for entry in Years 7-11.

Where the number of applicants for a course of study exceeds the places available, priority will be given to those who have better performance predicted at GCSE/BTEC, based upon the predicted grades, or who have achieved the highest final grades, where these are available.

Appeals

Any student refused a place in the Sixth Form has the right of appeal to an independent appeals panel. Details of how to appeal can be obtained from the School.

False Information Any place offered on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application, e.g. giving a false address, will be withdrawn. It is for the parents/carer to satisfy the School of their circumstances, as they apply to the admission criteria at the time of application.

9

Timetable for Admission

Student to complete application form By December 2016 Course guidance consultation/interviews By February 2017 for internal students and March 2017 for external students Provisional offers made By March/April 2017 Publication of GCSE results August 2017 School agrees/refuses the admission August/September 2017 Decision communicated to parent/student August/September 2017 Independent Appeal September 2017

Late Applications and Transfers

Late applications will be considered up to the end of the second week of the autumn term. Where an application is received on behalf of a student who has moved into the area during the academic year, it will be considered in accordance with the minimum entry requirements, oversubscription criteria and whether the student has a reasonable chance of completing the course in the time available.

The right of appeal will also apply to late applications and transfers.

10

Admissions Policy 2018 Determined 07/12/16

1. General

1.1. King Edward VI School is designated a single sex grammar school for boys under Section 104 of the School Standards and Framework Act (1998) with a Co-educational Sixth Form. The Governing Body of the Academy Trust is the Admission Authority and as such has formal responsibility for determining admission arrangements.

1.2. This policy has been drawn up to meet the requirements of the Department for Education School Admissions Code which came into force in December 2014.

2. Year 7 Entry

2.1. Introduction Admission to the School in Year 7 will be determined by a child's performance in the Entrance Test (sometimes referred to as "the 11+" or "the selection test") and the School’s oversubscription criteria. The Governing Body participates in Warwickshire County Council's co-ordinated admissions scheme for maintained secondary schools, and Warwickshire County Council's Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) is contracted to administer the Year 7 Admissions Policy and procedures on the School’s behalf.

For 2018, the Governors have determined, in line with the Admissions Code (2014), that the Published Admission Number (PAN) in Year 7 will be 871.

2.2. Eligibility and Oversubscription Criteria for Entry in Year 7

Eligibility:

2.2.1. Gender: Since King Edward VI School is a single sex boys’ school, eligibility for entry will be based on the child’s gender being male.

2.2.2. Priority Area: The priority area for King Edward VI School and Stratford Girls’ Grammar School is based on a circle with a radius of 16.885 miles drawn from the Fountain in Rother Street, Stratford-upon-Avon (half-way between the two schools) to the County boundary south of Long Compton. In drawing a priority area in this manner, the schools are able to comply with their duty following the Greenwich Judgement (1989). Evidence will be required to prove that the child is resident within the Priority Area by the deadline of Friday 29th December 2017.

Warwickshire Admissions will require, on behalf of the School, evidence of the applicant’s home address. Parents/carers will be notified each time this is required. The Admissions Service may also carry out a home visit to the family to further verify an applicant’s address. The School reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if it is satisfied that the offer has been made on the basis of an incorrect, fraudulent or misleading application.

1 Increased from 81 by the Governors on 6th April 2017 Page 1 of 14

2.2.3. Registration for the 11+ test: The child must have been registered for the 11+ test for the School by the deadline of Friday 7th July 2017 and completed that test; and the parent/carer must have named the School on the Common Application Form, which must have been submitted on time to the home authority. Late 11+ registrations and late secondary school applications will not be considered in the first round of offers.

Oversubscription Criteria:

2.2.4. There is no guarantee of a place being available, but places up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) during the normal round of admissions (i.e. the first round of offers published on Thursday 1st March 2018) will be allocated to children in the following order, where they meet the necessary academic and eligibility entry requirements, assuming that an offer from a higher preference has not been made. Those with the highest scores in each category will be given highest priority for a place.

To differentiate in the case of children with the same score in any of the following categories, those who live nearest the School in straight-line distance will be given priority2. In the case of a tie-break situation where more than one child has achieved the same score, and where all home to school distances are equal, and there are not enough spaces to offer all applicants who fulfil the relevant criteria, the remaining place(s) will be allocated using a computerised random number generator. This process will be carried out by Warwickshire Admissions on behalf of the School, in the presence of a witness from Legal Services who is independent of the School and the admissions process.

The above will also apply to the waiting list after Thursday 1st March 2018.

2.2.5. The Automatic Qualifying Score for this School, for this particular year of entry, will be set by the Committee of Reference during the Local Review Process using the results from the 11+ test. The minimum score for the waiting list for this School, for this particular year of entry, will also be set by the Committee of Reference.

2.2.6. Children with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) or Statement of Special Educational Needs (SEN)3 that names the School will be admitted first, subject to them achieving the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for the School for this particular year of entry. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced. Please see separate section regarding arrangements for students with Special Educational Needs taking the Entrance Test at Year 7. Similar arrangements apply to in-year transfers and admissions to the Sixth Form.

2.2.7. Categories 1-5 below relate to children whose 11+ registrations and secondary school applications have been received on time:

2.2.7.1. Category 1: Any Looked-After4 or Previously Looked-After Children5 who either achieve the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for this School for this particular year of entry, or who score up to 20 marks below the Automatic Qualifying Score.

2 Distance from home to school will be measured from the address point location coordinate of the home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centroid of the school. The centroid is a predetermined point. 3 A Statement of Special Educational Need is a statement made by the Local Authority under Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 specifying the educational provision required for that child. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the Local Authority under Section 37 of the Children and Families Act 2014 specifying the educational provision required for that child. 4 A Looked-After Child is one who is in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, the Local Authority, as defined by section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989. 5 A Previously Looked-After Child is a child who immediately after being looked-after became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. This includes children who were adopted under the Adoptions Act 1976 (Section 12) and those adopted under the Adoption and Children Act 2002 (Section 46). Child arrangements orders are defined in Section 8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by Section 12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Special guardianship orders are defined in Section 14A of the Children Act 1989. Page 2 of 14

2.2.7.2. Category 2: Children who live in the priority area who attract the Pupil Premium via eligibility for Free School Meals6 who achieve either the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for this School, for this particular year of entry, or who score up to 20 marks below the Automatic Qualifying Score. Up to thirteen places only will be offered in this category (including any re-offers which are made from the waiting list in this category after Thursday 1st March 2018). Warwickshire Admissions will require, on behalf of the School, evidence of Pupil Premium eligibility and the School reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if the offer has been made on the basis of an incorrect, fraudulent or misleading application.

2.2.7.3. Category 3: Children who live in the priority area who achieve the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for this School, for this particular year of entry.

2.2.7.4. Category 4: Children living outside of the priority area who achieve the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for this School, for this particular year of entry.

2.2.7.5. Category 5: Children who score below the Automatic Qualifying Score, but above the minimum score for the waiting list score for this School, for this particular year of entry.

2.2.8. Residency requirement: The child’s home address is the address where they are living on the date of application. There is an expectation that the address used to apply for a School place will be the same as the one where the child is living at the start of Year 7.7 Where parental responsibilities are equally shared, the home address will be considered to be the place where the child sleeps, and spends most of their time, from Monday to Friday. This is the address that will be used to apply the School’s oversubscription criteria, such as distance from the School. Where the home address changes after the start of the Autumn Term of Year 7, consideration will be given as to the reason why. Where it is considered that the reason for the change of address constitutes the application being fraudulent or intentionally misleading, the place may be withdrawn.

Evidence required: Warwickshire Admissions (Local Authority) will require on behalf of the School evidence of the applicant’s home address. They will write at the beginning of December 2017 to all parents who have listed the School as a preference, requesting copies of two documents to confirm the home address. Parents/Carers will have fifteen working days to provide proof of the home address. The application will be considered as late if appropriate proof is not provided within fifteen working days. The evidence required is as follows:  Council Tax letter or statement for the current financial year - this must be supplied if you are the council taxpayer; or  Current Housing Benefit letter; or  Utility bill, bank statement, or car insurance documents dated within the last six months. Plus one of the following:  Child Benefit letter for the current financial year; or  Child’s National Health registration card; or

6 Children attracting the Pupil Premium via Free School Meals are those who have been registered for free school meals at any point in the six years prior to the closing date for test registration. See Admissions Code (2014) section 1.39A. 7 If the home address does change after the application or the start of term then the circumstances of the move will be considered in order to determine the legitimacy of the application. Short term house moves to secure a school place will be considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading'. Page 3 of 14

 Child Tax Credit Award Notice for the current financial year; or  A Bank Account Statement in the child’s name; or  A Child Trust Fund Statement in the child’s name; or  A copy of a letter confirming a medical or dental appointment for the child in the previous six months. Please note that these documents will be retained and not returned. Warwickshire Admissions will match each address with the one they have on their database. Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right to carry out random checks at any time and this may include an unannounced home visit.

Moving to a new address: If the home address changes between applying for a school place and Friday 29th December 2017, Warwickshire Admissions must be provided with proof of the new address as detailed above. The child must be living at the new address by Friday 29th December 2017. Applicants may also need to produce evidence that the previous home is no longer used by the family – for example proof that the property has been sold or that a rental agreement has ended. This is to show that the new address is not a temporary arrangement purely to secure a school place.

If the home address changes after Friday 29th December 2017 the new address can only be taken into account after National Offer Day on Thursday 1st March 2018 and the application will be considered in the same way as a late application (i.e. Category 5).

The School will also check the child’s home address at the time of admission. If it is different from the application address then further checks will be carried out. This will include consideration as to whether or not the address used to make an application was temporary and purely to secure a school place.

If a school place is offered based on fraudulent or intentionally misleading information, the offer may be withdrawn, even if the child has started at the School. Those who submit fraudulent or deliberately misleading applications may also be subject to legal proceedings. If it is discovered that the home address is not in Warwickshire, the application will be withdrawn altogether and the family will then have to apply to their own Local Authority.

2.3. The Entrance Test

2.3.1. Consortium of Grammar Schools: This School is part of a consortium of schools using a common Entrance Test on Saturday 9th September 2017 for entry to Year 7 in September 2018. The consortium includes this School, the five other Grammar Schools in Warwickshire (including Ashlawn which as a bilateral school offers selective and non-selective places), and the eight Grammar Schools in Birmingham (these are individual schools but for the purposes of the Entrance Test are collectively known as ‘The Grammar Schools in Birmingham’).

Warwickshire County Council’s Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) operates the Entrance Test along with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. Some parents/carers may be considering listing Grammar Schools in both Warwickshire and Birmingham on their Common Application Form (CAF). As admission to these schools will be determined by the same test, on the same day, it is not possible for students to sit the test more than once. If it is discovered a student has sat the test more than once the score from the earliest test will be used. Parents/Carers should be aware that in such situations the application may be considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading and where a place has been offered it may be withdrawn.

Page 4 of 14

Parents/Carers whose children sit the test in Warwickshire may request that their raw score is shared with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. This can be done as part of the registration process. Parents/Carers should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Birmingham Grammar School.

Parents/Carers whose children sit the test in Birmingham may request that their raw score is shared with Warwickshire Admissions. This can be done as part of the registration process. Parents/Carers should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Warwickshire Grammar School (including a selective place at Ashlawn School). In either of these cases parents/carers will receive two sets of results. One set of results will be received from Warwickshire Admissions. A further set of results will be received from The Grammar Schools in Birmingham.

Where a parent/carer indicates after the registration closing date on Friday 7th July 2017 that they wish their child’s test score to the shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools of Birmingham, their registration will be considered late for the region they wish their results to be shared with.

2.3.2. Registering for the test: Parents/carers living in Warwickshire must register for the test with Warwickshire Admissions. Parents/carers living in Birmingham must register for the test with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. Parents/carers living in other authorities should register for the test in the region in which they would most like their child to attend a school.

Parents/carers will be able to register for the test from Monday 8th May 2017. It is recommended that parents/carers do this on-line. Paper copies of the registration form will also be available from Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. If you are posting a registration form you are strongly advised to take steps to ensure your form is received prior to the deadline, such as recorded delivery. Please ensure that any recorded delivery receipt has the postcode printed electronically on it.

Parents/carers should be aware that registering for the 11+ test is not the same as applying for a school place – see the section ‘Applications for a School Place’ (2.3.9) Parents/carers must submit an application for a place to their home local authority by Tuesday 31st October 2017. Failure to do so will mean your application is considered late even if your 11+ registration was submitted on-time.

The closing date for registration is 4.00pm on Friday 7th July 2017. All registrations will be acknowledged. If you do not receive an acknowledgement within 14 working days you should contact either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending to whom you originally submitted your registration form).

Details of test venues will be sent to parents/carers by Warwickshire Admissions. This will include a ‘Fit and Well’ sheet which must be brought to the test session with a photograph of the child sitting the test. This photograph must be signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school. Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right to contact your child’s school and to share the photograph with them for the purposes of establishing proof of identity as part of the entrance test process.

Parents/carers registering for the test with The Grammar Schools of Birmingham will receive details of their child’s test venue along with acknowledgement of their registration.

If your registration form is received prior to the closing date but is not fully completed it will be considered as late. If your form is received after the closing date it will be considered as late. If your child is sitting the test in a Warwickshire venue and you arrive

Page 5 of 14

at the test session without a photograph of your child which is signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school8, they will not be able to sit the test on that day and your registration will be considered as late. If you indicate after the registration closing date that you wish for your child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools of Birmingham, your registration will be considered as late for the region you wish your child’s results to be shared with.

If your registration is considered to be late your child will be tested at the earliest opportunity. It is unlikely that results will be available prior to the deadline of Tuesday 31st October 2017 for submitting an application for a school place.

Those registering late are treated the same as those submitting a late application for a school place and are given a lower priority in this School’s oversubscription criteria than those registering for the test and submitting an application on time. If your registration or application for a school place is late it will affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at the School.

If your form is received after the closing date of 4.00pm on Friday 7th July 2017 it will only be treated as on time for this School if you can provide evidence of a move of address into the priority area by Friday 29th December 2017.

2.3.3. Candidate age: If your son was born between 1st September 2006 and 31st August 2007 you may apply for him to sit the test for entry in September 2018. Parents may seek a place for their child outside of their normal age group if they believe their child has exceptional circumstances. Anyone considering making such an application for any year group should follow the relevant application process as detailed in this policy for that year group. The child will be tested in accordance with arrangements set out in the Policy and an admission decision taken will be taken by the Governing Body of the School as the Admissions Authority based on the circumstances of the case and with reference to the best interests of the child. Candidates may sit the Entrance Test once only.

2.3.4. The Test: The main test session will be on the morning of Saturday 9th September 2017.

There will be two papers, each of approximately 50 minutes. The papers will be divided into smaller, individually timed sections, which test verbal ability, numerical ability and non-verbal ability.

For each paper, the children will be given a question booklet which contains the test questions and a separate answer sheet to mark their answers. The answer sheets will be processed electronically and scanned to make a record of each child’s answers. A familiarisation booklet, containing information about the format of the test and some example questions, will be available on the website and in paper form on request. This will allow children to become familiar with the type of questions likely to be asked and the format of the test booklet and answer sheet, and information about how to write their answers on the answer sheet.

2.3.5. Special Arrangements: Parents/carers whose children have a disability and/or require special resources to sit the test must request this in writing by completing a separate form. Parents/carers will be required to describe the child’s disability and/or extra resources required to sit the test and must also supply detailed medical evidence. Every effort will be made to accommodate disabled students sitting the Entrance Test. Forms are available from,

8 If home educated, signed by an individual working in, or retired from, a recognised profession as per the accepted list of counter- signatories for UK passport applications. Page 6 of 14

and must be returned to, either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you are registering for the Entrance Test) by Wednesday 14th June 2017. Please note that this date is earlier than the test registration deadline and that any information provided after this date may not be considered. Parents making such a request will be notified by the end of July 2017 whether or not their request has been agreed.

Parents/carers whose child is not able to sit the test on a Saturday for religious reasons must indicate this when registering for the test and supply a supporting letter from their religious leader. These children are likely to be tested on Sunday 10th September 2017.

2.3.6. Illness: If your child is ill on the test day and is unable to sit the test, you must notify either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you have registered for the Entrance Test) by 4.00pm on Monday 11th September 2017. A medical note (scanned copy, faxed or hand delivered) must be submitted by noon on Wednesday 13th September 2017 for an alternative date to be arranged.

2.3.7. Additional Test Sessions: The main supplementary 11+ date will be Tuesday 19th September 2017. Others may be held in late November/early December and late January/early February, primarily to accommodate families moving into the area. Sessions will also be arranged for parents/carers registering for the test after offer day and parents/carers are asked to contact Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham in these circumstances.

2.3.8. Results: Data from all students sitting the test will be used to produce standardised scores. Weightings will be applied to the scores achieved in Verbal Reasoning, Non-Verbal Reasoning and Numeracy.

From Monday 16th October 2017 you will be notified by post of your child’s score in the Entrance Test. Parents/Carers who have either registered with Warwickshire Admissions (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with Warwickshire Admissions) will receive the following information from Warwickshire Admissions:

 Your child's total standardised score broken down by performance in Verbal Reasoning, Numeracy, and Non-Verbal Reasoning.  A provisional ranking of where the score places the child out of all children who have sat the test, and within each relevant area (East, South or both).  The Automatic Qualifying Scores and waiting list scores for each Warwickshire Grammar School for the previous year where the same weightings have been applied for the three sections. These can be used for comparison purposes but there can be no guarantee that any child, including those scoring above the required score for previous years, will be offered a Grammar School place.

Parents/Carers who have either registered with The Grammar Schools of Birmingham (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with The Grammar Schools of Birmingham) will receive an additional letter showing their child’s test score and the minimum score required for entry in the previous three years, together with the qualifying score for those schools who have set such a score. Warwickshire’s Grammar Schools and The Grammar Schools in Birmingham may choose to use different weightings. This means that if your child receives two results letters, their total scores could be different.

Page 7 of 14

2.3.9. Applications for a school place: Once parents/carers have received their child’s test result they must apply for a school place via their home Local Authority (This is the Local Authority to whom you pay your Council Tax). Warwickshire residents can name up to six schools (preferences) on their application form. All local authorities operate an equal preference system and your child will be offered a place at the highest preference possible. What this means is that if you list a Grammar School as your first preference but your child does not do sufficiently well in the Entrance Test, it will not affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at any other school you have listed.

2.4. Allocation of Places

2.4.1. Once papers have been marked, children are listed in standardised and weighted score order.

2.4.2. Committee of Reference: In South Warwickshire the Committee of Reference sets the Automatic Qualifying Score taking account of the applications for the individual schools and the number of places available. The Committee of Reference is a panel of Headteachers and teachers appointed according to terms of reference. The Heads of the selective schools in South Warwickshire or their representatives will be members of the Committee. The Committee also reviews the arrangements made for any children with disabilities or Special Educational Needs.

2.4.3. Automatic Qualifying Score: 2.4.3.1. Performance in the Entrance Test and the number of applications for the schools will be used by the Committee of Reference to set the Automatic Qualifying Score. Above and at that qualifying score a child will receive an offer from their highest named preference of selective school (subject to living within the priority circle, not being a late entry or having an offer from a higher preference of school).

2.4.3.2. The Committee will consider the descending score order and the number of children applying for each school (living within the priority area and who registered before the closing date) and set the Automatic Qualifying Score as close to the Published Admission Number for the School as possible.

2.4.3.3. The available places will be offered in accordance with the admission criteria in the first round of offers – on National Offer Day – which is Thursday 1st March 2018. Children living outside the priority area will be offered places in the first round only if there are insufficient children of the required level of ability living within the priority area. Children living outside the priority area, late registrations and late applications will normally only be offered places in the second or subsequent round of offers, subject to their position on the waiting list and a vacancy occurring.

2.4.4. No consideration will be given in the case of twins (or triplets etc) where one child has been allocated a place because they scored above the Automatic Qualifying Score but the other(s) was/were below it.

2.4.5. Waiting lists: After the initial round of offers, made on Thursday 1st March 2018, further places may become available – if, for example, parents/carers take up places for their son at another school. These places will be offered from the waiting list, up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) of the School in line with the re-allocation dates as outlined in the co-ordinated scheme.

Page 8 of 14

The waiting list order will follow the same criteria as outlined in Categories 1 – 5 above, but will also include any applicant who registered late for the 11+ test, or who submitted a late secondary school application.

Any child who is made an offer for a school which was listed lower on their secondary school application than King Edward VI School will automatically be added to the waiting list, provided that the child achieved the minimum waiting list score or above for this School, for this particular year of entry, in the 11+ test.

In accordance with the Admissions Code (2014), waiting lists will be held for one term until Monday 31st December 2018. Children aged 12 or under will continue to be tested using the CEM Centre 11+ test until the waiting list is dissolved on Monday 31st December 2018. (Please note that children already aged 12 will have the oldest age weighting applied to their score and will then be ranked against the other children who have taken the test).

After Monday 31st December 2018, the CEM Centre 11+ test will continue to be used for children under the age of 12. For children aged 12 or over the School will set tests in English and Mathematics to judge academic suitability against the rest of the cohort. See Section 3 - In-Year Applications for Years 7 to 11.

2.4.6. Offers: Offers will be made on Thursday 1st March 2018 by the child’s home authority as per the co-ordinated secondary school scheme with neighbouring authorities. Subject to the arrangements of the home authority, parents/carers will be expected to accept the offer within two weeks of the offer being made. A further letter reminding parents/carers will be sent before the child is withdrawn from the offer lists. As well as the offer from their home authority, parents/carers who registered with Warwickshire Admissions will receive an additional letter confirming the child’s score, along with the qualifying scores and minimum waiting list scores for each Warwickshire Grammar School.

2.4.7. Appeals: The parent/carers of all children refused places will be notified of their right of appeal via their home Admissions Service. Appeals are held before an independent panel.

2.4.8. Admissions above the Published Admission Number (PAN): Under the Admissions Code (2014), Admissions Authorities including King Edward VI School may admit above their PAN. If they do so, they must notify the Local Authority of their intention to do so. They may also admit above PAN in-year.

2.4.9. Fair Access Protocol (FAP): Warwickshire Local Authority has developed a FAP with Headteachers. King Edward VI School has adopted the protocol and its provisions are recognised by the School as the Admissions Authority and incorporated into these admission arrangements.

2.5. Information and Important Dates for Parents:

2.5.1. During the Summer Term of 2017 parents/carers of all the children in Year 5 in Warwickshire primary/junior schools will be issued with a leaflet, relevant to their area, about the process of selection. Parents/carers will be asked to register if they want their child to be tested. Parents/carers of children not attending those schools can contact Warwickshire Admissions to request that information or visit the Warwickshire Admissions website from Monday 8th May 2017.

2.5.2. Parents/carers whose children have a disability and/or require special resources to sit the Entrance Test must complete a supplementary form as well as a registration form

Page 9 of 14

and submit these to Warwickshire Admissions or the Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you are registering for the Entrance Test) by Wednesday 14th June 2017.

2.5.3. The closing date for registering for selection tests for all the selective schools in Warwickshire is Friday 7th July 2017. Registration after that date will be considered as late. An exception will be made for parents/carers who can provide evidence of a move of address into the priority area by Friday 29th December 2017. Late registrations will only be considered after the first round of offers and may not be tested before National Offer Day.

2.5.4. The main testing session will take place on the morning of Saturday 9th September 2017.

2.5.5. Applications will be made on the home authority’s Common Application Form as part of the co-ordinated process with neighbouring authorities. As set out in the Schools Admissions Code (2014), 31st October is the national closing date for secondary applications. Applications received after this date will be considered late and will be given a lower priority for places. An exception will be made for children moving into the priority area where independent evidence can be provided by Friday 29th December 2017.

3. In-Year Applications for Years 7 to 11

3.1. Change of School application forms must be submitted to Warwickshire Admissions. These will be processed on a first-come first-serve basis. If two or more applications are received on the same day a random generator will be used to determine which application is processed first. Children who are aged 12 years or over, and who have not previously been tested, that are applying for a place after the waiting list has been dissolved on Monday 31st December 2018 will be required to take tests in English and Mathematics arranged by the School. A place will be offered, subject to availability, if the applicant’s performance satisfies the School’s Admissions Committee that the pupil’s ability is commensurate with that of the cohort into which he is seeking admission.

3.2. New applications from children who have already been tested and refused entry as non- qualifiers will generally be considered by taking into account the existing test results and newer evidence of the child’s ability and performance in the non-selective school. A retest will be used only where there are grounds and evidence to doubt the validity of the original tests in determining the applicant’s aptitude. No waiting lists are held by the School after 31st December of Year 7.

3.3. Any place offered must be taken up within four school weeks of the offer having been made. In the event of this not happening, the offer is void.

3.4. Appeals: The parents/carers of all children refused places will be notified that they have a right of appeal through an independent appeal panel. For children not qualifying for places the appeal will take account of the compatibility of the child’s position in the process. If there are insufficient applicants reaching the appropriate level, the School does not have to fill all the places. Therefore, the case for prejudice to the efficient education or the efficient use of resources will only be considered once the School is full in the appropriate year group.

Page 10 of 14

4. Sixth Form Entry Requirements

4.1. King Edward VI School has a co-educational Sixth Form and therefore welcomes applications from both male and female applicants.

4.2. The priority circle does not apply for entry into the Sixth Form. Students may be admitted into the Sixth Form irrespective of where they live.

4.3. Entry Criteria - Internal and External Applicants:

4.3.1. The Published Admission Number (PAN) for external students joining Year 12 in 2018 is 56, giving a planned cohort size of 140. 4.3.2. Entry to Year 12 is on the basis of academic ability demonstrated by achievement at GCSE8. Confirmed places in Year 12 can therefore only be allocated following GCSE Results Day in August. 4.3.3. To obtain a place in Year 12 students require a minimum of 54 points from their best eight GCSE results9 using the new GCSE points system of Grades 9-1. (For GCSEs receiving grades from the previous grading system the following conversions will apply: A*=8, A=7, B=6, C=5 etc) 4.3.4. All KES Year 11 (i.e. students in Year 11 at King Edward VI School) who meet the Entry Criteria will automatically obtain a place.

4.4. Oversubscription criteria:

4.4.1. There is no guarantee of a place being available in Year 12. Following publication of GCSE results in August 2018, places up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) will be allocated to students who meet the Entry Criteria in the following order, subject to maximum set sizes not being exceeded in individual subjects:

4.4.1.1. Category 1: Any Looked-After or Previously Looked-After Children3 who meet the Entry Criteria. In the case of a tie-break situation where two or more applicants have met the criteria equally the remaining place(s) will be allocated, subject to maximum set sizes not being exceeded in individual subjects, by the use of a random number generator.

4.4.1.2. Category 2: External Applicants who meet the Entry Criteria. Following the publication of GCSE results in August 2018, external applicants who meet the Entry Criteria will be ordered according to the total points from their best eight GCSE results. Places in Year 12 will then be offered in order of priority, subject to maximum set sizes not being exceeded in individual subjects. In the case of a tie-break situation where two or more applicants have met the criteria equally the remaining place(s) will be allocated, subject to maximum set sizes not being exceeded in individual subjects, by the use of a random number generator.

4.4.2. It is important to note that as a result of over-subscription, the School may not be able to offer places to all external applicants who meet the minimum Entry Criteria. A waiting list will be compiled of external applicants who, in accordance

9 If applicants for Sixth Form are holding qualifications other than GCSEs (for example, if they have been educated outside of the English education system) their qualifications will be assessed against GCSE points scores in accordance with guidance from UK NARIC (the designated United Kingdom national agency for the recognition and comparison of international qualifications and skills) and their application ranked against the oversubscription criteria accordingly. In these circumstances, each individual subject qualification will be accepted as one of the best eight GCSEs (up to a maximum of 9 points per qualification). Page 11 of 14

with the criteria given above, cannot initially be offered places. This list will be maintained until 31st December 2018.

4.4.3. The School’s Admissions Committee will make the final decision on admissions to Year 12

4.5. Application Procedures:

4.5.1. A Sixth Form Open Evening will be held on Monday 13th November 2017, and advertised in the local press and on the School website. Details about the Sixth Form and our courses will be available from the School and on the School’s website.

4.5.2. External applicants must complete an Application Form and return it to the Head of Sixth Form at any time between the Sixth Form Open Evening and the deadline, which is 12.00 noon Friday 12th January 2018.

4.5.3. External applicants are required to submit predicted grades supplied by their current school with their applications. As the School cannot accommodate all applicants for Induction, it uses the predicted grades to determine the relative position of each student within the cohort. Those at the top of the cohort, and therefore most likely to receive offers of places in Year 12 following GCSE Results Day, are sent invitations to Induction by Friday 16th March 2018 and invited to attend for a pre-Sixth Form meeting at the School to discuss their individual requirements and subject choices. Please note that an invitation is not an offer of a place as places in Year 12 are only allocated on the basis of GCSE results published in August (See 4.4) and that the pre-Sixth Form meeting has no bearing on the allocation of places. On the same basis, those without an invitation are not being refused a place and will be considered equally when GCSE results are published and places offered.

4.5.4. KES Year 11 must complete a Transition Form and return it to the Head of Sixth Form at any time between the Sixth Form Open Evening and the deadline, which is 12.00 noon Friday 12th January 2018.

4.5.5. Applications received after 12.00 noon on Friday 12th January 2018 will still be considered up to Friday 16th March 2018. However, after this date, late applicants will have to wait until the publication of GCSE results and the allocation of places (see 4.4).

4.5.6. Sixth Form Induction is held over two days in the Summer Term.

4.5.7. Following the publication of GCSE results, any KES Year 11 who does not meet the Entry Criteria will be counselled about their options Post-16.

4.6. Appeals All applicants refused places will be notified that they have a right of appeal through an independent appeal panel. For applicants not qualifying for places the appeal will take account of the compatibility of the applicant’s position in the process. If there are insufficient applicants meeting the entry requirements, the School does not have to fill all the places. Therefore, the case for prejudice to the efficient education or the efficient use of resources will only be considered once Year 12 has reached the Published Admission Number.

Page 12 of 14

5. Transport

5.1. It is strongly recommended that parents/applicants establish the cost and availability of transport to the School if it is intended to use a bus or train service (public or otherwise), before application is made for admission. Further information on Warwickshire’s transport policy and application process can be found on the Warwickshire County Council website.

Page 13 of 14

Page 14 of 14

KINGSBURY HIGH SCHOOL

The School’s Published Admission Number is 336

Admission Arrangements for September 2018

Co-ordination Admission Scheme for transfer from Primary to Secondary

All applications for transfer to Year 7 are co-ordinated by the Local Authority. Applications for transfer must be made directly to the Local Authority of the borough in which the child lives.

Completed common transfer forms should be returned to the Local Authority for processing in accordance with the Co-ordinated Admissions Scheme in accordance with the published timeline.

In the event that the School receives more applications for places than it can accommodate according to its Published Admissions’ Limit of 336, the School’s Oversubscription Criteria will be applied in the order given below:

Oversubscription Criteria:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) identified and supported by social services and children who were previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, child arrangements or special guardianship order.

2. Where the child has a brother or sister currently attending the School and will continue to do so on the date of admission. This criterion does not apply to siblings of students who have newly joined the School in the Sixth Form.

3. Children for whom there is evidence it is essential to be admitted to Kingsbury High School because of significant medical needs requiring a level of education best met by admission to this School.

Applications should be supported in writing with a recommendation from a recognised professional of senior status. This criterion relates to the child’s medical, social and special needs and does not include any other member of the child’s family. The supporting evidence should set out the particular reasons why Kingsbury High School is the most suitable school and difficulties that would be caused if the child had to attend another school.

4. Where the child attends one of the four feeder primary schools ( Fryent Primary, Kingsbury Green Primary, Oliver Goldsmith Primary, Roe Green Junior)

Where the number of applications arising from this criterion exceed the number of places available, those living closer to the school will be accorded the higher priority.

The distance will be measured (in a straight line) from the child’s home address (including flats) to the mid point between the Upper and Lower School, using the Local Authority’s computerised measuring system. The measuring system is an integral part of the admission software produced by Tribal Technology Ltd. It uses Ordnance Survey maps and the LLPG (Local Land Property Gazetteer) and is accurate to 1 metre.

Any places still remaining will be filled according to the distance of the child’s parents’ home from the School, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority. Where applicants live in the same block of flats, internal walkways will be treated as public rights of way when calculating distance travelled (measurements will be taken from each individual property to a point midway between the two sites of the School).

Where a child lives with parents with shared responsibility, each for part of a week, the address where the child lives is determined using a joint declaration from the parents stating the pattern of residence. If a child’s residence is split equally between both parents, then parents will be asked to determine which is the residential address for the purpose of admission to school. If the residence is not split equally between both parents then the address used will be the address where the child spends the majority of the school week.

Admission of Students with a Statement of Special Educational Needs

Applications for students with a Statement of Special Educational Needs (SEN) are made by the SEN team at the Local Authority (LA). The placement of students with such a Statement is made after a process of consultation between parents/carers, the school and the LA. Students with a Statement of SEN receive priority over others for admission where the school is named in the Statement.

Tie Breaker

If two or more applicants have equal priority under the criteria, the criterion of proximity to the school will apply.

Twins, triplets and other children of multiple births

In considering applications from twins, triplets or children from multiple births it will be policy of the school not to separate them even if this means temporarily exceeding the published admission number to ensure that policy is achieved.

Application Procedure

If you wish to make an application for this school, you will need to contact your local council. If you are a Brent resident, you will need to contact Brent Council’s School Admissions Service on 020 8937 3110 or visit www.brent.gov.uk/admissions. All applications will be considered in line with our published admission arrangements. Outcomes of application will be sent to you by Brent Council on behalf of the Governing Body. Unsuccessful applicants will be placed on the waiting list. Waiting Lists

In the event that the School receives more applications for places than it can accommodate according to its published admissions’ limit of 336, a waiting list will operate.

Lists will be maintained throughout the school year. A child’s position on the waiting list does not depend upon the time they have been on the list but will be determined by how they meet the oversubscription criteria.

This means that a child’s position on the list can go down as well as up, depending upon the child’s circumstances and those of other applicants.

The waiting list will be closed each year and will not roll over. Parents wishing to stay on the waiting list will be required to submit a request to Brent Council’s School Admissions Service.

Primary Transfer to High School

Offers for places to pupils transferring to High School will be sent on 1st March (unless this date falls on a weekend, then offers will go out on the first working day after 1st March) each year by the Local Authority under the Co-ordinated Admission Scheme.

In Year Fair Access

The School will work closely with the LA, in accordance with local protocols. Children who are the subject of a direction by a local authority to admit or who are allocated to a school in accordance with an In Year Fair Access Protocol, will take precedence over those on a waiting list.

Sixth Form Admission

260 places in Year 12 (Sixth form) are available for internal applicants who fulfil the individual course requirements.

A limit of 40 places are available to external applicants. Where places are not filled by internal applicants, the School will consider making more places available to external applicants.

Places in Year 12 will be awarded in the following order of priority:

1. Children in public care (looked after children) and children who were previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, child arrangements or special guardianship order. 2. Students who are on roll at Kingsbury High School at the end of the academic year immediately preceding the proposed date of entry into the Sixth Form. 3. External candidates must apply before Friday 23rd March 2018.

Students must meet the entry requirements for their chosen programme of study as published in the Sixth Form Prospectus.

Students must meet the individual subject specific criteria as published in the Sixth Form Prospectus.

Late applicants may be admitted if places are available on their chosen course. Appeals Process

You have the right to appeal against a decision not to admit your child to the School.

The School’s Appeals procedure is as follows:-

1. Contact the Admissions Officer and ask for an Appeals Notification form.

2. Complete the form stating the reasons for your appeal, why you wish your child to attend the School and return the completed form to the School as directed.

3. You will be invited to an Appeals Hearing. The Appeals Committee will be made up of three people who are Independent of the School. At the hearing you will be asked to present your case, the School will present its case and you will be questioned and can ask questions yourself.

4. Any decision by the Appeals Committee will be binding.

Appeals for Primary transfer on time applications will be heard before 18th June 2018.

Application documents should be returned by no later than the published date.

N.B.

The term ‘parent’ includes:

All natural parents, whether they are married or not; Any person who, although not a natural parent, has parental responsibility for a child or young person; and Any person who, although not a natural parent, has care of a child or young person.

The term ‘sibling’ includes:

Brother or sister Half brother or sister; Adopted brother or sister; Step brother or sister; The child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

LAWRENCE SHERIFF SCHOOL A National Teaching School RUGBY

Lawrence Sheriff School Admissions Policy 2018-19

Introduction

Lawrence Sheriff School is a boys’ grammar school with academy status, with a co-educational sixth form from September 2018. Admissions are based on a process of selection having regard to children’s academic ability. In Rugby there are two other academically selective schools: a girls’ grammar school with academy status (Rugby High School) and a mixed bilateral academy (Ashlawn).

The school has a Published Admission Number of 120 places in Year 7 for 2018-19. The school has a Published Admission Number of80 places in Year 12 for 2018-19.

Formal responsibility for determining admissions rests with the school’s governors. However, in discharging these responsibilities in relation to Year 7 the governors have engaged Warwickshire County Council’s Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) to operate the process on the school’s behalf.

This policy has been drawn up to meet the requirements of the Department for Education School Admissions Code which came into force in December 2014.

Providing information to Parents

During the summer term of 2017 parents/carers of all the children in Year 5 in primary schools in Warwickshire will be issued with a leaflet about the process of selection as will the parents/carers of children attending independent schools if the schools request it. Parents/carers with children not attending these schools can contact the Admissions Service to request that information. Parents/carers will be asked to register if they want their child to be tested.

1

Eligibility and Oversubscription Criteria for Entry in Year 7

Candidate Age

If your child was born between 01 September 2006 and 31 August 2007 you may apply for them to sit the test for entry in September 2018. See Section on “Admission out of chronological year group”, if appropriate.

Eligibility

A map, setting out the respective admission areas is attached (see Appendix 1 for further important details of the residency rules). Eligibility for entry to Year 7 is dependent on the child’s sex being male. Evidence will be requested to prove whether the child is resident within the priority areas by the deadline of Friday 29 December 2017. Warwickshire Admissions will require, on behalf of the school, evidence of the applicant’s home address. Parents/Carers will be notified each time this is required. The Admissions Service may also carry out a home visit to the family to further verify an applicant’s address. Similarly, where relevant, Warwickshire Admissions will require, on behalf of the School, evidence that a child is in receipt of the Children in Care/Children Adopted from Care Pupil Premium/Service Children Premium. The School reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if it is established that the offer has been made on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application.

The child must have been registered for the entrance test for the School by the deadline of Friday 7 July 2017 and completed that test; and the parent/carer must have named the school on the Common Application Form, which must have been submitted on time to the home authority. Late entrance test registrations and late secondary school applications will not be considered in the first round of offers.

Oversubscription Criteria

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan1 naming the school who meet the required standard for entry (Automatic Qualifying Score) must be admitted and this could therefore reduce the number of places available. There is no guarantee of a place being available, but places up to the Published Admission Number will be allocated in the following order, where children meet the necessary academic and eligibility entry requirements, assuming that an offer from a higher preference has not been made:

Category 1 - Looked After Children2 and all previously looked after children (previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were

1 A Statement of Special Educational Need is a statement made by the local authority under Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 specifying the special educational provision required for that child. An Education, Health and Care plan is a plan made by the local authority under Section 37 of the Children and Families Act 2014 specifying the special education provision required for that child. 2 A 'looked after child' is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the definition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making an application to a school. 2

adopted3 (or became subject to a child arrangements order4 or special guardianship order5) who achieve the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry or between one and twenty marks below the Automatic Qualifying Score.

Category 2 - Up to 10 places will be allocated to children who were in receipt of the Pupil Premium6/Service Children Premium7 at the point of registering to sit the entrance test living in the Eastern area of Warwickshire or the priority circle (the centre of which is the Rugby Water Tower and has a radius of 10.004 miles), who achieve the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry or whose scores are between one and twenty marks below the Automatic Qualifying Score for this school, for this particular year of entry (including any re-offers which are made from the waiting list in this category after Thursday 1st March 2018).

Category 3 - Up to 55 children living in the Eastern Area of Warwickshire* who achieve the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry.

Category 4 - Up to 55 places will be allocated to children living in the priority circle (the centre of which is the Rugby Water Tower and has a radius of 10.004 miles – this also includes the Eastern Area) who achieve the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry.

Category 5 - Other children living inside or outside of the priority areas who achieve the Automatic Qualifying Score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry.

Category 6 - Other children living inside or outside of the priority areas who score above the minimum score for the waiting list for this school, for this particular year of entry.

Within all criteria first priority is given to those achieving the highest score in the entrance test. In the case of a tied score priority will be given to children who were in receipt of the Children in Care/Children Adopted from Care/Pupil Premium/Service Children/ Premium at the date of registering to sit the entrance test. Where there is a further need to split any category or group of children, places will be offered in accordance with distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the address point coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordinance Survey) to the centre point (“centroid”) of the school (located at the centre of the doorway to the Headmaster’s Office). (All distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data). This applies equally

3 This includes children who were adopted under the Adoption Act 1976 (see section 12 adoption orders) and children who were adopted under the Adoption and Childrens Act 2002 (see section 46 adoption orders). 4 Child arrangements orders are defined in s.8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by s.12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Child arrangements orders replace residence orders and any residence order in force prior to 22 April 2014 is deemed to be a child arrangements order. 5 See Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 which defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians). 6 The pupil premium is additional funding paid annually to schools under section 14 of the Education Act 2002 for the purposes of supporting the attainment of disadvantaged children. 7 The service premium is additional funding paid annually to schools under section 14 of the Education Act 2002 for the purposes of supporting the pastoral needs of the children of Armed Services personnel 3 to those living inside and outside the County’s boundary. Where there is a further need to split any category places will be offered by random allocation, ie allocated using a computerised random number generator. This process will be carried out by Warwickshire Admissions on behalf of the school, in the present of a witness from Legal Services who is independent of the school and the admissions process.

* The Eastern Area of Warwickshire is described as the following (being the aggregated priority areas of Bilton, Ashlawn and Avon Valley Schools):

Rugby plus the parishes of Dunchurch, Cawston, Thurlaston, Leamington Hastings, Birdingbury, Grandborough, Wolfhamcote, Willoughby, Binley Woods, Brinklow, Brandon and Bretford, Ryton-on- Dunsmore, Bubbenhall, Wolston, Church Lawford, Long Lawford, Stretton-on-Dunsmore, Princethorpe, Frankton, Marton, Bourton and Draycote, Churchover, Clifton-upon-Dunsmore, Combe Fields, Cosford, Easenhall, Harborough Magna, Kings Newnham, Little Lawford, Monks Kirby, Newton and Biggin, Pailton, Stretton-under-Fosse, Wibtoft, Willey, Withybrook.

The Entrance Test

Introduction

Admission to this school will be determined by the school’s oversubscription criteria and a child’s performance in the Entrance Test (sometimes referred to as the ‘11+ test’ or the ‘selection test’).

Consortium of Grammar Schools

This school is part of a consortium of schools using a common entrance test on 9 September 2017 for entry to Year 7 in September 2018. The consortium includes this school, the five other Grammar Schools in Warwickshire (including Ashlawn which as a bilateral school offers selective and non- selective places), and the eight Grammar Schools in Birmingham (these are individual schools but for the purposes of the entrance test are collectively known as ‘The Grammar Schools in Birmingham’).

Warwickshire County Council’s Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) operates the entrance test along with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. Some parents/carers may be considering listing Grammar Schools in Warwickshire and Birmingham on their Common Application Form (CAF). As admission to these schools will be determined by the same test, students are not permitted to sit the test more than once. If it is discovered a child has sat the test more than once, the score from the earliest test will be used. Parents/Carers should be aware that in such situations the application may be considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading and where a place has been offered it may be withdrawn.

Parents/Carers whose children sit the test in Warwickshire may request that their raw score is shared with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. This can be done as part of the registration process. Parents/Carers should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Birmingham Grammar School.

Parents/Carers whose children sit the test in Birmingham may request that their raw score is shared with Warwickshire Admissions. This can be done as part of the registration process. Parents/Carers 4 should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Warwickshire Grammar School (including a selective place at Ashlawn School).

In either of these cases parents/carers will receive two sets of results. One set of results will be received from Warwickshire Admissions. A further set of results will be received from The Grammar Schools in Birmingham.

Where a parent/carer indicates after the registration closing date of 4.00 pm on Friday 7 July 2017 that they wish their child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools of Birmingham, their registration will be considered late for the region they wish their results to be shared with.

Registering for the test

Parents/Carers living in Warwickshire must register for the test with Warwickshire Admissions. Parents/Carers living in Birmingham must register for the test with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. Parents/Carers living in other authorities should register for the test in the region in which they would most like their child to attend a school, eg if you live in Northamptonshire and want your child to attend a grammar school in Warwickshire, you should register your child with Warwickshire to sit the test in Warwickshire.

Parents/Carers will be able to register for the test from Monday 8 May 2017. It is recommended that parents/carers do this on-line. Paper copies of the registration form will also be available from Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. If you are posting a registration form you are strongly advised to take steps to ensure your form is received prior to the deadline, such as recorded delivery. Please ensure that any recorded delivery receipt has the postcode printed electronically on it.

Parents/Carers should be aware that registering for the entrance test is not the same as applying for a school place – see the section ‘Applications for a School Place’. Parents/Carers must submit an application for a place to their home local authority by Tuesday 31 October 2017. Failure to do so will mean your application is considered late even if your entrance test registration was submitted on-time.

The closing date for registrations is 4.00 pm on Friday 7 July 2017. All registrations will be acknowledged. If you do not receive an acknowledgement within 14 working days you should contact either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending to whom you originally submitted your registration form).

Details of test venues will be sent to parents/carers by Warwickshire Admissions. This will include a ‘Fit and Well’ sheet which must be brought to the test session with a photograph of the child sitting the test. This photograph must be signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school or, if your child is home educated, by a responsible person drawn from the range of professions acceptable for passport identification purposes. Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right to contact your child’s school and to share the photograph with them for the purpose of establishing proof of identity as part of the entrance test process.

Parents/carers registering for the test with The Grammar Schools of Birmingham will receive details of their child’s test venue along with acknowledgement of their registration.

5

If your form is received prior to the closing date but is not fully completed it will be considered as late. If your registration form is received after the closing date it will be considered as late. If your child is sitting the test in a Warwickshire venue and you arrive at the test session without a photograph of your child which is signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school or, if your child is home educated, by a responsible person drawn from the range of professions acceptable for passport identification purposes, they will not be able to sit the test on that day and your registration will be considered as late. If you indicate after the registration closing date that you wish for your child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools of Birmingham, your registration will be considered as late for the region you wish your child’s results to be shared with.

If your registration is considered to be late your child will be tested at the earliest opportunity. It is unlikely that results will be available prior to the deadline of Tuesday 31 October 2017 for submitting an application for a school place.

Those registering late are treated the same as those submitting a late application for a school place and will not be considered in the first round of offers. If your registration or application for a school place is late it will affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at the school.

If your form is received after the closing date of 4.00 pm on Friday 7 July 2017 it will only be treated as on-time for this school if you can provide evidence of a move of address into the priority area by Friday 29 December 2017.

The Test

The main test session will be on the morning of Saturday 9 September 2017.

There will be two papers, each of approximately 50 minutes. The papers will be divided into smaller, individually timed sections, which test verbal ability, numerical ability and nonverbal ability.

For each paper, the children will be given a question booklet which contains the test questions and a separate answer sheet to mark their answers. The answer sheets will be processed electronically and scanned to make a record of each child’s answers.

A familiarisation booklet, containing information about the format of the test and some example questions, will be available on the Warwickshire County Council website and in paper form on request. This will allow children to become familiar with the type of questions likely to be asked and the format of the test booklet and answer sheet, and information about how to write their answers on the answer sheet.

Special Arrangements

Parents/Carers whose children have a disability and / or require special resources to sit the test must request this in writing by completing a separate form. Parents/Carers will be required to describe the child’s disability and / or extra resources required to sit the test and must also supply detailed medical evidence. Every effort will be made to accommodate disabled children sitting the entrance test. Forms are available from, and must be returned to, either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you are registering for the entrance test) by Wednesday 14 June 2017. Please note that this date is earlier than the test registration deadline and that any information provided after this date may not be considered. 6

Parents/Carers making such a request will be notified by the end of July 2017 whether or not their request has been agreed.

Parents/Carers whose child is not able to sit the test on Saturdays for religious reasons must indicate this when registering for the test and supply a supporting letter from their religious leader. These children are likely to be tested on Sunday 10 September 2017.

Illness

If your child is ill on the test day and is unable to sit the test, you must notify either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you have registered for the entrance test) by 4.00 pm on Monday 11 September 2017. A medical note (scanned copy, faxed or hand delivered) must be submitted by 12.00 noon on Wednesday 13 September 2017 for an alternative date to be arranged and the application regarded as on-time. If Warwickshire Admissions is not notified of the illness or a medical note is not provided by these deadlines an alternative date will be arranged but the application will be treated as late.

Additional Test Sessions

The main supplementary test date will be Tuesday 19 September 2017. Others may be held in late November / early December 2016 and late January / early February 2017, primarily to accommodate families moving into the area. Sessions will also be arranged for parents/carers registering for the test after offer day and parents/carers are asked to contact Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham in these circumstances.

Results

Data from all children sitting the test will be used to produce standardised scores.

Weightings will be applied to the scores achieved in Verbal Reasoning, Non-Verbal Reasoning and Numeracy.

From Monday 16 October 2017 you will be notified by post of your child’s score in the entrance test. Parents/Carers who have either registered with Warwickshire Admissions (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with Warwickshire Admissions) will receive the following information from Warwickshire Admissions:

1) Your child’s total standardised score broken down by performance in Verbal Reasoning, Numeracy, and Non-Verbal Reasoning.

2) A provisional ranking of where the score places the child out of all children who have sat the test, and within each relevant area (East Warwickshire, South Warwickshire or both).

3) The Automatic Qualifying Scores and waiting list scores for each Warwickshire Grammar school for the previous year where the same weightings have been applied for the three sections. These can be used for comparison purposes but there can be no guarantee that any child, including those scoring above the required score for previous years, will be offered a grammar school place.

Parents/Carers who have either registered with the Grammar Schools of Birmingham or have asked that their child’s score be shared with the Grammar Schools of Birmingham will receive an additional letter showing their child’s test score and the minimum score required for entry in the previous three 7 years, together with the qualifying score for those schools who have set such a score. Warwickshire’s Grammar Schools and the Grammar Schools in Birmingham may choose to use different weightings. This means that if your child receives two results letters, their total scores could be different.

Applications for a school place

Once parents/carers have received their child’s test result they must apply for a school place via their home local authority (this is the local authority to whom you pay your Council Tax). Warwickshire residents can name up to six schools (preferences) on their application form. All local authorities operate an equal preference system and your child will be offered a place at the highest preference possible. What this means is that if you list a grammar school as your first preference but your child does not do sufficiently well in the entrance test, it will not affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at any other school you have listed.

Allocation of Places

Once papers have been marked, children are listed in standardised and weighted score order.

The Role of the Committee of Reference

The Eastern Area Committee of Reference sets the Automatic Qualifying Score taking account of the applications for the individual schools and the number of places available. The Committee of Reference is a panel of Headteachers and teachers appointed according to terms of reference. The Heads of the selective schools in East Warwickshire or their representatives will be members of the Committee. The Committee also reviews the arrangements for any children with disabilities or Special Educational Needs.

Automatic Qualifying Score

Performance in the entrance test and the number of applications for the schools will be used by the Committee of Reference in each area to set the Automatic Qualifying Score. Above and at that standard a child will receive an offer from their highest named preference of selective school (subject to a place being available under the oversubscription criteria, and not being a late entry or having an offer from a higher preference of school).

The Committee will consider the descending score order and the number of children applying for each school (living within the priority areas and who registered before the closing date) and set the Automatic Qualifying Score as close to the planned admission numbers for the schools as possible.

The Committee will also consider the scores of children just below the Automatic Qualifying Score and determine for each school the minimum score for the waiting list for that year.

All applications are considered against the oversubscription criteria, no special consideration will be given in the case of siblings.8

8 ‘Siblings’ includes brothers, sisters, step siblings, foster siblings, adopted siblings or other children living permanently at the same address who are applicants or who are current or former pupils of the school). 8

Offers

Offers will be made on Thursday 1 March 2018 by the child’s home authority as per the co-ordinated secondary school scheme with neighbouring authorities. Subject to the arrangements of the home authority, parents/carers will be expected to accept the offer within 2 weeks of the offer being made. A further letter reminding parents/carers will be sent before the child is withdrawn from the offer lists. As well as the offer from their home authority, parents/carers who registered with Warwickshire Admissions will receive an additional letter confirming the child’s score, along with the qualifying scores and minimum waiting list scores for each Warwickshire Grammar School.

Waiting lists

After the initial round of offers, made on Thursday 1 March 2018, further places may become available – if, for example, parents/carers take up places for their child at another school. These places will be offered from the waiting list, up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) of the school in line with the re-allocation dates as outlined in the Warwickshire County Council coordinated scheme. The waiting list order will follow the same criteria as outlined in Categories 1-6 above, but will also include any applicant who registered late for the entrance test, or who submitted a late secondary school application. Each added child will require the waiting list to be ranked again in line with the published oversubscription criteria.

Any child who is made an offer for a school which was listed lower on their secondary school application than Lawrence Sheriff School will automatically be added to the waiting list, provided that the child achieved the minimum waiting list score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry, in the entrance test.

In accordance with the School Admissions Code (2014), waiting lists will be held for one term until Monday 31 December 2018, after which the waiting list will be dissolved.

Once a child reaches the age of 12, the CEM Centre entrance test can no longer be administered due to the calculations used during standardisation. Where an applicant shows interest in a place once the child has turned 12 and the child has not already sat the entrance test the School will instead arrange for them to sit tests in English and Maths to judge academic suitability against the rest of the cohort. (See ‘Late Entry’ Section) If a child turns 12 prior to the waiting list being dissolved in December 2018 then the situation could therefore arise where children tested in this way have to be compared with children on the waiting list who were tested using the CEM Centre entrance test.

Should this situation arise, the Admissions Panel will compare the 12 year old child’s performance in the in-year tests against the ability range of the cohort to determine their equivalent entrance test score. The waiting list would then be ranked again in line with the published oversubscription criteria to determine the waiting list order.

Appeals

The parents/carers of all children refused places will be notified of their right of appeal via their home Admissions Service. Appeals are held before an independent panel.

9

Fair Access Protocol (FAP) Warwickshire Local Authority has developed a FAP with Headteachers. Lawrence Sheriff School has adopted the protocol and its provisions are recognised by the School as the admissions authority and incorporated into these admission arrangements. Further information on the FAP can be found at: www.warwickshire.gov.uk/changingschools.

Admission out of chronological year group

Parents/Carers may seek a place for their child outside of their normal age group, for example, if the child is gifted and talented or has experienced problems such as ill health. Anyone considering making such an application for any year group should read Warwickshire County Council’s document entitled ‘Guidance and Policy relating to the education of children outside of their chronological year group’ and complete the relevant request form, which can be found on the Warwickshire County Council website www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions.The child will be tested in accordance with the arrangements set out in the policy and an admission decision taken based on the circumstances of the case and with reference to the best interests of the child, in line with the School Admissions Code (2014).

Late Entry

Applications for all year groups other than Years 12 and 13 will be made through the relevant Local Authority using Change of School application forms.

Years 7 to 11 In Year Applications

Eligibility for entry to Years 7-11 of this single sex school is dependent on the child’s sex being male. No waiting list is kept for year groups other than the incoming Year 7 and Year 12 (and those will be dissolved after 31 December 2018). Children who are aged 11 or under will be tested using the entrance test. Children who are aged 12 years or over and not previously tested who are applying for a place will be required to take tests in English and Mathematics arranged by the school. A place will be offered, subject to availability, if the applicant’s performance satisfies the governors’ admissions committee that the boy’s ability in both English and Mathematics is commensurate with that of the cohort into which he is seeking admission. Any place offered must be taken up within twenty school days of the offer having been made. In the event of this not happening, the offer will be withdrawn.

In the event that a governors’ admissions committee is considering multiple applications for a restricted number of places the situation could arise where children who had been tested using the CEM entrance test have to be compared with children sitting the school’s tests. Should this situation arise, the Admissions Panel will compare the in-year tests against the ability range of the cohort to determine equivalent entrance test scores. The following oversubscription criteria will then be used to offer places to children achieving the qualifying level for admission:

Category 1 - Looked After Children and all previously looked after children (as previously defined)

10

Category 2 - Children in receipt of the Pupil Premium /Service Children Premium at the point of registering to sit the entrance test and who live within the Eastern Area or the Priority Circle (as previously defined)

Category 3 - Children who live within the Eastern Area or the Priority Circle (as previously defined)

Category 4 – Children living outside the priority areas.

Within all criteria first priority is given to those achieving the highest score in the entrance test (or equivalent). Where there is a further need to split any category or group of children, places will be offered in accordance with distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the address point coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordinance Survey) to the centre point (“centroid”) of the school (located at the centre of the doorway to the Headmaster’s Office). (All distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data). This applies equally to those living inside and outside the County’s boundary. Where there is a further need to split any category places will be offered by random allocation, ie allocated using a computerised random number generator. This process will be carried out by Warwickshire Admissions on behalf of the school, in the present of a witness from Legal Services who is independent of the school and the admissions process.

Appeals

The parents/carers of all children refused places will be notified that they have a right of appeal through an independent appeal panel. For children not qualifying for places the appeal will take account of the compatibility of the child’s position in the process. If there are insufficient applicants reaching the appropriate level, the school does not have to fill all the places. Therefore, the case for prejudice to the efficient education or the efficient use of resources will only be considered once the school is full in the appropriate year group.

Sixth Form Entry Requirements

Lawrence Sheriff School will be operating a co-educational sixth form from September 2018 and therefore welcomes applications from both male and female applicants.

Entry into Year 12 is on the basis of academic ability demonstrated by achievement at GCSE (or equivalent, see ‘Applicants holding qualifications other than GCSEs’ section). Confirmed places in Year 12 can therefore only be allocated following GCSE results day in August. The entry requirement is eight GCSEs, 4 graded at C/Grade 5 and 4 graded at B/Grade 6 or above, including a B/Grade 6 in English Language or English Literature and a C/Grade 5 or above in Mathematics.

There are specific GCSE requirements for individual subjects detailed in the Sixth Form Prospectus. It is not necessary for current Year 11 Lawrence Sheriff School pupils to apply formally for places in Year 12. The entry requirements are the same for both external applicants and current pupils. On receipt

11 of a completed application form from external applicants (which must be submitted by 4.30 pm on Friday 8 December 2017), a guidance discussion will be arranged. The discussion is intended to ensure that all applicants make informed choices and will have no bearing on any decision whether to offer a place at the school. Offers of places are made subject to the entry requirements being met in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

Applicants holding qualifications other than GCSEs

If applicants for sixth form are holding qualifications other than GCSEs (for example, if they have been educated outside of the English education system) their qualifications will be assessed against GCSE levels in accordance with guidance from UK NARIC (the designated United Kingdom national agency for the recognition and comparison of international qualifications and skills) and their application ranked against the oversubscription criteria accordingly.

Sixth Form Oversubscription Criteria

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or Education Health and Care (EHC) Plan naming the school who meet the required standard for entry must be admitted and this could therefore reduce the number of places available. There is no guarantee of a place being available, but places up to the Published Admission Number will be allocated to children achieving the required standard for admission in the following order:

Category 1 - Looked After Children and all previously looked after children (as previously defined)

Category 2 - Up to twenty children who are in receipt of the Pupil Premium/Service Children Premium (as previously defined) at the point of applying to join the sixth form.

Category 3 - Children living in the Eastern Area of Warwickshire (as previously defined) and who attend maintained secondary schools and academies in East Warwickshire.

Category 4 - Other children who meet the required standard for entry.

Where there is a need to split any category places will then be offered in accordance with distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the address point coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordinance Survey) to the centre point (“centroid”) of the school (located at the centre of the doorway to the Headmaster’s Office).(All distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data). This applies equally to those living inside and outside the County’s boundary. Where there is a further need to split any category places will be offered by taking the child’s total capped points score (best eight GCSE results including English and Mathematics). Where there is a further need to split any category places will be offered by random allocation, ie allocated using a computerised random number generator. This process will be carried out by Warwickshire Admissions on behalf of the school, in the present of a witness from Legal Services who is independent of the school and the admissions process.

12

Any applications not submitted by 4.30 pm on Friday 8 December 2017 will be placed on a waiting list. Those on the waiting list will be ranked according to the oversubscription criteria given above and will be offered places if there is availability once offers have been made to those who have applied by Friday 9 December 2017. Each added child will require the waiting list to be ranked again in line with the published oversubscription criteria. The waiting list will be dissolved after 31 December 2018. Any place offered from the waiting list after the start of term must be taken up within twenty school days of the offer having been made. In the event of this not happening, the offer will be withdrawn.

Sixth Form Appeals

The parents/carers of all children refused places will be notified that they have a right of appeal through an independent appeal panel. For children not qualifying for places the appeal will take account of the compatibility of the child’s position in the process. If there are insufficient applicants reaching the appropriate level, the school does not have to fill all the places. Therefore, the case for prejudice to the efficient education or the efficient use of resources will only be considered once the school is full in the appropriate year group.

13

APPENDIX 1

ADMISSION RESIDENCY RULES: HOME ADDRESS DEFINITION AND WHAT HAPPENS IF APPLICANTS MOVE HOUSE

The child’s home address is where they are living on the date an application for a school place is made. Addresses involved in child-minding arrangements, whether with professional child-minders, friends or relatives, are excluded.

Where parental responsibilities are equally shared, the home address will be considered to be the place where the child normally sleeps for the majority of the school week (Monday to Friday) during term time. If the child spends equal amounts of time at each address, the parents/carers should specify which address to use for admission. Proof of such arrangements may be requested.

The home address will be used to apply the School’s oversubscription criteria such as distance from home to school.

Where the home address changes after the application or during the pupil’s first term at school, consideration will be given as to the reason why. Where it is established that the reason for the change of address constitutes the application being fraudulent or intentionally misleading, the place may be withdrawn.

Where Service families or other Crown Servants who often move within the UK and from abroad, are posted to the area, we will allocate a place in accordance with the oversubscription criteria in advance of the family move if an official government letter is provided declaring a relocation date and an intended address. Evidence must be provided by 29 December 2017 in order to be included in the first allocation round.

The school will treat applications for children coming from overseas in accordance with the relevant European Union law or Home Office rules for European Economic Area/non-European Economic Area nationals in force at the time when a decision is made on the application.

Evidence required for admission to Year 7 in the normal round of applications

Warwickshire Admissions will request on behalf of the school evidence in support of the application. The service will write out at the beginning of December to all parents/carers who have listed the school as a preference, requesting copies of two documents to confirm the home address. Parents/Carers will have to provide proof of the home address by 29 December 2017. The application will be considered as late if appropriate proof is not provided by that deadline. The evidence required is as follows:

14

• Council Tax letter or statement for the current financial year - this must be supplied if you are the council taxpayer; or • Current Housing Benefit letter; or • Utility bill, bank statement, or car insurance documents dated within the last six months.

Plus one of the following:

• Child Benefit letter for the current financial year; • Child’s National Health registration card; • Child Tax Credit Award Notice for the current financial year;  A Bank Account Statement in the child’s name  A Child Trust Fund Statement in the child’s name;  A copy of a letter confirming a medical or dental appointment for the child in the previous six months.

Please note that these documents will be retained and not returned. Warwickshire Admissions Service will match each address with the one they have on their database.

Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right to carry out random checks at any time and this may include ahome visit.

Moving to a new address

If the home address changes between applying for a school place and 29 December 2017, Warwickshire Admissions must be provided with proof of the new address. The child must be living at the new address by 29 December 2017. Proof of the new address, such as a full copy of the signed tenancy agreement (which should terminate after the start of the 2018 Autumn term), or a letter from the solicitor confirming that there has been an exchange of contracts, will be required. This must be received by the Admissions Service by no later than 5pm on 29 December 2017.

Applicants may also need to produce evidence that the previous home is no longer used by the family – for example proof that the property has been sold or that it is no longer available for you and your family to live in or that a rental agreement has ended. This is to show that the new address is not a temporary arrangement purely to secure a school place.

If the home address changes after 29 December 2017 the new address can only be taken into account after National Offer Day on 01 March 2018.

The School will also check the child’s home address at the time of admission. If it is different from the application address then further checks will be carried out. This will include consideration as to whether or not the address used to make an application was temporary and purely to secure a school place.

If a school place is offered based on fraudulent or intentionally misleading information, the offer may be withdrawn, even if the child has started at the school. Short-term house moves purely to secure a

15 school place may be considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading and in such circumstances the place may be withdrawn.

Those who submit fraudulent or deliberately misleading applications may also be subject to legal proceedings.

If we find out that the home address is not in Warwickshire we will withdraw the application altogether and the family will then have to apply to their own local authority.

Address checks for admission to the school for any other point of entry

For applications outside the normal round of applications to Year 7, address checks for in year applications and sixth form will be carried out by the school.

16

17

LAWRENCE SHERIFF SCHOOL RUGBY Telephone Number (01788) 843749. Fax Number (01788) 567962.

SIXTH FORM APPLICATION 2018-2019

Surname Middle name(s)

Forename Chosen name

(if different from forename)

Date of birth (

Home address

Home telephone number

Home e-mail address

Please return completed application form either by post to Lawrence Sheriff School, Sixth Form, Clifton Road, Rugby, Warwickshire, CV21 3AG or complete the form online and return it via e-mail to [email protected] by 4.30 pm on Friday 8 December 2017.

18

Following receipt of your application form you will be contacted during January/February 2017 inviting you to attend an informal guidance meeting.

DEADLINE FOR APPLICATIONS – 4.30 pm ON FRIDAY 8 DECEMBER 2017 If you are applying after this date please telephone the sixth form office on 01788 843749

In order to apply our admissions criteria we need to know:

Do you have a statement of special educational Yes / No needs (SEN) or Education, Health and Care (EHC) plan which names Lawrence Sheriff School?

Are you a looked after child* or previously looked Yes / No after child*?

*The full definitions of looked after and previously looked after children are in the School Admissions Code (2014) and the Lawrence Sheriff School Admissions Policy for 2018- 2019.

Are you currently eligible for and your school is in Yes/No receipt of one of the following additional (please tick relevant premium) premiums:

Pupil Premium

Service Children Premium

Children in Care/Children Adopted from Care Premium

Current school:

19

ADMISSIONS POLICY, YEARS 7-11 – SEPTEMBER 2018 ENTRY

The Governing Body of Myton School Trust is the admission authority for the school.

Myton School’s admission arrangements are part of the Warwickshire County Council co-ordinated scheme.

All admissions to Myton School are administered by the Local Authority.

The School’s Published Admission Number is 275. Details of the School’s:  Priority area can be found on the Warwickshire County Council Website http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/mapsecondaryschools  Priority Area Description can be found on the Warwickshire County Council Website http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/SecondarySchoolPriorityAreaDetails1.pdf

In the event of more applications than places being available (Published Admission Number 275), the following oversubscription criteria will be used.

1. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order) 2. Children living in the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission 3. Children living in Bishop’s Tachbrook or the new developments of East Oakley Wood Road, South Mallory Road, North Oakley Wood Road 4. Other children living in the priority area given in the area booklet 5. Children of staff employed: a) where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made, and/or b) the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. 6. Children from outside the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission 7. Other children living outside the priority area

Please note: a) Children with a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education and Health Care (EHC) Plan that names a school will be admitted first. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced. b) Time of admission relates to the time the applicant would start at the school – not the time of application or offer.

The following terms/definitions apply to the oversubscription criteria, in line with Warwickshire Community Schools.

Priority within each oversubscription criterion For applicants allocated the same criterion, priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of the school in question. (The centroid is predetermined point set by Warwickshire County Council and all distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data).

Sibling i.e. brother or sister attending the school at the time of admission: Sibling is defined in these arrangements as a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step-brother or sister or the child of parents’ partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

Definition of Home Address: Where the child normally resides/sleeps when s/he attends schools. Addresses involved in child minding arrangements (professional or with relatives) are excluded.

Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address that place can be withdrawn. This includes situations where the address used to allocate a place changes prior to the place being taken up.

There is also an expectation that the child and applicant will be resident at the address used to allocate a place from the start of term. Short-term house moves purely to secure a school place may be considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading and in such circumstances the place may be withdrawn.

Postal Address File (PAF) The address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address as set by Ordnance Survey

Applications made from the same multiple dwelling sharing a single Postal Address File (PAF) / Other applications where the distance from home to school is identical Where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out by two officers of the Admissions Service in the presence of a local authority Solicitor. The order of draw will be recorded and countersigned at the time.

Applications for children to be taught out of year group In some situations parents applying for a school place may wish to request that their child is admitted to a school outside of their normal year group – for example if they are moving from overseas and their child has not been educated in the English school system. Parents should I the first instance contact Warwickshire’s Admissions Service. The request will be discussed with the Head Teacher with all relevant information taken into account. Each request will be looked at on an individual basis.

Timetable for 2018 entry as detailed in the procedures for the Warwickshire County Council Admission Arrangements 2018-2019 available on the website www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions

Ratified by the Board of Governors – 12/12/2016

NORTH LEAMINGTON

SCHOOL

ADMISSIONS POLICY

September 2018 entry

NLS – draft admissions policy (Sept 2018 entry)

North Leamington School became an academy on 1 November 2016 and the admission authority for North Leamington School is the academy trust - “North Leamington School”. The trust is also responsible for arranging an independent appeal against refusal of a place at the school. The trust must act in accordance with admissions legislation and the School Admissions Code 2014.

Purpose of this Policy

The purpose of the Policy is to ensure that places at North Leamington School are allocated and offered in an open and fair way in accordance with the School Admissions Code 2014.

Applying for a place

A parent can apply for a place for their child at any state-funded school. Parents apply to the local authority in which they live (for North Leamington School this is usually Warwickshire County Council) for a place at North Leamington School. The annual closing date for applications to be made to the local authority is 31st October for a place the following September.

Published admission number

North Leamington School will have an admission number of 240 for entry into year 7. If North Leamington School is undersubscribed, any parent that applies will be offered a place. If oversubscribed, it will rank applications in order against its published oversubscription criteria below and return that list to the local authority.

Oversubscription criteria

Where there are more applications for North Leamington School than there are places available and, after the admission of children with Statements of Special Educational Need or EHC plans where North Leamington School is named, the following criteria (in the order listed) will be used to allocate places:

1. A 'looked after child' or a child who was previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, child arrangements, or special guardianship order. A looked after child is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the definition in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989).

2. Children who live in North Leamington School catchment area for the majority of the school week, with priority for admission given to those children who live nearest to North Leamington School as the crow flies. This catchment area is published on the Warwickshire County Council web site and further described below. A copy of the catchment area map is available from the school office.

3. Children who will have a brother or sister attending North Leamington School at the time of admission, with priority for admission given to those children who live nearest to North Leamington School as the crow files. For these arrangements the term brother or sister includes half brother or sister or legally adopted child being regarded as the brother or sister.

4. Children of staff employed by North Leamington School where the member of staff has been employed at the school for two years or more at the time the application for admission to the school is made and/or the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage. September 2018 entry

5. Other children, with priority for admission given to children who live nearest to North Leamington School as the crow flies.

Notes

Where any priority due to distance is applied, it will be measured in a straight line or “as the crow flies” from the point that the child’s home meets the public highway to the schools main designated front pedestrian gate. This will be measured using a computerised mapping system.

Where two or more children receive equal admission priority given the above criteria, random allocation will be used as a tie-break in any criterion to decide who has highest priority for admission. This process will be independently verified.

North Leamington School may need to ask for proof of the following when applying the oversubscription criteria:

• Address

• Child’s date of birth

• A copy of an adoption order, child arrangements or special guardianship order and a letter from the local authority that last looked after the child confirming that he or she was looked after immediately prior to that order being made.

The catchment area for North Leamington School includes:

• The parishes of Cubbington, Blackdown, Eathorpe, Hunningham, Offchurch, Old Milverton and Weston-under-Wetherley, Bubbenhall.

• The town of Royal Leamington Spa bounded in the south by the River Leam from the Radford Semele parish boundary to Milverton Court and following Milverton Court (excluded) and Warwick New Road (only properties on the north side are included) to the Warwick parish boundary. The western boundary follows the Warwick parish boundary to the Old Milverton parish boundary.

Right to Appeal

Parents have the right to appeal against North Leamington School’s decision to refuse admission. When North Leamington School informs a parent of a decision to refuse their child a place at the school, it will include: • The reason why admission was refused.

• Information about the right to appeal.

• The deadline for lodging an appeal.

• The contact details for making an appeal.

Parents will be informed that, if they wish to appeal, they must set out their grounds for appeal in writing. North Leamington School will establish an independent appeals panel to hear the appeal. The panel will decide whether to uphold or dismiss the appeal. Where a panel upholds the appeal North Leamington School is required to admit the child.

September 2018 entry

Withdrawing an offer or a place

North Leamington School will withdraw an offer if:

• It is established that the offer was obtained through a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application.

• A parent has not responded within a reasonable period of time to the offer of a place (20 school days). During this 20 school day period the parent will be notified that the offer may be withdrawn and given an opportunity to respond and explain.

• It has been offered in error.

North Leamington School will not withdraw a place once a child has started at North Leamington School, except where that place was fraudulently obtained.

Waiting list

If North Leamington School is oversubscribed, it will maintain a clear, fair and objective waiting list. Priority will continue to be based upon the oversubscription criteria and will be subject to re-ranking when new applicants are added to the list. The waiting list will be maintained for the first academic term in the year of admission.

In year applications

North Leamington School is responsible for administering in-year applications. A parent requesting a place at the school should request an application form from the school office. On receipt of an in-year application the school will:

• Allocate a place if one is available.

• If a place is not available, inform parents of that fact and the reasons why and inform parents of their right to appeal against the refusal of a place.

• Notify the local authority of both the application, and its outcome, to allow the local authority to keep up to date figures on the availability of places in the area.

In Year Fair Access Protocol

As required by the School Admissions Code 2014, North Leamington School will participate in the Fair Access Protocol arrangements.

Children out of normal age group

The vast majority of children are educated in the year group determined by their date of birth. Paragraph 2.17 of the School Admissions Code does, however, allow parents to request that their child is educated outside of their normal age group; for example, if their child is gifted or talented or has experienced problems such as ill health. If a parent / carer wishes to request that their child is taught out of year group they should submit their request to North Leamington School along with their reasons. Parents are encouraged to do this ahead of the relevant closing date for applications.

Parents may also wish to submit other information in support of their request; for example from professionals who have worked with their child. Each request for a child to be taught out of year group September 2018 entry will be looked at on an individual basis with all available information considered. Any decision taken will be on the basis of what is in the child's best interests. Decisions as to whether or not a child is educated out of year group will be taken be the admission authority.

Parents will be notified once a decision is reached along with the reasons for the decision. Parents will also be notified of the potential risks of a child being taught out of year group.

Separated Parents

Where a child lives with each of their parents at separate addresses, the address used for allocating a school place will be the one where the child spends (i.e. sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses the child’s parents / carers will be asked to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school admission purposes. Should they fail to do so by the published closing date the Council has the right to nominate the address that it considers appropriate.

In the case of disputes between parents, there is an expectation that parents will resolve these amongst themselves and make a single application which both parents are in agreement with. North Leamington School will not become involved in disputes between parents. Where more than one application is received in respect of a single child and the parents cannot reach agreement over the content of the application, North Leamington School reserves the right not to process either application until an agreement between the parents is reached.

Twins, Triplets or other multiple-births

Where the final place in a year group is offered to one of twins, triplets or another multiple-birth child, place(s) will normally be offered to the other multiple-birth child(ren) where North Leamington School agree - even if this means going above the school’s Published Admission Number.

September 2018 entry

ADMISSIONS POLICY 2018-19

Approved and adopted by Governors - January 2017 Person responsible – Headteacher

Introduction Rugby Free Secondary School is an 11-19 secondary school established via the free schools programme. It aims to provide a high quality education for local students and prepare them for higher education or employment in a safe, welcoming and stimulating environment. It is a non-fee paying co-educational school open to children of all abilities from all backgrounds. The curriculum has a STEMM focus, which means that the curriculum will be broad and balanced but with an emphasis on Science, Technology, Engineering, Mathematics and Music. The school website at www.rugbyfreesecondary.co.uk provides a rationale for our school’s STEMM specialism. Our inclusive admissions process will at all times be open, transparent and fair, and will meet the requirements of the national Schools Admissions Code, the Appeals Code and admissions legislation. PAN and Oversubscription Criteria The published admission number is 180 places in each year of entry into Y7 from September 2016. The school will admit up to this number each year to six forms and when full the school will have 1,260 pupils on roll including 360 in the sixth-form (details of admission to the sixth-form in Y12 will be made available separately on the school website www.rugbyfreesecondary.co.uk).

In accordance with the law, children with statements of Special Educational Need or with an Education Health and Care Plan will be admitted to the school where the Local Authority has specifically named Rugby Free Secondary School as the most appropriate placement.

In the event of there being greater demand than there are places available to the school, places will be offered using the following oversubscription criteria in keeping with the Admissions Code:

1. Looked After Children and Previously Looked After Children. This category includes children in the care of the Local Authority as defined in the Children Act 1989 or children who have previously been looked after and immediately after being looked after became subject to adoption, residence or a special guardianship order. Applications made under this criterion must be accompanied by details of circumstance and professionally supported evidence.

2. Children with a sibling at the school at the time of admission. The term ‘sibling’ includes an adopted, half or step child permanently living in the same family unit or a foster child permanently living in the same family unit whose place has been arranged by the social service department of the Local Authority.

3. Where the child is the son / daughter of a permanent member of staff at Rugby Free Secondary School, who has been employed for a period of more than two academic years at the time when the application is made.

Headteacher – Mrs C Green Anderson Avenue, Rugby, CV22 5PE 01788 222060

4. A child subject to a Child Protection Plan for whom Rugby Free Secondary School is their nearest school.

5. Children attending Rugby Free Primary School as a named feeder school.

6. Proximity to the school. This will be measured in a straight line from the Address Point of the child’s home (OS Address Point) to the Address Point of the school site using GIS software.

Notes 1. A child looked after is a child in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation by that authority in accordance with Section 22 of the Children Act 1989. An adopted child is defined by section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002. A residence order is defined by section 8 of the Children Act 1989. A special guardianship order is defined by section 14A of the Children Act 1989.

2. Proximity of the child’s home to the school, with those living nearer being accorded the higher priority, will also serve to differentiate between pupils in criteria 2 and 3 if there are more applicants than available places under each criterion. Proximity to the school will be measured in a straight-line measurement. Applicants will be prioritised by distance (starting with the nearest). For the purpose of calculating distances, GIS software will be used.

3. Blocks of flats are treated as one address. In blocks of flats, where applicants have identical distance measurements, priority amongst them will be determined at random by an independent person of good standing drawing lots in a supervised process, see below (Tie Breaker).

4. For families living on boats, distance will be measured from the authorised mooring point. If the family is itinerant, the mooring point will be that used on the closing date for the receipt of applications.

5. Where parental responsibilities are equally shared, the home or residential address will be considered to be with the parent/carer with whom the child spends the majority of time and nights Monday to Friday. This will normally be expected to be with the parent/carer that receives any Child Benefit. This address must be used for all preferences.

6. Children residing in the same household as part of an extended family, such as cousins, will not be treated as siblings. Proof of the sibling relationship will be required.

7. In cases of multiple births where there is only one place available, and the next child on the list is a twin, triplet, or other example of multiple birth, we would admit both twins (and all the children in the case of other multiple births) even if this meant exceeding the agreed PAN for that year group.

Headteacher – Mrs C Green Anderson Avenue, Rugby, CV22 5PE 01788 222060

Tie Breaker In the event that two or more children live at the same distance from the school, the tie breaker will be random allocation, where the drawing of lots by a member of the Warwickshire Admissions Team (in the presence of an independent responsible person of good standing) will be used to decide the allocation the remaining place(s). Waiting List Unsuccessful applicants (including any applications received after the closing date) will be included on the school’s waiting list ranked in order of priority under the published oversubscription criteria, without regard to the date that the application was received. Please note a child’s position on the waiting list can go down as well as up. For example, if a new application is received which meets higher priority selection criteria, the waiting list may need to be revised. The offer of a place does not depend on the length of time on the waiting list. Waiting lists will be held for one school year after the Year of entry, unless parents specifically request to have their child’s name remain on the list.

Appeals Parents who are not offered a place for their child have the right to appeal the decision. Appeals are administered by Warwickshire County Council and can be lodged at: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

In Year Admissions For in year admissions, parents/carers must apply to their local authority on the In Year Common Application Form. Applications will be considered in accordance with above oversubscription criteria. In the event that it is not possible to offer a place the waiting list and appeals procedures described above will apply.

In-Year Fair Access Protocol

Rugby Free Secondary School participates in the Warwickshire In-Year Fair Access Protocol.

Consultation

Governors recognise their duty to consult annually with the Local Authority and with other schools within the Local Authority regarding admissions arrangements, at which time this policy will be reviewed.

Headteacher – Mrs C Green Anderson Avenue, Rugby, CV22 5PE 01788 222060

Rugby High School Admissions Policy 2018 *indicates a term listed in the glossary at the end of this policy

Rugby High School is a grammar school for girls aged 11-18, with academy status and from September 2018 a coeducational Sixth Form. Admissions are based on a process of selection having regard to students’ academic ability. In Rugby there are two other academically selective schools: a boys’ grammar school also with a coeducational Sixth Form (Lawrence Sheriff School) and a mixed bilateral academy (Ashlawn School).

Rugby High School’s Published Admission Number (PAN) for Year 7 is 120. A smaller PAN of 94 applies to students in the current Years 11. The Sixth Form PAN is 90 for students joining the school in Year 12: the total number of places in the Sixth Form is 360 (180 in each year group). The school site is in East Warwickshire.

The governing body participates in Warwickshire County Council’s co-ordinated admissions scheme for maintained secondary schools, and Warwickshire County Council’s Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) is contracted to administer the Year 7 Admissions Policy on the school’s behalf.

Eligibility and Priority for Entry in Year 7 Eligibility for admission is based on a student’s home address. A map, setting out the respective admission areas is downloadable from the school’s website and from the Warwickshire County Council’s Admissions Department. Rugby High School is a single sex girls’ school; eligibility for entry will be based on the child’s gender being female.

Priority Areas The overall priority area for Rugby High School is based on a circle with a radius of 10.004 miles drawn from the Rugby Water Tower. In drawing a priority area in this manner, the grammar schools are able to comply with their duty to follow the Greenwich Judgement (1989).

However, this circle is then split further with a smaller area contained within, which includes the town of Rugby and its surrounding villages. This smaller area is defined as Priority Area 1 (“Area 1”), or ‘East Warwickshire’.1 The whole circle is then defined as Priority Area 2 (“Area 2”), or the ‘Eastern Priority Circle’. The smaller area, which is known as ‘Area 1’ (East Warwickshire), is contained within the circle. Therefore, children who reside within East Warwickshire (Area 1) are also classed as residents of ‘Area 2’ – the ‘Eastern Priority Circle’. A map of the priority areas can be seen on the school’s website.

Evidence will be requested to prove that the child is resident within the priority areas by the deadline of Friday 30 December 2017 (see the appendix for further details).

Registration for the 11+ Test The applicant must have been registered for the 11+ test by the deadline of 4pm on Friday 7th July 2017 and completed that test; and the parent/carer must have named the School on the Common Application Form, which must have been submitted on time to the home authority.

Late 11+ registrations and late secondary school applications will not be considered in the first round of offers.

Oversubscription criteria There is no guarantee of a place being available, but places up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) during the normal round of admissions (i.e. the first round of offers published on 2nd March 2018) will be allocated to children in the following order, where they meet the necessary academic and eligibility entry requirements, assuming that an offer from a higher preference has not been made. Those with the highest scores in each category will be given highest priority for a place.

To differentiate in the case of children with the same score in any of the following categories, those who live nearest the school in a straight-line distance will be given highest priority.2

In the case of a tie-break situation where more than one child has achieved the same score, and where all home to school distances are equal, and there are not enough spaces to offer all applicants who fulfil the relevant criteria, the

1 East Warwickshire is Rugby plus the parishes of: Dunchurch, Cawston, Thurlaston, Leamington Hastings, Birdingbury, Grandborough, Wolfhamcote, Willoughby, Binley Woods, Brinklow, Brandon and Bretford, Ryton-on- Dunsmore, Bubbenhall, Wolston, Church Lawford, Long Lawford, Stretton-on- Dunsmore, Princethorpe, Frankton, Marton, Bourton and Draycote, Churchover, Clifton-on-Dunsmore, Combe Fields, Cosford, Easenhall, Harborough Magna, Kings Newnham, Little Lawford, Monks Kirby, Newton and Biggin, Pailton, Stretton-under-Fosse, Wibtoft, Willey, Withybrook.

2 Distance from home to school will be measured from the address point location coordinate of the home address to the centroid of the school. The centroid is a predetermined point.

1 remaining place(s) will be allocated using a computerised random number generator. This process will be carried out by Warwickshire Admissions on behalf of the School, in the presence of a witness from Legal Services who is independent of the school and the admissions process. The above will also apply to the waiting list after the 2nd March 2018.

The automatic qualifying score for this school, for this particular year of entry, will be set by the Committee of Reference during the Local Review Process using the results from the 11+ test. The minimum score for the waiting list for this school, for this particular year of entry, will also be set by the Committee of Reference.

Children with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) or Statement of Special Educational Needs (SEN)3 that names the School will be admitted first, subject to them achieving the automatic qualifying score or above for the school for this particular year of entry. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced.

Categories 1 - 6 below relate to children whose 11+ registrations and secondary school applications have been received on time.

Category 1 Looked-After and all previously Looked-After Children4 who achieve the automatic qualifying score for this school for this particular year of entry or a mark above it, or a mark up to 15 marks below it.

Category 2 Children who live in the priority areas, who qualify for the Pupil Premium via eligibility for Free School Meals5, who achieve the automatic qualifying score for this school for this particular year of entry or a mark above it, or a mark up to 15 marks below it. Up to 20 places will be offered in this category (including any re-offers which are made from the waiting list from this category after 2nd March 2018).

Warwickshire Admissions will require, on behalf of the School, evidence of Pupil Premium eligibility and the School reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if the offer has been made on the basis of an incorrect, fraudulent or misleading application.

Category 3 Children who live in Area 1 – East Warwickshire, who achieve the automatic qualifying score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry. Up to 50 places will be offered in this category.

Category 4 Children who live in Area 2 – Eastern Priority Circle, who achieve the automatic qualifying score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry. Up to 50 places will be offered in this category.

Within categories 3 and 4 the number of places available may be reduced dependent on the number of offers made within categories 1 and 2. In the event of there being an uneven number of places to distribute between category 3 and category 4, the odd place will be awarded to category 3.

Category 5 Children living outside of the priority areas who achieve the automatic qualifying score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry.

Category 6 Children who score below the automatic qualifying score, but above the minimum score for the waiting list for this school, for this particular year of entry.

3 A Statement of Special Educational Need is a statement made by the Local Authority under Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 specifying the educational provision required for that child. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the Local Authority under Section 37 of the Children and Families Act 2014 specifying the educational provision required for that child. 4 A Looked-After Child is one who is in the care of the Local Authority, as defined by section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989. A Previously Looked-After Child is a child who immediately after being looked-after became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. This includes children who were adopted under the Adoptions Act 1976 (Section 12) and those adopted under the Adoption and Children Act 2002 (Section 46). Child arrangements orders are defined in Section 8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by Section 12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Special guardianship orders are defined in Section 14A of the Children Act 1989.

5 Children attracting the Pupil Premium via Free School Meals are those who have been registered for free school meals at any point in the six years prior to the closing date for test registration (08 July 2016). See Admissions Code (2014) section 1.39A.

2

The Entrance Test

Introduction Admission to this school will be determined by the school’s oversubscription criteria and a child’s performance in the Entrance Test (sometimes referred to as ‘the 11+’ or the ‘selection test’).

Consortium of Grammar Schools This school is part of a consortium of schools using a common admissions test on 9 September 2017 for entry to Year 7 in September 2018. The consortium includes this school, the five other Grammar Schools in Warwickshire (including Ashlawn which as a bilateral school offers selective and non-selective places), and the eight Grammar Schools in Birmingham (these are individual schools but for the purposes of the entrance test are collectively known as ‘The Grammar Schools in Birmingham’).

Warwickshire County Council’s Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) operates the Entrance Test along with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham.

Some parents may be considering listing Grammar Schools in Warwickshire and Birmingham on their Common Application Form (CAF). As admission to these schools will be determined by the same test, on the same day, it is not possible for students to sit the test more than once. If it is discovered a student has sat the test more than once, the score from the earliest test will be used. Parents should be aware that in such situations the application may be considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading and where a place has been offered it may be withdrawn.

Parents whose children sit the test in Warwickshire may request that their raw score is shared with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. This can be done as part of the registration process. Parents should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Birmingham Grammar School.

Parents whose children sit the test in Birmingham may request that their raw score is shared with Warwickshire Admissions. This can be done as part of the registration process. Parents should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Warwickshire Grammar School (including a selective place at Ashlawn School).

In either of these cases parents will receive two sets of results. One set of results will be received from Warwickshire Admissions. A further set of results will be received from The Grammar Schools in Birmingham.

Where a parent indicates after the registration closing date of 4.00pm on Friday 7 July 2017 that they wish their child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools of Birmingham, their registration will be considered late for the region that they wish their results to be shared with.

Registering for the test Parents living in Warwickshire must register for the test with Warwickshire Admissions. Parents living in Birmingham must register for the test with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. Parents living in other authorities should register for the test in the region in which they would most like their child to attend a school e.g. if you live in Northamptonshire and want your child to attend a grammar school in Warwickshire, you should register your child with Warwickshire to sit the test in Warwickshire.

Parents will be able to register for the test from 9 May 2017. It is recommended that parents do this on-line. Paper copies of the registration form will also be available from Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. If you are posting a registration form you are strongly advised to take steps to ensure your form is received prior to the deadline, such as recorded delivery. Please ensure that any recorded delivery receipt has the postcode printed electronically on it.

Parents should be aware that registering for the 11+ test is not the same as applying for a school place- see the section ‘Applications for a School Place’. Parents must submit an application for a place to their home local authority by 31 October. Failure to do so will mean your application is considered late, even if your 11+ registration was submitted on time.

The closing date for registrations is 4pm on Friday 7 July 2017. All registrations will be acknowledged. If you do not receive an acknowledgement by post within 14 working days you should contact either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending to whom you originally submitted your registration form).

Details of test venue will be sent to parents by Warwickshire Admissions by Monday 21 August 2017 onwards. This will include a “fit and well” sheet which must be brought to the test session with a photograph of the child sitting the 3 test. This photograph must be signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school or, if your child is home educated, by a responsible person drawn from the range of professions acceptable for passport identification purposes. Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right to contact your child’s school (or the person who has verified your child’s identity) and to share the photograph with them for the purpose of establishing proof of identity as part of the entrance test process.

If your form is received prior to the closing date but is not fully completed it will be considered as late. If your registration form is received after the closing date it will be considered as late. If your child is sitting a test in a Warwickshire venue and you arrive at the venue without a photograph of your child which is signed and dated by the headteacher of your child’s school they will not be able to sit the test on that day and your registration will be considered as late. If you indicate after the registration closing date that you wish for your child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or the Grammar Schools of Birmingham, your registration will be considered as late for the region you wish your child’s results to be shared with.

Late registrants are treated the same as those submitting a late application for a school place and will not be considered in the first round of offers. If your form is received after the closing date of 4pm on Friday 7 July 2017 it will only be treated as on time for this school if you can provide evidence of a move of address into the priority area by 31 December 2017.

Eligibility If your daughter was born between 01 September 2006 and 31 August 2007 you may apply for her to sit the test for entry in September 2018. Children not born between these dates will only be able to sit the test if they are being educated out of year group (they are being taught in Year 6 for the 2017/18 academic year). Decisions as to whether or not the test results for such students can be used for admission purposes to this school will be taken by the Academy Trust as the Admission Authority.

The Test The main test session will be on the morning of 9 September 2017.

There will be two papers, each of approximately 50 minutes. The papers will be divided into smaller, individually timed sections, which test verbal ability, numerical ability, and non verbal ability.

For each paper the children will be given a question booklet which contains the test questions and a separate answer sheet to mark their answers. The answer sheets will be processed electronically and scanned to make a record of each child’s answers.

A familiarisation booklet, containing information about the format of the test and some example questions, will be sent upon receipt of a completed registration form. This will allow children to become familiar with the type of questions likely to be asked and the format of the test booklet and answer sheet, and information about how to write their answers on the answer sheet.

Special Arrangements Parents whose children have a disability and / or require special resources to sit the test must request this in writing by completing a form describing the child’s disability and / or extra resources required to sit the test and must also supply detailed medical evidence. Forms are available from, and must be returned to, either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you are registering for the entrance test) by 14 June 2017. Please note that this date is earlier than the test registration deadline and that any information provided after this date may not be considered.

Parents making such a request will be notified by the end of July 2017 whether or not their request has been agreed.

Parents whose child is not able to sit the test on Saturdays for religious reasons must indicate this when registering for the test and supply a supporting letter from their religious leader. These children are likely to be tested on Sunday 10 September 2017.

Illness If your child is ill on the test day and is unable to sit the test, you must notify either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you have registered for the entrance test) by 4pm on Monday 11 September 2017. A medical note (scanned copy, faxed or hand delivered) must be submitted by noon on Wednesday 13 September 2017 for an alternative date to be arranged.

4

Additional Test Sessions These will be held in late November / early December 2017 and late January / early February 2018, primarily to accommodate families moving into the area. Sessions will also be arranged for parents registering for the test after offer day. The same principles for registration apply (for example Warwickshire residents should register with Warwickshire Admissions and can ask that their child’s test result is shared with the Grammar Schools in Birmingham).

Results Data from all students sitting the test will be used to produce standardised scores.

Weightings will be applied to the scores achieved in Verbal Reasoning, Non-Verbal Reasoning and Numeracy. Warwickshire’s grammar schools and the Grammar Schools in Birmingham may choose to use different weightings. This means that if your child receives two results letters that their total scores could be different.

By 13 October 2017 you will be notified by post of your child’s score in the Entrance Test. Parents who have either registered with Warwickshire Admissions (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with Warwickshire Admissions) will receive the following information from Warwickshire Admissions:

1) Your child’s total standardised score broken down by performance in Verbal Reasoning, Numeracy, and Non- Verbal Reasoning. 2) A provisional ranking of where the score places the child out of all children who have sat the test, and within each relevant area (east, south or both). 3) The automatic qualifying scores and waiting list scores for each Warwickshire Grammar school for previous years where the same weightings have been applied for the three sections. These can be used for comparison purposes but there can be no guarantee that any child, including those scoring above the required score for previous years, will be offered a grammar school place.

Parents who have either registered with the Grammar Schools of Birmingham (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with the Grammar Schools of Birmingham) will receive an additional letter showing their child’s test score and the minimum score required for entry in the previous three years, together with the qualifying score for those schools who have set such a score.

Applications for a school place Once parents have received their child’s test result they must apply for a school place via their home local authority (this is the local authority to whom you pay your Council Tax). Warwickshire residents can name up to six schools (preferences) on their application form. All local authorities operate an equal preference system and your child will be offered a place at the highest preference possible. What this means is that if you list a grammar school as your first preference but your child does not do well in the entrance test, it will not affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at any other school you have listed.

Providing information to Parents During the summer term of 2017 parents of all the children in Year 5 in primary schools in Warwickshire will be issued with a leaflet about the process of selection as will the parents of children attending independent schools if the schools request it. Parents with children not attending these schools can contact the Admissions Service to request that information. Parents will be asked to register if they want their child to be tested.

Committee of Reference

The Role of the Committee of Reference There will be a Committee of Reference* whose function is to set the automatic qualifying score for each school in the Eastern Area, determine for each school the minimum score for the waiting list and review the arrangements made for any pupils with disabilities or special educational needs. Places will then be offered in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

Setting the Automatic Qualifying Score Performance in the tests and the number of applications for the schools will be used by the Committee of Reference in each area to set the automatic qualifying score. Above and at that standard a child will receive an offer from their highest named preference of selective school named (subject to living within the priority area and not being a late entry or having an offer from a higher preference of school).

The Committee will consider the descending score order and the number of children applying for each school (living within the priority area and who registered before the closing date) and set the automatic qualifying score as close to the planned admission numbers for the schools as possible.

5

The Committee of Reference will also consider the scores of students just below the automatic qualifying score and determine for each school the minimum score for the waiting list for that year.

Places will then be offered in accordance with the admission criteria.

For entry to Year 7 in September 2018 Admission at an automatic level will be determined by comparing the children’s performances in two tests commissioned by Warwickshire Local Authority from the University of Durham CEM Unit.

Allocation of Places The available places will be offered in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

Waiting lists After the initial round of offers, made on Wednesday 1st March 2018, further places may become available – if, for example, parents/carers take up places for their child at another school. These places will be offered from the waiting list, up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) of the School. The waiting list order will follow the same criteria as outlined in Categories 1 – 6 above, but will also include any applicant who registered late for the 11+ test, or who submitted a late secondary school application.

Any child who is made an offer for a school which was listed lower on their secondary school application than Rugby High School will automatically be added to the waiting list, provided that the child achieved the minimum waiting list score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry, in the 11+ test.

Once a child reaches the age of 12, the CEM Centre 11+ test can no longer be administered due to the calculations used during standardisation. If a child turns 12 prior to the waiting list being dissolved in December 2017 then the situation could therefore arise where children tested in this way have to be compared with children on the waiting list who were tested using the CEM Centre 11+. Children seeking a place in Year 7 between September 2018 and December 31 2018 who are under the age of 12 will be required to take the CEM tests and their score in these tests will be used to determine their position within the relevant oversubscription criterion on the waiting list. Children seeking a place in Year 7 between September 2018 and December 31 2018 who are over the age of 12 will be required to take tests in English, Mathematics and Science arranged by the school. Their results in these tests will be compared to the results of the Year 7 cohort. If their result in each of the three tests is equal to or better than that of the lowest performing student in the cohort, they will be deemed to be of the same standard as the cohort and eligible for a place. Their mark in all three tests will be averaged and then matched against the average marks of children within the cohort to place them in the relevant quartile of the year group and allow (by looking at those children’s CEM test scores) a hypothetical CEM mark to be awarded. Thus enabling all students (including those who are too old to sit CEM tests) to be ranked within the relevant oversubscription criteria on the waiting list.

In accordance with the Admissions Code (2014), waiting lists will be held for one term until 31st December 2017. Waiting lists will only be held for entry into Years 7 and 12.

Provided that the school has been named (and a higher preference has not been offered already) offers after the first round will be made to children on the waiting list.

Offers made on National Offer Day 2nd March 2018 Offers are made by the child’s home authority as per the co-ordinated secondary school scheme with neighbouring authorities. Subject to the arrangements of the home authority, parents will be expected to accept the offer within 2 weeks of the offer being made. A further letter reminding parents will be sent before the child is withdrawn from the offer lists.

On the offer date letters will be sent to parents indicating the children’s scores. Offers will be sent by email to Warwickshire parents who applied online and requested that their offer be emailed.

In Year Fair Access Protocol (IYFAP) Warwickshire County Council has developed an IYFAP and agreed it with a majority of schools. Rugby High School, as admissions authority, will participate in the operation of the IYFAP.

Late Entry Applications for all year groups other than Years 12 and 13 will be made through the local authority. Vacancies will be offered to applicants who are deemed suitable for entry subject to a place being available.

Years 7 to 11

6

Children moving into East Warwickshire (or those already resident who have not previously been tested) who are applying for a place and who are tested after 31 August 2018 will be required to take tests in English, Mathematics and Science arranged by the school. The only exception to this is children seeking a place in Year 7 between September 2018 and December 31 2018 who are under the age of 12 who will sit the CEM tests. Their results in these tests will be compared to the results obtained by the students already at the school in their cohort. If their result in each of the three tests is equal to or better than that of the lowest performing student in the cohort, they will be deemed to be of the same standard as the cohort and eligible for a place. Their mark in all three tests will be averaged and then matched against the average mark of children within the cohort to place them in the relevant quartile of the year group and allow (by looking at those children’s CEM test scores) a hypothetical CEM mark to be awarded.

In the event of there being a vacancy in the relevant year group and there being multiple applicants, the following oversubscription criteria will be used: i. children* and all previously looked after children*, children who were looked after but have ceased to be so because they were adopted* (or became subject to a child arrangements order* or a special guardianship order*) who are judged to have met the standard for the cohort. ii. children who qualify for Pupil Premium who are judged to have met the standard for the cohort iii. children who are judged to have met the standard for the cohort with the highest hypothetical or real CEM score who live in priority area. In the event of a tied score for a place distance from the school will be used to determine who is offered the place with the place being awarded to the student who lives nearest. In the event that that still does not split the candidates, the place will be randomly allocated by an independent party.

In the event of a vacancy becoming available after an appeal has been initiated but before it has been heard, the place will be awarded using the oversubscription criteria above applied to candidates who were tested for a place in that cohort at any point in the same half term as the appellant regardless of whether they have been refused a place or not.

The governors reserve the right to admit above PAN where a student is exceptionally well qualified and where there is space to accommodate her.

Transfer from a non-selective school Children who are seeking entry to Years 7-11 who have already been tested and refused entry as non-qualifiers will be tested in English, Maths and Science provided that they are over the age of 12 and they were refused entry more than a year previously. Their results in these tests will be compared to the results obtained by the students already at the school in their cohort. If their result in each of the three tests is equal to or better than that of the lowest performing student in the cohort, they will be deemed to be of the same standard as the cohort and eligible for a place. Their mark in all three tests will be averaged and then matched against the average mark of children within the cohort to place them in the relevant quartile of the year group and allow (by looking at those children’s CEM test scores) a hypothetical CEM mark to be awarded.

No waiting list is kept for year groups other than the incoming Year 7 and Year 12.

Any place offered must be taken up within six school weeks of the offer having been made. In the event of this not happening, the offer will be withdrawn.

Appeals The parents of all children refused places will be notified that they have a right of appeal through an independent appeal panel. For children not qualifying for places the appeal will take account of the compatibility of the child’s position in the process. If there are insufficient applicants reaching the appropriate level, the school does not have to fill all the places. Therefore, the case for prejudice to the efficient education or the efficient use of resources will only be considered once the school is full in the appropriate year group.

Admission arrangements for Year 12 Rugby High School will be operating a co-educational sixth form from September 2018 and therefore welcomes applications from both male and female applicants.

Entry into Year 12 is on the basis of academic ability demonstrated by achievement at GCSE. Confirmed places in Year 12 can therefore only be allocated following GCSE results day in August. The entry requirement for the Sixth Form is normally a minimum of 6 grade 6s (grade Bs) in full course GCSEs taken from the list of subjects published in the Sixth Form Prospectus. In addition there are specific GCSE requirements for individual subjects detailed in the Sixth Form Prospectus.

7

All applicants for the Sixth Form are required to complete an application form. The closing date for receipt of applications for a place is Tuesday 5 December 2017. Application forms received after this date will be treated as late and applicants will be placed on a waiting list. Places will only be offered to waiting list candidates after the applications of all applicants who applied on time have been considered.

On receipt of a completed application, a guidance discussion will be arranged (normally in the Spring Term preceding entry). The discussion is intended to ensure that all students make informed choices. Provisional offers of places are made subject to the entry requirements being met, and to there being places in the subjects of the student’s choice.

Oversubscription Criteria

In the event of oversubscription candidates’ performance in their best 8 GCSE examinations and, where relevant, in the subjects that they wish to study at A level will be used to determine confirmed offers with priority being given to:

Students with an Education, Health and Care Plan (a statement of special educational need) naming the school who meet the required standard for entry a minimum of 6 grade 6s (grade Bs) in full course GCSEs taken from the list of subjects published in the Sixth Form Prospectus must be admitted and this could therefore reduce the number of places available. There is no guarantee of a place being available, but places up to the planned admission number will be allocated in the following order:

I. Priority will be given to all looked after children* and all previously looked after children*, children who were looked after but have ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order* or a special guardianship order*) who achieve the required standard for entry or above.

II. Up to 20 children attracting the Pupil Premium via Free School Meals Pupil Premium who meet the general entry and subject specific criteria for Sixth Form.

III Other children requesting a place at the school

Where there is a need to split any category places will then be offered in accordance with distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by the Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of the school. All distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data. This applies equally to those living inside and outside the county’s boundary.

In the event of two or more children having the same oversubscription priority, the same GCSE score and living the same distance from the school, the place will be allocated by using a computerised random number generator. This process will be carried out by Warwickshire Admissions on behalf of the School, in the presence of a witness from Legal Services who is independent of the school and the admissions process.

Appendix

Residency Requirements for Entry Into Year 7

The child’s home address is where they are living on the date an application for a school place is made.

There is an expectation that the address used to apply for a school place will be the same as the one where the child is living at the start of Year 7 and beyond.

Where parental responsibilities are equally shared, the home address will be considered to be the place where the child normally sleeps from Monday to Friday during term time. Proof of such arrangements may be requested.

The home address will be used to apply the School’s oversubscription criteria such as distance from home to school.

Where the home address changes after the start of the autumn term of Year 7, consideration will be given as to the reason why. Where it is considered that the reason for the change of address constitutes the application being fraudulent or intentionally misleading, the place may be withdrawn.

Evidence required

Warwickshire Admissions Service will request on behalf of the school evidence in support of the application. The service will write out at the beginning of December to all parents who have listed the school as a preference, requesting copies of two documents to confirm the home address. Parents will have fifteen working days to provide 8 proof of the home address. The application will be considered as late if appropriate proof is not provided within fifteen working days. The evidence required is as follows:

 Council Tax letter or statement for the current financial year - this must be supplied if you are the council taxpayer; or  Current Housing Benefit letter; or  Utility bill, bank statement, or car insurance documents dated within the last six months.

Plus one of the following:

 Child Benefit letter for the current financial year;  Child’s National Health registration card;  Child Tax Credit Award Notice for the current financial year.

Please note that these documents will be retained and not returned. The local authority will match each address with the one they have on their database.

The local authority reserves the right to carry out random checks at any time and this may include an unannounced home visit.

Moving to a new address

If the home address changes between applying for a school place and 31 December 2017, the Local Authority must be provided with proof of the new address as detailed above. The child must be living at the new address by 31 December 2017.

Applicants will also need to produce evidence that the previous home is no longer used by the family – for example proof that the property has been sold or that a rental agreement has ended. This is to show that the new address is not a temporary arrangement purely to secure a school place.

If the home address changes after 31 December 2017 the new address can only be taken into account after National Offer Day on 02 March 2018.

The School will also check the child’s home address at the time of admission. If it is different from the application address then further checks will be carried out. This will include consideration as to whether or not the address used to make an application was temporary and purely to secure a school place.

If a school place is offered based on fraudulent or intentionally misleading information, the offer may be withdrawn, even if the child has started at the school.

Those who submit fraudulent or deliberately misleading applications may also be subject to legal proceedings.

If we find out that the home address is not in Warwickshire we will withdraw the application altogether and the family will then have to apply to their own local authority.

Glossary

Adopted This includes children who were adopted under the Adoption Act 1976 (see section 12 adoption orders) and children who were adopted under the Adoption and Children’s Act 2002 (see section 46 orders).

Automatic Qualifying Score This is the mark at which or above which a child will automatically qualify for entry to the school provided that there are sufficient places available once the oversubscription criteria have been applied. Achieving the automatic qualifying score does not guarantee a child a place at the school.

Child Arrangements Order Child arrangements orders are defined in s8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by s12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Child arrangements orders replace residence orders and any residence order in force prior to 22 April 2014 is deemed to be a child arrangements order.

9

Committee of Reference A panel of headteachers and teachers appointed according to the terms of reference for East Warwickshire. The Heads of the area’s selective schools or their representatives are members of the committee.

Eastern Area of Warwickshire The Eastern Area of Warwickshire is Rugby plus the parishes of: Dunchurch, Cawston, Thurlaston, Leamington Hastings, Birdingbury, Grandborough, Wolfhamcote, Willoughby, Binley Woods, Brinklow, Brandon and Bretford, Ryton-on- Dunsmore, Bubbenhall, Wolston, Church Lawford, Long Lawford, Stretton-on-Dunsmore, Princethorpe, Frankton, Marton, Bourton and Draycote, Churchover, Clifton-on-Dunsmore, Combe Fields, Cosford, Easenhall, Harborough Magna, Kings Newnham, Little Lawford, Monks Kirby, Newton and Biggin, Pailton, Stretton-under-Fosse, Wibtoft, Willey, Withybrook.

Looked After Children A ‘looked after child’ is a child who is (a) in the care of the local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the definition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making the application to a school.

Oversubscription Criteria Priority Circle The priority circle is a circle with a 10.004 mile radius centred on Rugby Water Tower. It includes the whole of the Eastern Area of Warwickshire. A child living in Eastern Warwickshire may therefore be allocated a place using over subscription criteria III(i) or III(ii).

Pupil Premium Pupil Premium is a payment made to schools to enable them to give additional help and support to students from deprived backgrounds to help close the attainment gap between them and their peers. For the purposes of this policy pupil premium students are defined as those who have been registered for free school meals at any point in the 6 years prior to the closing date for test registration (7 July 2017) by reason of their parents’ income and not as a result of universal entitlement. The school will require evidence of Pupil Premium registration and reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if the offer has been made on the basis of an incorrect, fraudulent or misleading application.

Standardised Score A child’s standardised score is her score once adjustments have been made to eliminate the advantage that some children have by virtue of their age.

Weighting This is the value ascribed to a particular section of the paper relative to other sections. Weightings are used to eliminate gender bias.

10

APPLICATION FOR A PLACE IN RHS SIXTH FORM FROM SEPTEMBER 2018

Please return this form to us by 4 p.m. on Tuesday 5 December 2017. We will contact your daughter in January 2017 to invite her to an individual guidance meeting to discuss her option choices. The discussion is intended to ensure that all students make informed choices.

Provisional offers of places are made subject to the entry requirements being met. In the event of oversubscription candidates’ performance in their best 8 GCSE examinations and, where relevant, in the subjects that they wish to study at A level will be used to determine confirmed offers.Confirmed places in Year 12 will be allocated following GCSE results day in August. The entry requirement for the Sixth Form is normally a minimum of 6 grade 6s (grade Bs) in full course GCSEs taken from the list of subjects published in the Sixth Form Prospectus. In addition there are specific GCSE requirements for individual subjects detailed in the Sixth Form Prospectus.

Student's SURNAME ______FIRST NAME ______

Address ______Telephone Number ______

______Date of Birth ______

______

Post Code ______Parent/Guardian/Carer's Email Address______

Name of Parent/Guardian/Carer ______Title ______

Admissions Priorities Our admissions policy gives priority to young people to looked after children and all previously looked after children. Previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order). Please indicate below if this applies to your daughter by deleting whichever statement is not true.

 The applicant is a looked after or previously looked after child.  The applicant is not a looked after or previously looked after child.

Our admissions policy also gives a priority to up to twenty children who attract pupil premium because they currently receive free school meals or have done so in the last six years. Please indicate below whether or not this applies to your daughter by crossing out the statement that is not true.

 The applicant attracts pupil premium because she has received Free School Meals within the last six years.  The applicant does not attract pupil premium because she has not received Free School Meals within the last six years.

For Admin Use Only

Admissions Priority Yes No Reason Verification Obtained

Longrood Road, Rugby, CV22 7RE – Telephone: (01788) 810518 – Fax: (01788) 811794 –www.rugbyhighschool.co.uk

11

St Benedict’s Catholic High School Admission Arrangements for the academic year 2018/2019

The admissions process for St Benedict’s Catholic High School is part of the Warwickshire Local Authority co-ordinated admissions scheme. To apply for a place at St Benedict’s Catholic High School in the normal admissions round, an application must be made using the school admission application process of the local authority in which you live naming St Benedict’s Catholic High School on the application form. Applications need to be made by 31 October 2017. A Supplementary Information Form (SIF) must also be completed and returned directly to the school by the same date (see Note 2).

All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time, after the closing date.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 1 March 2018, or the next working day, by the local authority on behalf of the school.

Please note that throughout this policy, the term parent relates to any individual with responsibility for a child for whom an application is being made.

The ethos of this school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. As a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. All parents are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of a parent who is not of the faith to apply for a place for their child at the school.

The Governing Body is the admissions authority and has responsibility for admissions to this school. The Governing Body has set its admission number at 140 pupils to be admitted to Year 7 in the school year which begins in September 2018. (See Note 1 below)

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be offered according to the following order of priority. If there is oversubscription within a category, the Governing Body will give priority firstly to children who have a brother or sister attending St Benedict’s Catholic High School at the time of admissions (see Note 4 below) and then to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest distance (see Note 6).

A map of the parish boundary is available at the school and parish or by post on request.

Oversubscription Criteria

If the number of applications exceeds the PAN, the Governing Body will first give priority to children who have a brother or sister attending St Benedict’s at the time of admission (see Note 4 below). 1. Baptised Catholic children (see Note 2 below) who are looked after or previously looked after (see Note 3 below). 2. Baptised Catholic children who currently attend a Catholic feeder school (see Note 5 below) 3. Baptised Catholic children who live in a feeder school parish area (see Note 5 below) 4. Other Baptised Catholic children 5. Non-Catholic children (see Note 2 below) who are looked after or previously looked after (see Note 3 below). 6. Non-Catholic children who currently attend a Catholic feeder school 7. Other Non-Catholic children. Note 1 Children with an Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan that names the school MUST be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to applicants. This is not an oversubscription criteria.

Note 2 In all categories, for a child to be considered as Catholic, evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church will be required. For a definition of a Baptised Catholic, see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church should contact their Parish Priest. Parents making an application for a Catholic child should also complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) which should be returned directly to the school. If you do not provide the information required in the Supplementary Information Form and return it by the closing date, together with all supporting documentation, this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place at this school.

Note 3 A “looked after child” has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989, and means any child who is (a) in the care of the local authority or (b) being provided with accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (eg children with foster parents) at the time of making the application to the school. A “previously looked after child” is a child who immediately moved on from that status after becoming subject to an adoption, child arrangement order or special guardianship order.

Note 4 For all applicants the definition of a brother or sister is:  A brother or sister sharing the same parents  A half-brother or half-sister, where two children share one common parent  A step-brother or step-sister, where two children are related by a parents’ marriage or where they are unrelated but their parents are living as partners.  Adopted or fostered children The children must be living permanently in the same household

Note 5 The named feeder schools for St Benedict’s Catholic High School are:

Our Lady’s Catholic Primary School, Alcester St. Catharine’s Catholic Primary School, Chipping Campden St. Gregory’s Catholic Primary School, Stratford-upon-Avon St. Mary’s Catholic Primary School, Broadway St. Mary’s Catholic Primary School, Evesham St. Mary’s Catholic Primary School, Henley in Arden St. Mary’s Catholic Primary School, Studley

Note 6 Distances will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (centroid) of the school in question. (The centroid is a predetermined point set by Warwickshire County Council and all distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data).

In a very small number of cases, where the school is oversubscribed, it may not be possible to decide between the applications of those pupils who are the final qualifiers for a place when applying the published admission criteria. For example, this may occur when children in the same year group live at the same address, or if the distance between the home and the school is exactly the same, for example, blocks of flats. If there is no other way of separating the application according to the admissions criteria and to admit both, or all, of the children would cause the Published Admission Number for the child’s year group to be exceeded, the Local Authority, on behalf of the Governing Body, will select the child to be offered the final place by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out by two officers of the Admissions Service in the presence of a local authority Solicitor. The order of draw will be recorded and countersigned at the time.

The governing body will, where possible, admit twins and all siblings from multiple births where one of the children is the last child ranked within the school’s published admission number.

A child’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main permanent residence and is either:  Owned by the child’s parent(s);  Leased to or rented by the child’s parent(s) under lease or written rental agreement of not less than twelve months duration. Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of permanent residence at the property concerned.

Where parents have shared responsibility for a child, and the child lives with both parents for part of the week, then the main residence will be determined as the address where the child lives for the majority of the week. Parents may be requested to supply documentary evidence to satisfy the Governing Body that the child lives at the address put forward by the parents.

If a place in the school is offered on the basis of an address that is subsequently found to be different from a child’s normal and permanent home address, then that place is liable to be withdrawn.

APPLICATIONS FOR CHILDREN TO BE ADMITTED INTO A CLASS OUTSIDE OF THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP Parents have the right to request, but not insist, that their child be considered for admission to a class outside of their normal age group. This could be the case, for example, if a child is gifted and talented, has experienced problems such as ill health, or is already being educated in a class outside of their normal age group at their current Primary school. Parents who wish for their child to be considered for admission to a class outside of their normal age group must make an application for the normal age group in the first instance. Parents must then submit a formal request to the Governing Body for the child to be considered for a different age group class instead. This request should be in the form of a written letter of application outlining the reasons why they wish for their child to be considered to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group and enclosing any supportive evidence and documentation that they wish to be taken into account as part of that request.

The Governing Body will consider requests submitted for a child to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group and advise parents of the outcome of that request before national offer day, having taken into account the information provided by the parents, the child’s best interests and the views of the Head Teacher.

If the request is refused, the original application for the normal age group class will progress through the Local Authority co-ordinated admissions scheme, be considered by the Governing Body and the parents advised of the outcome.

If the request is agreed and the year group for which the parents have requested a place is a current year group in the school, then the application will be considered by the Governing Body and the parents advised of the outcome.

If the request is agreed and the year group for which the parents have requested a place is for a future year group, ie Year 7 in September 2019, then the original application is withdrawn and the parents must submit a fresh application for Year 7 2019 when applications open in the autumn term of 2018. Please note that parents only have the right to re-apply for a place. Where the Governing Body agrees to consider an application for Year 7 the following year, that application is considered alongside all other applications received and parents will be advised of the outcome of that application on national offer day. No place is reserved or held for the child in advance.

If parents are considering submitting an application for their child to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group, it is strongly recommended that they also read the DFE guidance which can be found at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/summer-born-children-school-admission

APPEALS Parents who wish to appeal against the decision of the Governing Body to refuse their child a place in the school should make that appeal request in writing to the Chair of Governors at the school address. Appeals will be heard by an independent panel.

Please note that parents do not have the right to appeal if their request for their children to be admitted to a class outside of their normal year group has been refused, but the Governing Body have offered a place in the normal age group instead.

REPEAT APPLICATIONS Any parent can apply for a place for their child at any time outside of the normal admissions round. Parents do not have the right to a second appeal in respect of the same school for the same academic year unless, in exceptional circumstances, the Governing Body has accepted a second application from the parent because of a significant and material change in the circumstances of the parent, child or school, but have still refused admission.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with in accordance with the Local Authority’s co-ordinated admissions scheme.

CHANGE IN PREFERENCE Once parents have submitted their preference, they will not be allowed to change them without an exceptional change in their circumstances, for example, if the family has recently moved address or an older sibling has changed schools. All requests to change preferences should be made in writing to the Local Authority to whom the parents submitted the original application. Where a change of preference is submitted for an oversubscribed school, without an exceptional change in circumstances, then the application will be refused.

WAITING LIST Children who have not been offered a place at St Benedict’s Catholic High School but were offered a school that was ranked as a lower preference on their application form will be added to a waiting list. The waiting list will be maintained until 31 December 2018 and will then be discarded. Parents may apply to St Benedict’s Catholic High School for their child’s name to remain on the waiting list until the end of the academic year 2018/2019 when it will be discarded.

A child’s position on a waiting list is not fixed. When a new child joins the waiting list, all applicants on that waiting list will be re-ranked to ensure that the list is always maintained in oversubscription criteria order. This means that a child’s position on the waiting list could go up or down during the time that it is on the list. Any late applications accepted will be added to the waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

Inclusion on the waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become available. It may be that those already offered places may accept them, thereby filling all available places.

Children who are the subject of a direction by the Local Authority to admit or who are allocated to a school in accordance with the Fair Access Protocol take precedence over those on a waiting list.

IN YEAR FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOL The Governing Body of St Benedict’s Catholic High School is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission round the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any locally agreed protocol. The Governing Body has this power, even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number subject to the infant class size exceptions.

APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN THE NORMAL INTAKE TO YEAR 7 (IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS) An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the normal admission round. Applications should be made to the school by contacting St Benedict’s Catholic High School and all families approaching the school will be given an application form. Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published oversubscription criteria, as set out for the normal round of admissions, will be applied.

If there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list (see above).

Parents will be advised of the outcome of their application in writing and, where the Governing Body’s decision is to refuse their child a place, have the right to appeal to an independent appeal panel.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school. ADMISSION TO THE SIXTH FORM

The school operates a sixth form for a total of 160 pupils. 80 places overall will be available in Year 12. Whilst the admission number is 10, if fewer than 70 of the school’s existing pupils transfer into Year 12, additional external pupils will be admitted until Year 12 meets its capacity of 80.

Applications for the Sixth Form should be made directly to the school using the application form available from the school Sixth Form Office or from the school’s website. Completed application forms must be returned to the school by Friday 2 February 2018.

Both internal and external pupils wishing to enter the sixth form will be expected to have met the same minimum academic entry requirements for the sixth form. These are:

1. International Baccalaureate Diploma - For those students interested in studying the International Baccalaureate Diploma they will need to achieve a minimum of Grade B or 5 at GCSE in six subjects with a minimum of Grade C or 4 at GCSE in English and Mathematics. Students wishing to study Higher Level Mathematics will require a minimum of Grade A* or 8 at GCSE in Mathematics. 2. BTec Plus - Students who wish to study the BTec Plus will be required to achieve a minimum of Grade C or 4 at GCSE in four subjects, preferably including English and Mathematics. For the Health and Social Care BTec Plus course a Grade B or 5 at GCSE in Biology is preferable. Where the student wishes to study an International Baccalaureate programme subject a minimum of Grade B or 5 at GCSE will be required in that specific subject.

In addition to the sixth form’s minimum academic entry requirements pupils will need to satisfy minimum entrance requirements to the courses for which they are applying. If either internal or external applicants fail to meet the minimum course requirements they will be given the opportunity of pursuing any alternative courses for which they do meet the minimum academic requirements. Course requirements are publishes annually in the school’s prospectus and on its website.

When Year 12 is undersubscribed all applicants meeting the minimum academic entry requirements will be admitted or permitted to progress.

When there are more external applicants that satisfy any academic entry requirements priority will be given in accordance with the oversubscription criteria set out below.

Where there is space in Year 13, ie where there are fewer than 80 pupils in the year group, the school will admit additional pupils up to this number using the oversubscription criteria set out below providing they have completed Year 12 of the qualification that they will be taking at their previous Sixth Form.

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be offered according to the following order of priority. If there is oversubscription within a category, the Governing body will give priority firstly to children who will have a brother or sister (see Note 4 above) attending St Benedict’s Catholic High School at the time of admission and then secondly to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest distance (see Note 6 above)

Please note that Children with an Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan that names the academy MUST be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to applicants. This is not an oversubscription criteria.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA FOR SIXTH FORM

1. Baptised Catholic children (see Note 2 below) who are looked after or previously looked after (see Note 3 below). 2. Baptised Catholic children see Note 2 above. 3. Baptised Catholic children (see Note 2 below) who are looked after or previously looked after (see Note 3 below). 4. Non-Catholic applicants.

The Governing Body reserves the right not to run subjects where, in the reasonable opinion of the Governing Body, it is not economical to do so due to the number of students for that subject.

Appeals

All applicants refused places will be notified that they have a right of appeal through an independent appeal panel. If there are insufficient applicants meeting the entry requirements, the school does not have to fill all the places.

APPENDIX DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC” A “Baptised Catholic” is one who:  Has been baptised into full communion (Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 837) with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the various ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome. Written evidence of this baptism can be obtained by recourse to the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the baptism took place (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878). Or

 Has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Rite of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399).

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM The Governing bodies of Catholic schools and Boards of Directors of Catholic Academies will require written evidence in the form of a Certificate of Baptism or Certificate of Reception before applications for school places can be considered for categories of “Baptised Catholics”. A Certificate of Baptism or Reception is to include: the full name, date of birth, date of Baptism or Reception, and parent(s) name(s). The certificate must also show that it is copied from the records kept by the place of Baptism or Reception. Those who would have difficulty obtaining written evidence of Catholic Baptism/Reception for a good reason, may still be considered as Baptised Catholics but only after they have been referred to their parish priest who, after consulting the Vicar General, will decide how the question of Baptism/Reception is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church. Those who would be considered to have good reason for not obtaining written evidence would include those who cannot contact the place of Baptism/Reception due to persecution or fear, the destruction of the church and the original records, or where Baptism/Reception was administered validly but not in the Parish church where records are kept. Governors and Boards of Directors may request extra supporting evidence when the written documents that are produced do not clarify the fact that a person was baptised or received into the Catholic Church, (i.e. where the name and address of the Church is not on the certificate or where the name of the Church does not state whether it is a Catholic Church or not.)

St Benedict’s Catholic High School

Admission Arrangements for the

academic year 2018/2019

Supplementary Information Form The ethos of this school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed in the school’s published admission policy. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. As a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. All parents are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of a parent who is not of the faith to apply for a place for their child at the school.

Child’s Surname:

Child’s First Name(s):

Address:

Contact number:

Please tick the appropriate boxes below: Is the above named child a Baptised Catholic or have Yes* No they been received into the Catholic Church? Is the certificate of Catholic Baptism or Reception into Yes No* the Catholic Church attached?

*A Certificate of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Catholic Church is required in order for the Governing Body to give the correct priority to an application. Failure to provide evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception in the Church may affect the oversubscription criterion that the child’s name is placed in.

Please note that as well as completing this Supplementary Application Form, parents must also complete the Local Authority’s Common Application Form in order for the application to be complete. This Supplementary Information Form is only for school use and is, in conjunction with the Local Authority’s Common Application Form, to enable the Governing Body to rank applicants using the published oversubscription criteria: This Supplementary Information Form must be returned directly to St Benedict’s Catholic High School at Kinwarton Road, Alcester, Warwickshire, B49 6PX by 31 October 2017.

Please note that this is NOT the local authority’s Common Application Form. As well as completing this Supplementary Application Form and returning it directly to the school, you MUST also complete the local authority’s Common Application Form otherwise your application will be deemed incomplete and therefore invalid.

St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College

Admission Arrangements for

the academic year 2018/2019

St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College is part of the The Holy Spirit Catholic Multi Academy. The admissions authority for the school is the Board of Directors of the The Holy Spirit Catholic Multi Academy who has responsibility for admissions to this school. The Board of Directors has delegated responsibility for the administration of the admissions process to the Academy Committee of St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College.

The admissions process for St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College is part of the Warwickshire Local Authority co-ordinated admissions scheme. To apply for a place at St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College in the normal admissions round, an application must be made using the school admission application process of the local authority in which you live naming St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College on the application form. Applications need to be made by 31st October 2017. A Supplementary Information Form (SIF) must also be completed and returned directly to the school by the same date (see Note 2).

All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time, after the closing date.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 1st March 2018, or the next working day, by the local authority on behalf of the school.

Please note that throughout this policy, the term parent relates to any individual with responsibility for a child for whom an application is being made.

The ethos of this school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its Board of Directors as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Articles of Association and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. As a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. All parents are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of a parent who is not of the faith to apply for a place for their child at the school.

The Board of Directors is the admissions authority and has responsibility for admissions to this school. The Board of Directors has set its admission number at 160 pupils to be admitted to Year 7 in the school year which begins in September 2018. (See Note 1 below)

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be offered according to the following order of priority. If there is oversubscription within a category, the Board of Directors will give priority to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest distance (see Note 6).

A map of the parish boundary is available at the school and parish or by post on request.

Oversubscription Criteria

In the first six categories, priority will be given to those who have a brother or sister (see Note 4) attending St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College at the time of admission and then by distance from the school (see section on over-subscription overleaf).

1) Baptised Catholic children (see Note 2) who are in the care of a local authority (looked- after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) and children who were previously looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

2) Baptised Catholic children who currently attend a Catholic feeder school or academy (see Note 5)

3) Baptised Catholic children who live in a feeder school or academy parish area (see Note 5a)

4) Other Baptised Catholic children

5) Non-Catholic children who are in the care of a local authority (looked after children) or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents) (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) and children who were previously looked after but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

6) Brothers and sisters (see Note 4) of non-Catholics who are attending St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College at the time of their admission

7) Non-Catholic children (see note 2) who currently attend a Catholic feeder school or academy (see note 5)

8) Other Non-Catholic children

Note 1 Children with an Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan that names the school MUST be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to applicants. This is not an oversubscription criteria.

Note 2 In all categories, for a child to be considered as Catholic, evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church will be required. For a definition of a Baptised Catholic, see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church should contact their Parish Priest. Parents making an application for a Catholic child should also complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) which should be returned directly to the school. If you do not provide the information required in the Supplementary Information Form and return it by the closing date, together with all supporting documentation, this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place at this school.

Note 3 A “looked after child” has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989, and means any child who is (a) in the care of the local authority or (b) being provided with accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (eg children with foster parents) at the time of making the application to the school. A “previously looked after child” is a child who immediately moved on from that status after becoming subject to an adoption, child arrangement order or special guardianship order.

Note 4 For all applicants the definition of a brother or sister is: • A brother or sister sharing the same parents • A half-brother or half-sister, where two children share one common parent • A step-brother or step-sister, where two children are related by a parents’ marriage or where they are unrelated but their parents are living as partners. • Adopted or fostered children The children must be living permanently in the same household

Note 5 The named feeder schools for St Thomas Catholic School & Sixth Form College are: St Anne’s Catholic Primary School, St Benedict’s Catholic Primary School, St Edward’s Catholic Primary School, St Francis Catholic Primary School and St Joseph’s RC Junior School.

Note 5a The appropriate parishes for St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College are: Our Lady of the Angels parish, Nuneaton, St Francis parish, Bedworth, St Benedict’s parish, Atherstone, St Anne’s parish, Nuneaton, Sacred Heart and St Teresa parish, Coleshill and Our Lady of the Sacred Heart parish, Bulkington. Maps of the parish areas are available at the school and parish or by post on request.

Note 6 Distances will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (centroid) of the school in question. (The centroid is a predetermined point set by Warwickshire County Council and all distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data).

In a very small number of cases, where the school is oversubscribed, it may not be possible to decide between the applications of those pupils who are the final qualifiers for a place when applying the published admission criteria. For example, this may occur when children in the same year group live at the same address, or if the distance between the home and the school is exactly the same, for example, blocks of flats. If there is no other way of separating the application according to the admissions criteria and to admit both, or all, of the children would cause the Published Admission Number for the child’s year group to be exceeded, the Local Authority, on behalf of the Board of Directors, will select the child to be offered the final place by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out by two officers of the Admissions Service in the presence of a local authority Solicitor. The order of draw will be recorded and countersigned at the time.

The Board of Directors will, where possible, admit twins and all siblings from multiple births where one of the children is the last child ranked within the school’s published admission number.

A child’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main permanent residence and is either: • Owned by the child’s parent(s); • Leased to or rented by the child’s parent(s) under lease or written rental agreement of not less than twelve months duration. Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of permanent residence at the property concerned.

Where parents have shared responsibility for a child, and the child lives with both parents for part of the week, then the main residence will be determined as the address where the child lives for the majority of the week. Parents may be requested to supply documentary evidence to satisfy the Board of Directors that the child lives at the address put forward by the parents.

If a place in the school is offered on the basis of an address that is subsequently found to be different from a child’s normal and permanent home address, then that place is liable to be withdrawn.

APPLICATIONS FOR CHILDREN TO BE ADMITTED INTO A CLASS OUTSIDE OF THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP Parents have the right to request, but not insist, that their child be considered for admission to a class outside of their normal age group. This could be the case, for example, if a child is gifted and talented, has experienced problems such as ill health, or is already being educated in a class outside of their normal age group at their current Primary school. Parents who wish for their child to be considered for admission to a class outside of their normal age group must make an application for the normal age group in the first instance. Parents must then submit a formal request to the Board of Directors for the child to be considered for a different age group class instead. This request should be in the form of a written letter of application outlining the reasons why they wish for their child to be considered to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group and enclosing any supportive evidence and documentation that they wish to be taken into account as part of that request.

The Board of Directors will consider requests submitted for a child to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group and advise parents of the outcome of that request before national offer day, having taken into account the information provided by the parents, the child’s best interests and the views of the Head Teacher.

If the request is refused, the original application for the normal age group class will progress through the Local Authority co-ordinated admissions scheme, be considered by the Board of Directors and the parents advised of the outcome.

If the request is agreed and the year group for which the parents have requested a place is a current year group in the school, then the application will be considered by the Board of Directors and the parents advised of the outcome.

If the request is agreed and the year group for which the parents have requested a place is for a future year group, ie Year 7 in September 2019, then the original application is withdrawn and the parents must submit a fresh application for Year 7 2019 when applications open in the autumn term of 2018. Please note that parents only have the right to re-apply for a place. Where the Board of Directors agrees to consider an application for Year 7 the following year, that application is considered alongside all other applications received and parents will be advised of the outcome of that application on national offer day. No place is reserved or held for the child in advance.

If parents are considering submitting an application for their child to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group, it is strongly recommended that they also read the DFE guidance which can be found at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/summer-born-children-school-admission

APPEALS Parents who wish to appeal against the decision of the Board of Directors to refuse their child a place in the school should make that appeal request in writing to the Chair of the Board of Directors at the school address. Appeals will be heard by an independent panel.

Please note that parents do not have the right to appeal if their request for their children to be admitted to a class outside of their normal year group has been refused, but the Board of Directors have offered a place in the normal age group instead.

REPEAT APPLICATIONS Any parent can apply for a place for their child at any time outside of the normal admissions round. Parents do not have the right to a second appeal in respect of the same school for the same academic year unless, in exceptional circumstances, the Board of Directors has accepted a second application from the parent because of a significant and material change in the circumstances of the parent, child or school, but have still refused admission.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with in accordance with the Local Authority’s co-ordinated admissions scheme.

CHANGE IN PREFERENCE Once parents have submitted their preference, they will not be allowed to change them without an exceptional change in their circumstances, for example, if the family has recently moved address or an older sibling has changed schools. All requests to change preferences should be made in writing to the Local Authority to whom the parents submitted the original application. Where a change of preference is submitted for an oversubscribed school, without an exceptional change in circumstances, then the application will be refused.

WAITING LIST Children who have not been offered a place at St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College but were offered a school that was ranked as a lower preference on their application form will be added to a waiting list. The waiting list will be maintained until 31st December 2018 and will then be discarded. Parents may apply to St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College for their child’s name to remain on the waiting list until the end of the academic year 2018/2019 when it will be discarded.

A child’s position on a waiting list is not fixed. When a new child joins the waiting list, all applicants on that waiting list will be re-ranked to ensure that the list is always maintained in oversubscription criteria order. This means that a child’s position on the waiting list could go up or down during the time that it is on the list. Any late applications accepted will be added to the waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

Inclusion on the waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become available. It may be that those already offered places may accept them, thereby filling all available places.

Children who are the subject of a direction by the Local Authority to admit or who are allocated to a school in accordance with the Fair Access Protocol take precedence over those on a waiting list.

IN YEAR FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOL The Board of Directors of St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission round the Board of Directors is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any locally agreed protocol. The Board of Directors has this power, even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number subject to the infant class size exceptions.

APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN THE NORMAL INTAKE TO YEAR 7 (IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS) An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the normal admission round. Applications should be made to the school by contacting St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College and all families approaching the school will be given an application form. Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published oversubscription criteria, as set out for the normal round of admissions, will be applied.

If there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list (see above).

Parents will be advised of the outcome of their application in writing and, where the Board of Director’s decision is to refuse their child a place, have the right to appeal to an independent appeal panel.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school.

ADMISSION TO THE SIXTH FORM The school operates a sixth form for a total of 250 pupils. 130 places overall will be available in Year 12. Whilst the admission number is 130, if fewer than 130 of the school’s existing pupils transfer into Year 12, additional external pupils will be admitted until Year 12 meets its capacity of 130.

Applications for the Sixth Form should be made directly to the school using the application form available from the school’s website. Completed application forms must be returned to the school by February 1st.

Both internal and external pupils wishing to enter the sixth form will be considered if they have met the same minimum academic entry requirements for the sixth form. These are 5 A*- C GCSE’s including Grade 5 for English and Maths with an overall point score of 40. Vocational pathway students will be considered with 5 A* - C GCSE’s including a grade 5 in either English or Maths.

In addition to the sixth form’s minimum academic entry requirements pupils will need to satisfy minimum entrance requirements to the courses for which they are applying. If either internal or external applicants fail to meet the minimum course requirements they will be given the opportunity of pursuing any alternative courses for which they do meet the minimum academic requirements. Course requirements are publishes annually in the school’s prospectus and on its website.

When Year 12 is undersubscribed all applicants meeting the minimum academic entry requirements will be admitted or permitted to progress.

When there are more external applicants that satisfy any academic entry requirements priority will be given in accordance with the oversubscription criteria set out below.

Where there is space in Year 13, ie where there are few than 120 pupils in the year group, the school will admit additional pupils up to this number using the oversubscription criteria set out below.

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be offered according to the following order of priority. If there is oversubscription within a category, the Board of Directors will give priority firstly to children who will have a brother or sister (see Note 4 above) attending St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College at the time of admission and then secondly to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest distance (see Note 6 above)

Please note that Children with an Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan that names the academy MUST be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to applicants. This is not an oversubscription criteria.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA FOR SIXTH FORM

1. Students who apply with a learning statement of needs or are looked after.

2. Existing Year 11 students from St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College who have satisfied the entry requirements for their chosen courses.

3. Catholic students not currently at St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College who have satisfied the entry requirements for their chosen courses.

4. Non-Catholic students who have had siblings who have attended St Thomas More Catholic School and Sixth Form College in previous years.

5. Non-Catholic students not currently at St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College who have satisfied the entry requirements for their chosen courses. (see note a)

Note a) In the event of there being more applicants than places in this category priority will be given in order of distance from the applicant’s home to the school (shortest distance – highest priority).

APPENDIX DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC” A “Baptised Catholic” is one who: • Has been baptised into full communion (Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 837) with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the various ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome. Written evidence of this baptism can be obtained by recourse to the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the baptism took place (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878). Or

• Has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Rite of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399).

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM The Governing bodies of Catholic schools and Boards of Directors of Catholic Academies will require written evidence in the form of a Certificate of Baptism or Certificate of Reception before applications for school places can be considered for categories of “Baptised Catholics”. A Certificate of Baptism or Reception is to include: the full name, date of birth, date of Baptism or Reception, and parent(s) name(s). The certificate must also show that it is copied from the records kept by the place of Baptism or Reception. Those who would have difficulty obtaining written evidence of Catholic Baptism/Reception for a good reason, may still be considered as Baptised Catholics but only after they have been referred to their parish priest who, after consulting the Vicar General, will decide how the question of Baptism/Reception is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church. Those who would be considered to have good reason for not obtaining written evidence would include those who cannot contact the place of Baptism/Reception due to persecution or fear, the destruction of the church and the original records, or where Baptism/Reception was administered validly but not in the Parish church where records are kept. Governors and Boards of Directors may request extra supporting evidence when the written documents that are produced do not clarify the fact that a person was baptised or received into the Catholic Church, (i.e. where the name and address of the Church is not on the certificate or where the name of the Church does not state whether it is a Catholic Church or not.) St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College

Admission Arrangements for the academic year 2018/2019

Supplementary Information Form The ethos of this school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed in the school’s published admissions policy. The school is conducted by its Board of Directors as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Articles of Association and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. As a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. All parents are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of a parent who is not of the faith to apply for a place for their child at the school.

Child’s Surname:

Child’s First Name(s):

Address:

Contact number:

Please tick the appropriate boxes below: Is the above named child a Baptised Catholic or Yes* No have they been received into the Catholic Church? Is the certificate of Catholic Baptism or Reception Yes No* into the Catholic Church attached?

*A Certificate of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Catholic Church is required in order for the Board of Directors to give the correct priority to an application. Failure to provide evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception in the Church may affect the oversubscription criterion that the child’s name is placed in.

Please note that as well as completing this Supplementary Application Form, parents must also complete the Local Authority’s Common Application Form in order for the application to be complete. This Supplementary Information Form is only for school use and is, in conjunction with the Local Authority’s Common Application Form, to enable the Board of Directors to rank applicants using the published oversubscription criteria: This Supplementary Information Form must be returned directly to Mrs M Kay at St Thomas More Catholic School & Sixth Form College by 31st October 2017.

Please note that this is NOT the local authority’s Common Application Form. As well as completing this Supplementary Application Form and returning it directly to the school, you MUST also complete the local authority’s Common Application Form otherwise your application will be deemed incomplete and therefore invalid.

Admissions Policy 2018

1. General

1.1. Stratford Girls’ Grammar School is designated a single-sex grammar school under Section 104 of the School Standards and Framework Act (1998): it is a selective single sex academy for girls aged between 11 and 18. The Governing Body of the Academy Trust is the Admission Authority and as such has formal responsibility for determining admission arrangements.

1.2. This policy has been drawn up to meet the requirements of the Department for Education School Admissions Code which came into force in December 2014.

2. Year 7 Entry

2.1. Introduction Admission to the School in Year 7 will be determined by a child's performance in the Entrance Test (sometimes referred to as "the 11+" or "the selection test") and the School's oversubscription criteria. The Governing Body participates in Warwickshire County Council's co-ordinated admissions scheme for maintained secondary schools, and Warwickshire County Council's Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) is contracted to administer the Year 7 Admissions Policy and procedures on the school’s behalf.

For 2018, the Governors have determined, in line with the Admissions Code (2014), that the Published Admission Number (PAN) in Year 7 will be 120.

2.2. Eligibility and Oversubscription Criteria in Year 7

Eligibility:

2.2.1. Gender: since Stratford Girls’ Grammar School is a single sex girls’ school, eligibility for entry will be based on the child’s gender being female.

2.2.2. Priority Area: the priority area for Stratford Girls’ Grammar School and King Edward VI School is based on a circle with a radius of 16.885 miles drawn from the Fountain in Rother Street, Stratford-upon-Avon (half-way between the two schools) to the County boundary south of Long Compton. In drawing a priority area in this manner, the schools are able to comply with their duty following the Greenwich Judgement (1989). Evidence will be required to prove that the child is resident within the priority area by the deadline of Friday 29th December 2017. Warwickshire Admissions will require, on behalf of the School, evidence of the applicant’s home address. Parents/carers will be notified each time this is required. The Admissions Service may also carry out a home visit to the family to further verify an applicant’s address. The School reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if it is satisfied that the offer has been made on the basis of an incorrect, fraudulent or misleading application.

2.2.3. Registration for the 11+ Test: the child must have been registered for the 11+ test for the school by the deadline of Friday 7th July 2017 and completed that test; and the parent/carer must have named the school on the Common Application Form, which must have been submitted on time to the home authority. Late 11+ registrations and late secondary school applications will not be considered in the first round of offers.

Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 1

Oversubscription criteria:

2.2.4. There is no guarantee of a place being available, but places up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) during the normal round of admissions (ie the first round of offers published on Thursday 1st March 2018) will be allocated to children in the following order, where they meet the necessary academic and eligibility entry requirements, assuming that an offer from a higher preference has not been made. Those with the highest scores in each category will be given highest priority for a place.

To differentiate in the case of children with the same score in any of the following categories, those who live nearest the School in straight-line distance will be given priority.1 In the case of a tie-break situation where more than one child has achieved the same score, and where all home to school distances are equal, and there are not enough spaces to offer all applicants who fulfil the relevant criteria, the remaining place(s) will be allocated using a computerised random number generator. This process will be carried out by Warwickshire Admissions on behalf of the School, in the presence of a witness from Legal Services who is independent of the school and the admissions process.

The above will also apply to the waiting list after Thursday 1st March 2018.

2.2.5. The automatic qualifying score for this school, for this particular year of entry, will be set by the Committee of Reference during the Local Review Process using the results from the 11+ test. The minimum score for the waiting list for this school, for this particular year of entry, will also be set by the Committee of Reference.

2.2.6. Children with an Education, Health and Care Plan (EHC) or Statement of Special Educational Needs (SEN)2 that names the School will be admitted first, subject to them achieving the automatic qualifying score or above for the School for this particular year of entry. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced. Please see the separate section below regarding arrangements for students with Special Educational Needs taking the Entrance Test at Year 7. Similar arrangements apply to in-year transfers and admissions to the Sixth Form.

2.2.7. Categories 1-5 below relate to children whose 11+ registrations and secondary school applications have been received on time:

2.2.7.1. Category 1: Any Looked-After3 or Previously Looked-After Children4 who either achieve the automatic qualifying score or above for this School for this particular year of entry, or who score up to ten marks below the automatic qualifying score.

2.2.7.2. Category 2: Children who live in the priority area who attract the Pupil Premium via eligibility for Free School Meals5 who achieve the automatic qualifying score or above for this School for this particular year of entry. Up to a total of nineteen places only will be offered to all children in this category (including any

1 Distance from home to school will be measured from the address point location coordinate of the home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centroid of the school. The centroid is a predetermined point. 2 A Statement of Special Educational Need is a statement made by the Local Authority under Section 324 of the Education Act 1996 specifying the educational provision required for that child. An Education, Health and Care Plan is a plan made by the Local Authority under Section 37 of the Children and Families Act 2014 specifying the educational provision required for that child. 3 A Looked-After Child is one who is in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, the Local Authority, as defined by section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989. 4 A Previously Looked-After Child is a child who immediately after being looked-after became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. This includes children who were adopted under the Adoptions Act 1976 (Section 12) and those adopted under the Adoption and Children Act 2002 (Section 46). Child arrangements orders are defined in Section 8 of the Children Act 1989, as amended by Section 12 of the Children and Families Act 2014. Special guardianship orders are defined in Section 14A of the Children Act 1989. 5 Children attracting the Pupil Premium via Free School Meals are those who have been registered for free school meals at any point in the six years prior to the closing date for test registration (Friday 7th July 2017). See Admissions Code (2014) section 1.39A. Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 2

re-offers which are made from the waiting list in this category after Thursday 1 March 2018). Should less than nineteen children in this category achieve the automatic qualifying score or above for this School, for this particular year of entry, places will be offered to children in this category who score up to ten marks below the automatic qualifying score. Warwickshire Admissions will require, on behalf of the school, evidence of Pupil Premium eligibility and the school reserves the right to withdraw the offer of a place if the offer has been made on the basis of an incorrect, fraudulent or misleading application.

2.2.7.3. Category 3: Children who live in the priority area who achieve the automatic qualifying score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry.

2.2.7.4. Category 4: Children living outside of the priority area who achieve the automatic qualifying score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry.

2.2.7.5. Category 5: Children who score below the automatic qualifying score, but above the minimum score for the waiting list score for this school, for this particular year of entry.

2.2.8. Residency requirement The child’s home address is the address where they are living on the date of the application. There is an expectation that the address used to apply for a school place will be the same as the one where the child is living at the start of Year 76. Where parental responsibilities are equally shared, the home address will be considered to be the place where the child sleeps, and spends most of their time, from Monday to Friday. This is the address that will be used to apply the School’s oversubscription criteria, such as distance from the school. Where the home address changes after the start of the autumn term of Year 7, consideration will be given as to the reason why. Where it is considered that the reason for the change of address constitutes the application being fraudulent or intentionally misleading, the place may be withdrawn.

Evidence required: Warwickshire Admissions (Local Authority) will require, on behalf of the School, evidence of the applicant’s home address. They will write at the beginning of December 2017 to all parents who have listed the school as a preference, requesting copies of two documents to confirm the home address. Parents/carers will have fifteen working days to provide proof of the home address. The application will be considered as late if appropriate proof is not provided within fifteen working days. The evidence required is as follows:  Council Tax letter or statement for the current financial year - this must be supplied if you are the council taxpayer; or  Current Housing Benefit letter; or  Utility bill, bank statement, or car insurance documents dated within the last six months. Plus one of the following:  Child Benefit letter for the current financial year; or  Child’s National Health registration card; or  Child Tax Credit Award Notice for the current financial year.  A Bank Account Statement in the child’s name; or  A Child Trust Fund Statement in the child’s name; or

6 If the home address does change after the application or the start of term then the circumstances of the move will be considered in order to determine the legitimacy of the application. Short term house moves to secure a school place will be considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading. Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 3

 A copy of a letter confirming a medical or dental appointment for the child in the previous six months. Please note that these documents will be retained and not returned. Warwickshire Admissions will match each address with the one they have on their database. Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right to carry out random checks at any time and this may include an unannounced home visit.

Moving to a new address: If the home address changes between applying for a school place and Friday 29th December 2017, Warwickshire Admissions must be provided with proof of the new address as detailed above. The child must be living at the new address by Friday 29th December 2017. Applicants may also need to produce evidence that the previous home is no longer used by the family – for example proof that the property has been sold or that a rental agreement has ended. This is to show that the new address is not a temporary arrangement purely to secure a school place.

If the home address changes after Friday 29th December 2017 the new address can only be taken into account after National Offer Day on Thursday 1st March 2018 and the application will be considered in the same way as a late application (ie Category 5).

The School will also check the child’s home address at the time of admission. If it is different from the application address then further checks will be carried out. This will include consideration as to whether or not the address used to make an application was temporary and purely to secure a school place.

If a school place is offered based on fraudulent or intentionally misleading information, the offer may be withdrawn, even if the child has started at the School. Those who submit fraudulent or deliberately misleading applications may also be subject to legal proceedings. If it is discovered that the home address is not in Warwickshire, the application will be withdrawn altogether and the family will then have to apply to their own Local Authority.

2.3. The Entrance Test

2.3.1. Consortium of Grammar Schools This School is part of a consortium of schools using a common Entrance Test on Saturday 9th September 2017 for entry to Year 7 in September 2018. The consortium includes this school, the five other Grammar Schools in Warwickshire (including Ashlawn which as a bilateral school offers selective and non-selective places), and the eight Grammar Schools in Birmingham (these are individual schools but for the purposes of the Entrance Test are collectively known as ‘The Grammar Schools in Birmingham’).

Warwickshire County Council’s Admissions Service (Warwickshire Admissions) operates the Entrance Test along with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. Some parents/carers may be considering listing Grammar Schools in both Warwickshire and Birmingham on their Common Application Form (CAF). As admission to these schools will be determined by the same test, on the same day, it is not possible for students to sit the test more than once. If it is discovered a student has sat the test more than once the score from the earliest test will be used. Parents/carers should be aware that in such situations the application may be considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading and where a place has been offered, it may be withdrawn.

Parents/carers whose children sit the test in Warwickshire may request that their raw score is shared with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. This can be done as part of

Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 4

the registration process. Parents/carers should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Birmingham Grammar School.

Parents/carers whose children sit the test in Birmingham may request that their raw score is shared with Warwickshire Admissions. This can be done as part of the registration process. Parents/carers should only request this if they are considering applying for a place in a Warwickshire Grammar School (including a selective place at Ashlawn School).

In either of these cases parents/carers will receive two sets of results. One set of results will be received from Warwickshire Admissions. A further set of results will be received from The Grammar Schools in Birmingham.

Where a parent/carer indicates after the registration closing date, Friday 7th July 2017, that they wish their child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools of Birmingham, their registration will be considered late for the region they wish their results to be shared with.

2.3.2. Registering for the test Parents/carers living in Warwickshire must register for the test with Warwickshire Admissions. Parents/carers living in Birmingham must register for the test with The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. Parents/carers living in other authorities should register for the test in the region in which they would most like their child to attend a school.

Parents/carers will be able to register for the test from Monday 8th May 2017. It is recommended that parents/carers do this online. Paper copies of the registration form will also be available from Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham. If you are posting a registration form you are strongly advised to take steps to ensure your form is received prior to the deadline, such as recorded delivery. Please ensure that any recorded delivery receipt has the postcode printed electronically on it.

Parents/carers should be aware that registering for the 11+ test is not the same as applying for a school place – see the section ‘Applications for a School Place’ (2.3.9). Parents/carers must submit an application for a place to their home local authority by Tuesday 31st October 2017. Failure to do so will mean your application is considered late even if your 11+ registration was submitted on time.

The closing date for registrations is 4.00 pm on Friday 7th July 2017. All registrations will be acknowledged. If you do not receive an acknowledgement within 14 working days you should contact either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending to whom you originally submitted your registration form).

Details of test venues will be sent to parents/carers by Warwickshire Admissions. This will include a ‘Fit and Well’ sheet which must be brought to the test session with a photograph of the child sitting the test. This photograph must be signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school. Warwickshire Admissions reserves the right to contact your child’s school and to share the photograph with them for the purposes of establishing proof of identity as part of the entrance test process.

Parents/carers registering for the test with The Grammar Schools of Birmingham will receive details of their child’s test venue along with acknowledgement of their registration.

If your registration form is received prior to the closing date but is not fully completed, it will be considered as late. If your form is received after the closing date it will be considered as late. If your child is sitting the test in a Warwickshire venue and you arrive

Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 5

at the test session without a photograph of your child which is signed and dated by the Headteacher of your child’s school7, they will not be able to sit the test on that day and your registration will be considered as late. If you indicate after the registration closing date that you wish for your child’s test score to be shared with either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools of Birmingham, your registration will be considered as late for the region you wish your child’s results to be shared with.

If your registration is considered to be late your child will be tested at the earliest opportunity. It is unlikely that results will be available prior to the deadline of Tuesday 31st October 2017 for submitting an application for a school place.

Those registering late are treated the same as those submitting a late application for a school place and are given a lower priority in this school’s oversubscription criteria than those registering for the test and submitting an application on time. If your registration or application for a school place is late it will affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at the School.

If your form is received after the closing date of 4.00 pm on Friday 7th July 2017 it will only be treated as on time for this school if you can provide evidence of a move of address into the priority area by Friday 29th December 2017.

2.3.3. Candidate age If your daughter was born between 1 September 2006 and 31 August 2007 you may apply for her to sit the test for entry in September 2018. Parents may seek a place for their child outside of their normal age group if they believe their child has exceptional circumstances. Anyone considering making such an application for any year group should follow the relevant application process as detailed in this policy for that year group. The child will be tested in accordance with arrangements set out in the Policy and an admission decision will be taken by the Governing Body of the School as the Admissions Authority based on the circumstance of the case and with reference to the best interests of the child.

2.3.4. The Test The main test session will be on the morning of Saturday 9th September 2017.

There will be two papers, each of approximately 50 minutes. The papers will be divided into smaller, individually timed sections, which test verbal ability, numerical ability and non-verbal ability.

For each paper, the children will be given a question booklet which contains the test questions and a separate answer sheet to mark their answers. The answer sheets will be processed electronically and scanned to make a record of each child’s answers. A familiarisation booklet, containing information about the format of the test and some example questions, will be available on the website and in paper form on request. This will allow children to become familiar with the type of questions likely to be asked and the format of the test booklet and answer sheet, and information about how to write their answers on the answer sheet.

2.3.5. Special Arrangements Parents/carers whose children have a disability and / or require special resources to sit the test must request this in writing by completing a separate form. Parents/carers will be required to describe the child’s disability and/or extra resources required to sit the test and must also supply detailed medical evidence. Every effort will be made to accommodate disabled students sitting the Entrance Test. Forms are available from,

7 If home educated, signed by an individual working in, or retired from, a recognised profession as per the accepted list of counter- signatories for UK passport applications. Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 6

and must be returned to, either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you are registering for the entrance test) by Wednesday 14th June 2017. Please note that this date is earlier than the test registration deadline and that any information provided after this date may not be considered. Parents making such a request will be notified by the end of July 2017 whether or not their request has been agreed.

Parents/carers whose child is not able to sit the test on a Saturday for religious reasons must indicate this when registering for the test, and supply a supporting letter from their religious leader. These children are likely to be tested on Sunday 10th September 2017.

2.3.6. Illness If your child is ill on the test day and is unable to sit the test, you must notify either Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you have registered for the entrance test) by 4.00 pm on Monday 11th September 2017. A medical note (scanned copy, faxed or hand delivered) must be submitted by noon on Wednesday 13th September 2017 for an alternative date to be arranged.

2.3.7. Additional Test Sessions The main supplementary 11+ date will be Tuesday 19th September 2017. Others may be held in late November/early December and late January/early February, primarily to accommodate families moving into the area. Sessions will also be arranged for parents/carers registering for the test after offer day and parents/carers are asked to contact Warwickshire Admissions or The Grammar Schools in Birmingham in these circumstances.

2.3.8. Results Data from all students sitting the test will be used to produce standardised scores. Weightings will be applied to the scores achieved in Verbal Reasoning, Non-Verbal Reasoning and Numeracy.

From Monday 16th October 2017 you will be notified by post of your child’s score in the Entrance Test. Parents/carers who have either registered with Warwickshire Admissions (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with Warwickshire Admissions) will receive the following information from Warwickshire Admissions:

 Your child's total standardised score broken down by performance in Verbal Reasoning, Numeracy, and Non-Verbal Reasoning.  A provisional ranking of where the score places the child out of all children who have sat the test, and within each relevant area (East, South or both).  The automatic qualifying scores and waiting list scores for each Warwickshire Grammar School for the previous year where the same weightings have been applied for the three sections. These can be used for comparison purposes but there can be no guarantee that any child, including those scoring above the required score for previous years, will be offered a Grammar School place.

Parents/carers who have either registered with The Grammar Schools of Birmingham (or have asked that their child’s score be shared with The Grammar Schools of Birmingham) will receive an additional letter showing their child’s test score and the minimum score required for entry in the previous three years, together with the qualifying score for those schools who have set such a score. Warwickshire’s Grammar Schools and The Grammar Schools in Birmingham may choose to use different weightings. This means that if your child receives two results letters, their total scores could be different.

Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 7

2.3.9. Applications for a school place Once parents/carers have received their child’s test result they must apply for a school place via their home local authority (this is the local authority to which you pay your Council Tax). Warwickshire residents can name up to six schools (preferences) on their application form. All local authorities operate an equal preference system and your child will be offered a place at the highest preference possible. What this means is that if you list a Grammar School as your first preference but your child does not do sufficiently well in the Entrance Test, it will not affect the likelihood of your child being offered a place at any other school you have listed.

2.4. Allocation of Places

2.4.1. Once papers have been marked, children are listed in standardised and weighted score order.

2.4.2. Committee of Reference In South Warwickshire the Committee of Reference sets the automatic qualifying score taking account of the applications for the individual schools and the number of places available. The Committee of Reference is a panel of Headteachers and teachers appointed according to terms of reference. The Heads of the selective schools in South Warwickshire or their representatives will be members of the Committee. The Committee also reviews the arrangements made for any children with disabilities or Special Educational Needs.

2.4.3. Automatic Qualifying Score 2.4.3.1. Performance in the Entrance Test and the number of applications for the schools will be used by the Committee of Reference to set the automatic qualifying score. Above and at that qualifying score a child will receive an offer from their highest named preference of selective school (subject to living within the priority area, not being a late entry or having an offer from a higher preference of school).

2.4.3.2. The Committee will consider the descending score order and the number of children applying for each school (living within the priority area and who registered before the closing date) and set the automatic qualifying score as close to the Published Admission Number for the school as possible.

2.4.3.3. The available places will be offered in accordance with the admission criteria in the first round of offers – on National Offer Day, which is Thursday 1st March 2018. Children living outside the priority area will be offered places in the first round only if there are insufficient children of the required level of ability living within the priority area. Children living outside the priority area, late registrations and late applications will normally only be offered places in the second or subsequent round of offers, subject to their position on the waiting list and a vacancy occurring.

2.4.4. No consideration will be given in the case of twins (or triplets etc) where one child has been allocated a place because they scored above the automatic qualifying score but the other(s) was/were below it.

2.4.5. Waiting lists After the initial round of offers, made on Thursday 1st March 2018, further places may become available – if, for example, parents/carers take up places for their daughter at another school. These places will be offered from the waiting list, up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) of the School, in line with the reallocation dates as outlined in the coordinated scheme.

Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 8

The waiting list order will follow the same criteria as outlined in Categories 1-5 above, but will also include any applicant who registered late for the 11+ test, or who submitted a late secondary school application.

Any child who is made an offer for a school which was listed lower on their secondary school application than Stratford Girls’ Grammar School will automatically be added to the waiting list, provided that the child achieved the minimum waiting list score or above for this school, for this particular year of entry, in the 11+ test.

In accordance with the Admissions Code (2014), waiting lists will be held for one term until Monday 31st December 2018. Children aged 12 or under will continue to be tested using the CEM Centre 11+ test until the waiting list is dissolved on Monday 31st December 2018. (Please note that children already aged 12 or over will have the oldest age weighting applied to their score and will then be ranked against the other children who have taken the test).

After Monday 31st December 2018, the CEM Centre 11+ test will continue to be used for children under the age of 12. For children aged 12 or over the School will instead arrange for them to sit tests in English and Mathematics to judge academic suitability against the rest of the cohort. See Section 3 - In-Year Applications for Years 7 to 11.

2.4.6. Offers Offers will be made on Thursday 1st March 2018 by the child’s home authority as per the co-ordinated secondary school scheme with neighbouring authorities. Subject to the arrangements of the home authority, parent/carers will be expected to accept the offer within two weeks of the offer being made. A further letter reminding parent/carers will be sent before the child is withdrawn from the offer lists. As well as the offer from their home authority, parents/carers who registered with Warwickshire Admissions will received an additional letter confirming the child’s score, along with the qualifying scores and minimum waiting list scores for each Warwickshire Grammar School.

2.4.7. Appeals The parent/carers of all children refused places will be notified of their right of appeal via their home Admissions Service. Appeals are held before an independent panel.

2.4.8. Admissions above the Published Admission Number (PAN) Under the Admissions Code (2014), Admissions Authorities including Stratford Girls’ Grammar School may admit above their PAN. If they do so, they must notify the Local Authority of their intention to do so. They may also admit above PAN in-year.

2.4.9. Fair Access Protocol (FAP) Warwickshire Local Authority has developed a FAP with Headteachers. Stratford Girls’ Grammar School has adopted the protocol and its provisions are recognised by the School as the Admissions Authority and incorporated into these admission arrangements.

2.5. Information and Important Dates for Parents

2.5.1. During the summer term of 2017 parents/carers of all the children in Year 5 in Warwickshire primary/ junior schools will be issued with a leaflet, relevant to their area, about the process of selection. Parents/carers will be asked to register if they want their child to be tested or not. Parent/carers of children not attending those schools can contact the Warwickshire Admissions to request that information or visit the Warwickshire Admissions website from Monday 8th May 2017.

2.5.2. Parents/carers whose children have a disability and/or require special resources to sit the Entrance Test must complete a supplementary form as well as a registration form

Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 9

and submit these to Warwickshire Admissions or the Grammar Schools in Birmingham (depending with whom you are registering for the Entrance Test) by Wednesday 14th June 2017.

2.5.3. The closing date for registering for selection tests for all the selective schools in Warwickshire is Friday 7th July 2017. Registration after that date will be considered as late. An exception will be made for parent/carers who can provide evidence of a move of address into the priority area by Friday 29th December 2017. Late registrations will only be considered after the first round of offers and may not be tested before the National Offer Day.

2.5.4. The main testing session will take place on the morning of Saturday 9th September 2017.

2.5.5. Applications will be made on the home authority’s Common Application Forms as part of the co-ordinated process with neighbouring authorities. As set out in the Schools Admissions Code (2014), 31st October 2017 is the national closing date for secondary applications. Applications received after this date will be considered late and will be given a lower priority for places. An exception will be made for children moving into the priority area where independent evidence can be provided by Friday 29th December 2017.

3. In-Year Applications for Years 7 to 11

3.1. Change of School application forms must be submitted to Warwickshire Admissions. These will be processed on a first-come first-served basis. If two or more applications are received on the same day, a random generator will be used to determine which application is processed first. Children who are over 12 years and have not previously been tested and who are applying for a place after the waiting list has been dissolved on Monday 31st December 2018 will be required to take tests in English and Mathematics arranged by the School. A place will be offered, subject to availability, if the applicant’s performance satisfies the School’s Admissions Committee that the pupil’s ability is commensurate with that of the cohort into which she is seeking admission.

3.2. New applications from children who have already been tested and refused entry as non-qualifiers will generally be considered by taking into account the existing test results and newer evidence of the child’s ability and performance in the non-selective school. A retest will be used only where there are grounds and evidence to doubt the validity of the original tests in determining the applicant’s aptitude. No waiting lists are held by the school after 31st December of Year 7.

3.3. Any place offered must be taken up within six school weeks of the offer having been made. In the event of this not happening, the offer is void.

3.4. Appeals The parent/carers of all children refused places will be notified that they have a right of appeal through an independent appeal panel. For children not qualifying for places the appeal will take account of the compatibility of the child’s position in the process. If there are insufficient applicants reaching the appropriate level, the School does not have to fill all the places. Therefore, the case for prejudice to the efficient education or the efficient use of resources will only be considered once the School is full in the appropriate year group.

4. Sixth Form Entry Requirements

Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 10

4.1. Stratford Girls’ Grammar School has a single-sex Sixth Form (“Shottery Sixth Form”) and welcomes applications for entry from external candidates.

4.2. The priority circle does not apply for entry into the Sixth Form. Students may be admitted into the Sixth Form irrespective of where they live, but they must be able to attend School from 8.55am to 3.55pm each day, and be prepared to play a full part in the life of the School.

4.3. Entry Criteria - Internal and External Applicants

4.3.1. The Published Admission Number (PAN) for external students joining Year 12 in 2018 is 50, giving a planned cohort size of 125.8 4.3.2. Entry to Year 12 is on the basis of academic ability demonstrated by achievement at GCSE. Confirmed places in Year 12 can therefore only be allocated following GCSE Results Day in August. 4.3.3. To obtain a place in Year 12 students require a minimum of 54 points from their best eight GCSE results9 using the new GCSE points system of Grades 9-1(For GCSEs receiving grades from the previous grading system the following conversions will apply: A*=8, A=7, B=6, C=5 etc.) 4.3.4. All SGGS Year 11 (ie students in Year 11 at Stratford Girls’ Grammar School) who meet the Entry Criteria will automatically obtain a place.

4.4. Oversubscription criteria

4.4.1. There is no guarantee of a place being available in Year 12. Following publication of GCSE results, places up to the Published Admission Number (PAN) will be allocated to students who meet the Entry Criteria in the following order, subject to maximum set sizes not being exceeded in individual subjects:

4.4.1.1 Category 1: Any Looked-After or Previously Looked-After Children10 who meet the Entry Criteria. In the case of a tie-break situation where two or more applicants have met the criteria equally the remaining place(s) will be allocated, subject to maximum set sizes not being exceeded in individual subjects, by the use of a random number generator.

4.4.1.2 Category 2: External applicants who meet the Entry Criteria. Following the publication of GCSE results in August 2018, external applicants who meet the Entry Criteria will be ordered according to the total points from their best eight GCSE results. Places in Year 12 will then be offered in order of priority, subject to maximum set sizes not being exceeded in individual subjects. In the case of a tie-break situation where two or more applicants have met the criteria equally, the remaining place(s) will be allocated, subject to maximum set sizes not being exceeded in individual subjects, by the use of a random number generator.

8 Under the Admissions Code (2014), Admission Authorities including Stratford Girls’ Grammar School may admit above their PAN. If they do so, they must notify the Local Authority of their intention to do so. They may also admit above PAN in-year. 9If applicants for sixth form are holding qualifications other than GCSES (for example if they have been educated outside of the English education system) their qualifications will be assessed against GCSE points scores in accordance with guidance from UK NARIC (the designated United Kingdom national agency for the recognition and comparison of international qualifications and skills) and their application ranked against the oversubscription criteria accordingly. In these circumstances, each individual subject qualification will be accepted as one of the best eight GCSEs (up to a maximum of 9 points per qualification).

10 See footnotes 3 and 4 above for definitions of these terms. Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 11

4.4.2. It is important to note that as a result of over-subscription, we may not able to offer places to all external applicants who meet the minimum Entry Criteria. A waiting list will be compiled of external applicants who, in accordance with the criteria given above, cannot initially be offered places.

4.4.3. The School’s Admissions Committee will make the final decision on admissions to Year 12.

4.5. Application Procedures

4.5.1. A Sixth Form Open Evening will be held on Thursday 2nd November 2017, and advertised in the local press and on the School website. Details about the Sixth Form and our courses will be available from the School and on the School’s website.

4.5.2. External applicants must complete an Application Form and return it to the Head of Sixth Form at any time between the Sixth Form Open Evening and the deadline, which is 12.00 noon Friday 12th January 2018

4.5.3. External applicants are required to submit predicted grades supplied by their current school with their applications. The School uses the predicted grades to determine the relative position of each student within the cohort. Those at the top of the cohort, and therefore most likely to receive offers of places in Year 12 following GCSE Results Day, are sent invitations to Induction by Friday 16th March 2018 and invited to attend for a pre-Sixth Form meeting at the School to discuss their individual requirements and subject choices. Please note that an invitation is not an offer of a place as places in Year 12 are only allocated on the basis of GCSE results published in August (see 4.4) and the pre-Sixth Form meeting has no bearing on the allocation of places.

4.5.4. Girls currently in Stratford Girls' Grammar School (SGGS) Year 11 must complete a Transition Form and return it to the Head of Sixth Form at any time between the Sixth Form Open Evening and the deadline, which is 12.00 noon Friday 12th January 2018.

4.5.5. Applications received after 12.00 noon on Friday 12th January 2018 will still be considered. However, once conditional offers have been made, late applicants will have to wait until the publication of GCSE results and the allocation of places (see 4.4).

4.5.6. SGGS Year 11 and external applicants will be invited to attend a Sixth Form Induction held in the summer term.

4.5.7. Following the publication of GCSE results, any SGGS Year 11 student who does not meet the Entry Criteria will be counselled about her options post-16.

4.6. Appeals

All applicants refused places will be notified that they have a right of appeal through an independent appeal panel. For applicants not qualifying for places the appeal will take account of the compatibility of the applicant’s position in the process. If there are insufficient applicants meeting the entry requirements, the School does not have to fill all the places. Therefore, the case for prejudice to the efficient education or the efficient use of resources will only be considered once Year 12 has reached the Published Admission Number.

Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 12

5. Transport

5.1. It is strongly recommended that parents/applicants establish the cost and availability of transport to the School if it is intended to use a bus or train service (public or otherwise), before application is made for admission. Further information on Warwickshire transport policy and application process can be found on the Warwickshire County Council website.

Stratford Girls’ Grammar School: Admissions Policy 2018 13

POLICY DOCUMENT

Stratford-upon-Avon School is a company limited by guarantee, registered in England and Wales under number 7690776, whose registered office is Stratford-upon-Avon School, Alcester Road, Stratford-upon-Avon, Warwickshire CV37 9DH

Policy Title ADMISSIONS POLICY

Policy Reference SUAS.P.1411.ADM02

DISCLOSABLE UNDER FREEDOM OF Yes / No Yes INFORMATION ACT 2000 TO BE PUBLISHED ON WEBSITE Yes / No Yes

POLICY OWNERSHIP Governor Committee: Pastoral Committee Department responsible: Pastoral Post-holder: (Title and Name) Deputy Head - Pastoral LINKED PROCEDURES REF: Responsible Person - Procedures N/A

POLICY IMPLEMENTATION DATE: July 2017 PLANNED REVIEW INTERVAL: 1 Year PLANNED NEXT REVIEW DATE: July 2018

Stratford-upon-Avon School welcomes comments and suggestions from the public and staff about the contents and implementation of this policy. Please write to the Compliance Manager at the school address or email your comment to [email protected].

Admissions Policy 2017 Page 1 i. POLICY OUTLINE The Governing Body of Stratford upon Avon School Trust is the admission authority for the school. Stratford upon Avon School’s admission arrangements are part of the Warwickshire County Council co- ordinated scheme.

ii. PURPOSE The purpose of this policy is to state the schools policy for admissions into year 7 and in year access to years 7-11. It does not cover admission into the sixth form.

iii. IMPLICATIONS OF POLICY

Compliance with the requirements laid out by the Department of Education Schools Admission Code February 2012.

This policy has a strong implication for the budget.

iv. EQUALITY ANALYSIS Every policy will be subject to an Equality Analysis (EA) completed by the policy writer, which should be circulated to all those being consulted, with the draft policy.

v. CONSULTATION Consultation will be with the Pastoral Committee and all other major stakeholders in line with Department of Education guidance. Presentation for approval by the Governing Body.

vi. PROCEDURE Procedure is the method by which the strategic intent of the policy is realised, and is thus an ‘instruction manual’ on how the policy outcome is to be achieved. The development or amendment of the procedure is at a tactical / operational level. There is therefore no necessity for active referral to the Governing Body unless the policy intent has been altered. If there is significant change to the procedure element of the policy there may be a requirement to engage in the consultation process and refer to the Governing Body.

vii. RELATED POLICIES AND PROCEDURES  Behaviour Policy  Learning Support Policy

viii. DOCUMENT HISTORY The policy will be subject to regular review once ratified by the Governing Body. The history of the policy will be recorded using the chart following:

Date Author /Reviewer Amendment(s) Approval/ adoption date 1st May 2013 G Mellor Policy creation for Academy 1st May 2013

19 Nov 2014 Governors Update dates 19 November 2014

25 Jan 2016 K Berwick Updated 15 March 2016

May 2017 K Berwick Updated only the dates in the 11 July 2017 policy

Admissions Policy 2017 Page 2 Admissions Policy Years 7 to 11 – September 2018 entry.

All admissions to Stratford upon Avon School are administered by the Local Authority. The School’s Published Admission Number is 290. Details of the School’s priority area can be found on the Warwickshire County Council Website http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions In the event of more applications than places being available (Planned Admission Number 290), the following oversubscription criteria will be used.

Please note that children with a statement of Special Educational Needs or Education, Health and Care Plan that names a school must be admitted. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced.

1. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority (under Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted or became subject to a Residence Order or Special Guardianship Order.

2. Children living in the priority area given in the area booklet who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission.

3. Other children living in the priority area given in the area booklet.

4. Children of staff employed at the school for two or more years at the time the application is made, or those recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skills shortage.

5. Children from outside the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission.

6. Other children living outside the priority area.

Within each criterion priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and school. (Shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the centre of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of Stratford upon Avon School. (All measurements are subject to prepositional accuracy changes). This applies equally to those living inside and outside the County boundary. (The priority area is as defined in the Secondary Schools in Central Area booklet).

Appeals

Parents will be informed by their home authority of their statutory right of appeal when they receive the outcome of their applications. Parents can appeal for any preference expressed, but not allocated, even if it was a lower preference than the one offered. Appeal forms are available from the Local Authority.

Waiting Lists

These will be held by the Local Authority, who administer the admissions process for Stratford upon Avon School, as detailed in the Secondary Schools in Southern Area Admissions booklet available from Warwickshire County Council. Waiting lists are compiled in strict priority order against the published oversubscription criteria. Offers will be made from the waiting list as vacancies arise. A child’s position can move both up and down the waiting list as other students are added to the list. Late applicants are not penalised when added to the waiting list and the amount of time a child has been on a school’s waiting list is irrelevant. Waiting lists for year 7 will be held until the end of the autumn term. The parents of all children on the list will then be contacted and asked if they wish their child to remain on the list. Parents must respond within the relevant timescale. If they do not register their continued interest the child will be removed from the relevant list.

In Year Admissions

Admissions Policy 2017 Page 3 Parents should apply directly to Warwickshire County Council.

In Year Fair Access Protocol The School adopts Warwickshire County Council’s Protocol.

Definitions applying to the criteria

Looked after children Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by a local authority (under section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence Order or Special Guardianship Order)

Sibling i.e. brother or sister attending the school at the time of admission Sibling is defined in these arrangements as a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step-brother or sister or the child of parents’ partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that sibling.

Children of Staff Staff are employees of the school who have worked at the school for two years or more.

Definition of Home Address Where the child normally resides/sleeps when he/she attends school. Addresses involved in child minding arrangements (professional or with relatives) are excluded. Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address that place is liable to be withdrawn.

Separated Parents Where a child lives with two parents in separate addresses the qualifying address will be the one where the child spends (i.e. sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses the parents themselves will need to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school admission purposes. In the event of disputes between parents, there is an expectation that parents will resolve these amongst themselves and make single applications which both are in agreement with.

Admissions above PAN Children with a statement of Special Educational Needs that names the school will be admitted. If the school is full in a particular year group a place can be offered provided that: a) no other applicants have been refused places in the same year group- wherever they live b) the child is living or moving into the school’s priority area (proof of address will be required) c) the local authority and the schools admission authority are in agreement.

Due to the operation of a waiting list it is not normally possible to offer additional places as other applicants will have been refused places in the same year group. However, if the Local Authority and the school’s admission authority agree, then all applicants on the waiting list, or groups of children falling under a particularly high criterion (such as out of area with siblings) may be offered a place.

Admission above PAN for Looked After Children Except where a child is placed in an emergency no care placement should be made without the education element being satisfactorily arranged. Where the placement has had to be made in an emergency and education has not been secured, or where educational provision breaks down the Local Authority will secure an educational placement within 20 school days.

Under Age and Over Age Applications Stratford upon Avon School have adopted Warwickshire County Council’s policy in that all children should be educated within their appropriate age group. In rare cases where it might not be appropriate for a child to be educated in the normal year group, there is a detailed process to consider the child’s physical, emotional and social maturity before any decisions are made by the Head Teacher. Children of UK Personnel (UK Armed Forces)

Admissions Policy 2017 Page 4 For families of service personnel with a confirmed posting to their area, a place will be allocated in advance if accompanied by an official Government letter which declares a relocation date and Unit postal address or quartering area address which can be used for the allocation against the relevant oversubscription criteria.

Late Applications Late applications will only be considered after the applications received by the closing dates (on time applications).

Late Applications due to an impending move Offers of places will take account of a future move involving the child’s address only if it can be confirmed before the deadline (as set by Warwickshire County Council) i.e. if parents can provide independent proof of the move, such as a tenancy agreement that terminates after the start of the autumn term or proof that there has been an exchange of contracts in the purchase of a house. After this date parents should contact the school direct.

Timetable for 2018 entry as detailed in the Secondary Schools Central Area Admissions booklet available from WCC – Warwickshire Admissions Service has made arrangements for parents to apply electronically “on line” for places via www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions.

Admissions Policy 2017 Page 5

Admissions Policy (2018 entry)

Review Period: Annually – Autumn Term Review By: Leadership Group & P&R

Contents:

Admission Arrangements School’s Priority Area Reserve Lists Appeals Procedure

SP12 Admissions 2017-18 1 Reviewed & Approved by Governors, Date: Feb17 Next Review Date: Dec 17 2017

Admission Arrangements

Students will be considered for admission, without reference to ability or aptitude, on the following criteria. These are in accordance with Warwickshire L.A. The agreed Entry Capacity for each Year Group is 150.

Warwickshire L.A. Admissions administer applications for places in Year 7 for the following year.

Criteria for admission in the event of over-subscription

i. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority (under Section 22 of the Children Act 1989). ii. Children living in the priority area who will have a sibling at the school at the time of admission. iii. Other pupils living in the priority area. iv. Children living outside the priority area who will have a sibling at the school at the time of admission. v. Other children living outside the priority area.

Within these criteria first priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the centre of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (“centroid”) of the school. (All measurements are subject to prepositional accuracy changes). This applies equally to those living inside and outside the County’s boundary.

Studley High School’s Priority Area

The parishes of Morton Bagot (northern tip only). Sambourne (including Middletown and Littlewood Green but excluding the village of Sambourne), Studley and Mappleborough Green.

Definitions applying to all the criteria

Definition of sibling

Brother or sister attending the school at the time of admission: Sibling refers to a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step brother or sister, or the child of the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that child.

A sibling connection will not be accepted if the original place was obtained by using fraudulent or false information.

Definition of Home Address:

Where the child normally resides/sleeps when s/he attends schools. Addresses involved in child minding arrangements (professional or with relatives) are excluded.

N.B. Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address that place is liable to be withdrawn.

SP12 Admissions 2017-18 2 Reviewed & Approved by Governors, Date: Feb17 Next Review Date: Dec 17 2017

Flats/Apartments

Where applications are made from the same multiple dwelling sharing a single PAF or Postal Address File (the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address as set by Ordnance Survey), such applications in a single criterion will be considered initially by distance between the PAF and the school in the normal way. Where there are insufficient places to admit all those applicants, the individual priority for each applicant will be set by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out by two officers of the Admissions Service, Children, Young People and Families Directorate in the presence of the Senior Solicitor, Legal Services, Performance and Development Directorate. The order of draw will be recorded and countersigned at the time. NB Any further offers made at a later time from the waiting list will be freshly drawn in the same manner.

Split Parents

Where a child lives with two parents in separate addresses, the qualifying address will be that where the child spends (i.e. sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses the parents themselves will need to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school admission purposes.

Twins, Triplets etc.

Where the final place in a year group is offered to one of twins (or triplets etc) it is normally our policy to admit the other twin, etc. too, even if that means going above the admission number.

Admissions above PAN

Looked after children: Except where a child is placed in an emergency, no care placement should be made by Social Services without the education element being satisfactorily arranged. Where the placement has had to be made in an emergency, and education has not been secured, or where education provision breaks down, then local authorities must secure an educational placement within 20 school days.

Moves of care placement can occur outside the normal admissions round when many schools are full. To avoid delays necessitated by the local appeals procedure Studley High School may admit, without appeal, looked after children from within the priority area even though the admission limit has already been reached or exceeded.

Exclusion: Pupils who are permanently excluded from school are referred to Area Behaviour Management Panels in order that consideration can be given as to the appropriateness of a return to mainstream school. On the recommendation of the Behaviour Management Panel, schools may offer places to previously excluded pupils even though the school is full in the year group.

Managed Moves: On the recommendation of the Behaviour Management Panel, schools may offer places to pupils on a Managed Move even though the school is full in the year group.

“Children with a statement of special educational needs that names Studley High School will be admitted. This may reduce the number of places available to applicants.”

SP12 Admissions 2017-18 3 Reviewed & Approved by Governors, Date: Feb17 Next Review Date: Dec 17 2017

Offers of places in the secondary transfer group (for entry in September 2018) will be posted to the child’s home address on 1st March 2018.

The date for the return of application forms to the Admissions Service by 31st October 2017.

If the school is full in the year group another place can be offered provided that:

 no other applicants have been refused places in the same year group – wherever they live  the child is living or moving into the school’s priority area  the school is willing.

Under Age and Over Age applications

It is the policy of Studley High School, and that of the Warwickshire County Council Education Services, that all children should be educated within their appropriate age group. In a very few rare cases where it might not be appropriate for the child to be in their age appropriate year group, there is a detailed process to consider the child’s physical, emotional and social maturity before any decisions are made.

Late applications

Late applications will be considered only after the applications received by the closing dates.

Late applications because of an impending move: Offers of places will take account of a future move involving the child’s address only if it can be confirmed before 4th February, 2018 i.e. if the parent can provide independent evidence of the move tenancy agreement [terminating beyond the start of the autumn term] or exchange of house contracts).

Reserve or Waiting Lists for Transfer and Entry groups:

Currently, parents refused a place can request a place on a waiting list. It is proposed to make the waiting lists automatic so that parents no longer have to refresh their interest. Any child who is refused a place at a school (in Warwickshire) of a higher preference than the school which is offered will be added to the waiting list/s automatically.

Applications for places in Years 8-11 should be made directly to the school. Should a place not be available pupils’ names will be kept on a waiting list and, as with Year 7, the waiting list will exist only until the start of the Autumn Term. Any vacancies which occur in the appropriate year group will be re-offered to children on the waiting lists.

Vacancies occurring will be offered in the order of the published criteria for admission. The amount of time a child’s name has been on the list is not relevant and parents should be aware that a child’s position in the list can alter.

SP12 Admissions 2017-18 4 Reviewed & Approved by Governors, Date: Feb17 Next Review Date: Dec 17 2017

Appeals Procedure

• Where the appropriate Year group is oversubscribed, an Admission Appeals Panel will consider any appeals against the initial decision not to offer a place. The Panel’s decision is final. • Applications to Appeal should be made to the School. • The Admission Appeals Panel is convened as required throughout the year within 30 days of the formal request. • Applicants may only re-appeal during the current academic year if there is a significant change of circumstances e.g. change of address. • Appeals for pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Needs should be addressed to the Assessment, Statementing and Review Service for advice.

Admissions for Years 8 - 11

Studley High School’s main admissions take place in Year 7 and the school is normally full throughout the following years. For all Years other than Year 7, offers of places for September, should there be any available, will be made during the week prior to the May Day Bank Holiday.

SP12 Admissions 2017-18 5 Reviewed & Approved by Governors, Date: Feb17 Next Review Date: Dec 17 2017

The Avon Valley School

and

Performing Arts College

Admission Arrangements

2018/2019

Admission to The Avon Valley School and Performing Arts College

The Governing Body of The Avon Valley School, being the admissions authority for the School, wish to inform all relevant parties of the following arrangements for the academic year 2017/2018. The school’s admissions arrangements are part of the Warwickshire County Council’s Coordinated Scheme.

Agreed Admission Number

The standard admissions number for Year 7 at The Avon Valley School and Performing Arts is 220. Of these places, a maximum of 10% will be offered to those students who have the highest level of aptitude in the Performing Arts as measured by The Avon Valley Performing Arts Selection Process (see Appendix 1)

Admissions Criteria

Applications are welcome from the whole of the Eastern Area as defined by the Local Authority.

Children with Statements of Special Educational Need

The Avon Valley School and Performing Arts College will admit applicants that name Avon Valley School and who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education and Health Care (EHC) Plan first. Such applicants do not form part of The Avon Valley School’s oversubscription criteria. The number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced by the number of such applicants admitted.

In the event of oversubscription the following criteria will apply: -

1. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

2. Children living in the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission.

3. Children who have been successful in The Avon Valley Performing Arts Selection Process, up to a maximum of 22 children.

4. Where the child is the son/daughter of a permanent member of staff at the school who has been employed for a period of more that two academic years at the time when the application is made.

5. Other children living in the priority area.

6. Children living outside the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission.

7. Other children living outside the priority area

Priority Areas

The priority area for this school can be viewed on the Warwickshire County Council website at: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/mapsecondaryschools

Within these criteria, first priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and school (shortest distance = highest priority). Distance will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of the school in question. (The centroid is a predetermined point set by Warwickshire County Council and all distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data).

Aptitude for Performing Arts

The school is designated as a having a specialism in the Performing Arts. Therefore, up to 22 places will be available to children who demonstrate aptitude in a selection process to be conducted at the school in September 2018:

 Should fewer than 22 children apply for these places, or achieve the minimum standard, the unfilled places will be allocated in accordance with the standard admissions criteria.  In the event of equal ranking, places will be allocated in accordance with the distance criterion  If a child is not allocated one of the 22 specialist places, the application will still be considered in accordance with the school’s admission criteria as above.  An applicant for a place under Avon Valley School’s Performing Arts Aptitude Selection Process will be required to attend the selection process at Avon Valley School. The results of this selection process will determine the offer of places under criterion 3 of the over subscription criteria.  The Avon Valley School’s Performing Arts Aptitude Selection Process will be administered on Friday 28th and Saturday 29th September 2018  Applicants will be informed of the outcome of Avon Valley School’s Performing Arts Aptitude Selection Process in writing before 15th October 2018.

Applications to sit the test must be made by 24th September 2018 using the school’s supplementary form, which is available on the school website.

NB: Parents who apply for their child to sit the aptitude test are still required to make an application for the school using the Warwickshire preference form.

Children with Statements of Special Educational Need

The Avon Valley School and Performing Arts College will admit applicants that name Avon Valley School and who have a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education and Health Care (EHC) Plan first. Such applicants do not form part of The Avon Valley School’s oversubscription criteria. The number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced by the number of such applicants admitted.

Exclusion

Pupils who are permanently excluded from school are referred to Area Behaviour Management Panels in order that consideration can be given as to the appropriateness of a return to mainstream school. On the recommendation of the Behaviour Management Panel, schools may offer places to previously excluded pupils even though the school is full in the year group.

Definitions Applicable to all admission criteria

 Looked After Children in Public Care:

i.e. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority (under Section 22 of the Children Act 1989). A ‘looked after child’ is only considered as such if the local authority confirms he or she will be in public care when he or she is admitted to a school.

 Definition of sibling/brother or sister attending the school at the time of admission:

Sibling refers to a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step brother or sister, or the parent/carer’s partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit at the same address as that child.

A sibling connection will not be accepted if the original place was obtained using fraudulent or false information.

 Definition of Home Address:

Where the child normally resides / sleeps when they attend school. Addresses involved in child-minding arrangements, whether with professional child-minders, friends or relatives, are excluded.

Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address that place can be withdrawn. This includes situations where the address used to allocate a place changes prior to the place being taken up.

There is also an expectation that a child will be resident at the address used to allocate a place from the start of term and will continue to reside at that address for a reasonable period of time. All circumstances surrounding the application will be taken into account in deciding whether or not this requirement has been met.

Short-term house moves which occur only to secure a school place and which are considered fraudulent or intentionally misleading may therefore result in the place being withdrawn.

 Postal Address File (PAF) The address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address as set by Ordnance Survey.

 Flats/ Apartments:

Applications made from the same multiple dwelling sharing a single Postal Address File (PAF) / Other applications where the distance from home to school is identical Where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out independently of the school.

 Separated Parents Where a child lives with two parents in separate addresses the qualifying address will be that where the child spends (ie sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses, the parents themselves will need to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school admission purposes.

 Twins, Triplets etc Where the final place in a year group is offered to one of twins (or triplets etc) it is normally our policy to admit the other twin etc. too, even if that means going above the admission number.

The multiple births must all be born in the same academic year for this to apply. It does not apply to “conceptual twins”, etc born in different year groups.

Admissions above PAN

Looked After Children in Public Care i.e. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority (under Section 22 of the Children Act 1989). Except where a child is placed in an emergency, no care placement should be made without the education element being satisfactorily arranged. Where the placement has had to be made in an emergency, and education has not been secured, or where educational provision breaks down, then local authorities must secure an educational placement within 20 school days.

Moves of care placement can occur outside the normal admissions round when many schools are full. To avoid delays necessitated by the local appeals procedure Community and Controlled schools are being asked to admit, without appeal, looked after children from within their priority area even though their admission limit has already been reached or exceeded.

If the school is full in the year group another place can be offered provided that:

 no other applicants have been refused places in the same year group – wherever they live  the child is living or moving into the school’s priority area (evidence required)  the admission will not breach the class size limit for infants  the school is willing.

Applications for children to be taught out of year group

In some situations parents applying for a school place may wish to request that their child is admitted to a school outside of their normal year group – for example if they are moving from overseas and there child has not been educated in the English school system. In such situations parents should make this request on the application form.

Waiting Lists

 Any child who is refused a place at this school will be automatically added to the school’s waiting lists. Waiting lists will be held by Warwickshire’s Admissions Service.

 Waiting lists are compiled in strict priority order against the published oversubscription criteria. Offers will be made from the waiting lists as vacancies arise. A child’s position can move both up and down the waiting list as other students are added to the list. Late applicants are not penalised when added to waiting lists, and the amount of time a child has been on a school’s waiting list is irrelevant.

 Waiting lists will be held until the end of the Autumn term. Parents / Carers will be responsible for contacting Warwickshire’s Admissions Service should they wish for their child to remain on the waiting list and will be required to complete a new in-year application form.

Appeals Procedure

Any parent whose child is refused a place at this school has the right to appeal the decision. Appeals are administered by Warwickshire County Council and can be lodged at: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

In-Year Admissions

Parents should apply directly to Warwickshire County Council which coordinates in-year admission arrangements.

In-Year Fair Access Protocol

The Avon Valley School participates fully in Warwickshire’s In-Year Fair Access Protocol.

Consultation

Governors recognise their duty to consult annually with the Local Authority and with other schools within the Local Authority regarding admissions arrangements, at which time this policy will be reviewed.

Appendix 1

The Avon Valley School and Performing Arts College

Selection Procedure for students based on Aptitude in the Performing Arts

The Avon Valley School is a specialist Performing Arts College and as a result of this is able to select 10% of students based on their aptitude in one or more of the three Performing Arts disciplines Dance, Drama or Music.

A student with aptitude is one who is identified as being able to benefit from teaching in the Performing Arts subjects of Drama, Dance or Music or who demonstrates a particular capacity to succeed in one or more of these subjects. Through a workshop the school will assess whether the applicants have an aptitude for a subject by determining whether they demonstrate a particular capacity to learn or to develop skills in the Performing Arts, and can benefit from the particular expertise and facilities at the school.

There will be workshop assessment in all three disciplines including a formal listening exercise in Music. The assessment will be objective, have a distinctive subject focus and will not discriminate against applicants in any way, including on the grounds of ethnic origin, disability or family background. The assessment will only assess aptitude in the three disciplines of Music, Dance or Drama and not ability or aptitude in any other subject.

Up to twenty two students will be selected on their aptitude in any one discipline or a combination of the three disciplines

Students will be required to attend a practical workshop-based session at the school. These will be held on the following dates and applicants will be allocated a date and time to attend:

Friday 28th September 2018 from 2.00 - 4.00 p.m. Saturday 29th September 2018 from 10.00 - 12.00 a.m.

Due to the nature of the assessment which is partially done through group auditions, it is not possible for students to be assessed separately after these dates.

The subject areas will be assessed in four common ways:

 Performance  Composition  Appreciation  Personal Skills

Assessment criteria have been written for each subject area but these and the tasks will be given on the day and not in advance to prevent prior training or coaching of applicants. Students applying for musical aptitude should prepare a short piece to perform on any instrument (including voice).

Quality and fairness will be assured with a specialist teacher from the school leading the workshop assessment whilst another specialist teacher observes and assesses.

If you feel that the assessment has been conducted unfairly in any way, you may address your complaint in the first instance to: The Chair of the Admissions Committee, c/o The Avon Valley School and Performing Arts College, Newbold Road, Rugby, CV21 1EH.

The Coleshill School: An 11-19 Business and Enterprise Academy Admissions Policy

The Local Authority(s) facilitate the process of consultation on admission arrangements for The Coleshill School.

The School Admissions Service have arranged for all admission arrangements to be posted on their Local authority website e.g. warwickshire.gov.uk and, in accordance with statutory requirements, this allows full consultation to take place with parents, other schools, religious authorities and the local community (for more information visit their website)

ADMISSION CRITERIA If The Coleshill School receive more applications than there are places available, they will apply the oversubscription criteria which will be used to decide who will be offered a place, and the ranking of the waiting list. Places at the school will be offered based on the following order of priority.

1. Looked after or previously Looked After Children and children with an existing statement or EHC plan naming The Coleshill School 2. Children with a sibling, including step-siblings, already at the school who will still be in attendance in years 8-11 inclusive and who live in the priority area 3. Children who live within the priority area (*see below) 4. Children who live outside the priority area with a sibling, including step-siblings, already at the school who will still be in attendance in years 8-11 inclusive 5. Children who do not apply in any of the above criteria and attend Year 6 in the primary schools within the Coleshill Learning Community (Coleshill CE Primary School, Shustoke CE Primary, St Edwards’ RC Primary, Water Orton Primary School, Curdworth Primary School) 6. Children whose parent/carer is a member of staff at The Coleshill School 7. Children who live outside the priority area living nearest the school as defined by Warwickshire Local Authority.

*The parishes of Water Orton, Curdworth, Lea Marston, Wishaw, Shustoke, Maxstoke, Nether Whitacre, Over Whitacre, Coleshill, Great Packington and Little Packington are all included. The part of the parish of Fillongley bounded by Shawbury Lane and Newton Lane to their junction and Cow Lane is shared with Ash Green School.

PAN NUMBER The Coleshill School’s Published Admission Number is 210 for new Year 7 in *2018 and cohorts in 2017, 2016 and 2015. All other year groups are 180.

*The 2018 PAN of 210 is subject to negotiation with EFA and Warwickshire to provide additional accommodation and resource for the increased student population.

The Coleshill School has adopted Warwickshire Local Authority’s definitions as follows:  ‘Children with a statement of special educational needs’  ‘Looked after or previously looked after children’, ‘  ‘Sibling’,  ‘Distance’,  ‘Shared Responsibility’ and ‘Separating  “Final Qualifier” applications (blocks of flats etc)“.

1 of 2 The Coleshill School: An 11-19 Business and Enterprise Academy Admissions Policy

WAITING LISTS Waiting lists will not be fixed following the offer of places. They are subject to change. This means that a child’s waiting list position during the year could go up or down. Any applicants will be added to the school’s list in accordance with the order of priority for offering places. Waiting lists will be kept until the end of the Autumn Term of each admission year by the school.

APPEALS Appeals are administered by Warwickshire Local Authority. Parents who wish to appeal against the decision to refuse their child admission to the school of their choice should contact School Admissions at Warwickshire Local Authority and request an appeal form. Appeals will be heard by an independent panel. For further information please see: www.warwickshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals

FOR SIXTH FORM JOINERS – Visit the school’s website for entry criteria.

2 of 2

Admissions Policy 2018- 2019 The Nuneaton Academy

Approval Date: December 2016 Next Approval: December 2019

Contents

Admissions Policy 2018 - 2019 1. Introduction 2. Admissions into Year 7 3. Waiting Lists 4. In-year Admissions / Admissions other than Transfer at the Start of Year 7 5. Fair access protocol 6. Appeals

Appendix 1. Definitions

2

1. Introduction 1.1 The Nuneaton Academy is a co-educational secondary school catering for students from the age of 11 through to 16. As an academy the school is part of the Midland Academies Trust, which acts as the admissions authority.

2. Admissions into Year 7 2.1 Applying for a Place Arrangements for applications for places at the beginning of year 7 are made in accordance with the Local Authority’s co-ordinated admission arrangements. Therefore, applications must be made directly to the Local Authority in which the child lives. In the summer term, parents of all Year 6 students are provided with the appropriate information required to make an application. This includes the timetable to be followed and the closing date for applications. Details are also available on the Local Authority’s own website www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions. Details of open events for parents and their children can be found on the Academy’s website www.nuneatonacademy.co.uk/ and within the prospectus.

2.2 Published Admission Number for Year 7 The published admission number for year 7 at the Nuneaton Academy is 210. When the number of applicants for this age group is below this number, then all applicants will be admitted.

2.3 Oversubscription Criteria Where the number of applications for admission into year 7, is greater than the published admission number and after the admission of children with statements of Special Educational Needs where the school is named on the statement, applications will be considered against the criteria below and in the order in which they are set out: i. A ‘looked after child’ or a child who was previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order. See appendix 1 for a definition of an adoption order and a residence order1. ii. Children with a sibling1 currently attending the Academy and who will continue to do so after the date of admission. See appendix 1 for a definition of sibling. iii. Other children living in the priority area1 . See appendix 1 for a definition of the priority area. iv. Other pupils living outside the priority area. In the case of applications from twins and other multiple births (or two or more siblings in one year group), they will be treated as a single application and within each oversubscription criteria, will be considered before other applications to avoid the admission number being exceeded. In the rare case where a multiple application would cause the Academy to exceed its admission number, the Academy will admit all the applicants under a multiple application rather than cause the applicants to be admitted to different schools.

Within each oversubscription category, decisions are based on the distance1 between the child’s home address1 and the school site, with priority going to those living nearest the Academy site in Radnor Drive, Nuneaton. See appendix 1 for a definition of distance and home address. Once the above criteria have been applied to applicants and offers have been made, subsequent to the offer date for secondary admissions the Academy may offer places to the children of newly appointed teachers where there is a demonstrable skills shortage for the vacant post in question. The Academy is able to exceed its admission number in offering such places.

3

2.4 Tie Break when Applying the Oversubscription Criteria In the event of a tie between two or more applicants who cannot be separated when applying the oversubscription criteria, a process of independently verified random allocation will be used to allocate the places.

2.5 Late Applications All applications received up to and including 31 October of each year for the following academic year will be treated as on time. Applications received after this date will be considered to be late and may not be processed until after the following 1st March.

3. Waiting Lists 3.1 Subject to any provisions regarding waiting lists in Warwickshire LA’s co-ordinated admission scheme, the Nuneaton Academy will operate a waiting list. Where in any year the Academy receives more applications for places than there are places available, a waiting list will operate for unsuccessful applicants to year 7 and year 11. Waiting lists will also be maintained for other year groups (except year 13) when these year groups are full. Waiting lists will be maintained by the Nuneaton Academy and it will be open to any parent to ask for their child’s name to be placed on a waiting list for the relevant year group following an unsuccessful application. 3.2 Children’s position on the waiting list will be determined solely in accordance with the criteria for admission set out above for the relevant age group. Where places become vacant they will be allocated to children on the waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria. These lists will operate until the end of the school year but parents will be asked to confirm if they wish their child’s name to remain on the list after 1 October each year.

4. In-Year Admissions / Admissions other than Transfer at the Start of Year 7 4.1 Parents should apply via the normal in-year admissions procedures as co-ordinated by the Local Authority in which the child lives. Subject to any provisions in the LA’s co-ordinated admission arrangements relating to applications submitted for years other than the normal year of entry, all such applications will be considered and if the year group has a place available, admit the child unless one of the permitted reliefs apply. If more applications are received than there are places available, the over-subscription criteria above for the relevant age group shall apply.

5. Fair Access Protocol 5.1 The Nuneaton Academy will participate in Warwickshire Local Authority’s In Year Fair Access Protocol.

6. Appeals 6.1 There will be a right of appeal to an independent appeal panel for unsuccessful applicants. Should a parent wish to make an appeal, then full guidance on what to do, the form to be completed and the name of the organisation running the appeals process can be obtained by contacting the school directly.

4

Appendix 1

Definitions 1 An adoption order is an order under Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002. A ‘residence order’ is an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live under Section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 defines a ‘special guardianship order’ as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians).

1 A sibling is defined as: I. A brother or sister who share one or both parents, whether or not resident in the same household II. A half-brother or half-sister who share one common parent III. A step brother or step sister where two children are related by a parent’s marriage IV. An adopted or fostered child living in the same household under the terms of a residence order V. Another child normally in residence for the majority of the time in the household for whom the adult in the household has parental responsibility and also has parental responsibility for the child currently attending the Academy.

1 The priority area of the school is defined as: From its northernmost point, where the railway line crosses the Coventry Canal (north of Vernons Lane) the boundary of the priority area goes:  south, following the Coventry Canal, including properties to the west of the canal, to where it meets Croft Road; then  west along Croft Road, including properties on the north side of Croft Road, to its junction with Greenmoor Road; then  south along Greenmoor Road, excluding all properties on Greenmoor Road, but including those in roads off the west side of Greenmoor Road, to its junction with Heath End Road; then  west along Heath End Road, including all properties on the north side, as far as the dismantled railway line before Heath End Farm; then  south along the track of the dismantled railway line to where it crosses Harefield Lane; then  south along Mimosa Close and Walsingham Drive, but excluding all properties on Mimosa Close and Walsingham Drive, to the Bedworth Bypass (A444); then  west along the boundary between the Arbury Ward in Nuneaton and the Slough Ward in Bedworth from the Bedworth bypass to Cowley Wood; then  initially south, following the Parish Boundaries of Astley and Arley, including all properties in these parishes, as far as the Arley Tunnel; then  east along the railway line to the point where it crosses the Coventry Canal. The Academy has a detailed map for use in determining whether or not a property is included in the priority area.

1 Distance will be calculated by the straight line measurement from the centre of the applicant’s home address location (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (“centroid”) of the preferred school. (All measurements are subject to prepositional accuracy changes). This applies equally to those living inside and outside the County’s boundary. Applications made from the same multiple dwelling, sharing a single 5

Postal Address File and/or where the distance from home to school is identical, where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery) with an independent person making the draw.

1 A child’s home address is considered to be the residential property where the child normally resides/sleeps when s/he attends school. Addresses involved in child minding operations are excluded. Where a child lives with each of their split parents at separate addresses, the qualifying address will be the one where the child spends (i.e. sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses the parents themselves will be asked to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school admission purposes. Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address, that place is liable to be withdrawn.

6

The Polesworth School (Academy)

Admission Arrangements for 2018/19

Introduction

The Community Academies Trust being the admissions authority for The Polesworth School, has determined the following arrangements for entry to the school in September 2018.

The Polesworth School’s admission arrangements are part of the scheme of co-ordinated admissions.

The school’s Published Admission Number is 224.

Details of the school’s priority area can be found on the Warwickshire County Council website: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/admissions

The Community Academies Trust amended its admissions arrangements for The Polesworth School in 2014 as it entered into partnership with the new Academies; Birchwood Primary School and Dordon Community Primary School, and created the Community Academies Trust. One of the many key focus areas of the partnership include provision of enhanced 3-18 education. These admission arrangements allow this overarching aim to be achieved more systematically for the benefit of all children.

Admissions Criteria

In the event that there are more applications than places available the following oversubscription criteria will be used:

Please note that children with a statement of Education, Health and Care plans that names a school must be admitted and this may reduce the number of places available.

1. Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

2. Children living in the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission.

3. Children who attend Dordon Community Primary School or Birchwood Primary School

4. Other pupils living in the priority area.

5. Children of staff employed at the school

6. Children living outside the priority area who will have a brother or sister at the school at the time of admission.

The Polesworth School Admission Arrangements 2018-19 Page | 1

7. Other children living outside the priority area.

Within each criterion priority is given in order of distance between the child’s home and school. (shortest distance = highest priority)

Distance will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (‘centroid’) of the school in question. (All distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data).

Appeals

Any parent whose child is refused a place at Polesworth has a right to appeal the decision. Appeals are administered by Warwickshire County Council and can be lodged at http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/schoolappeals.

Waiting Lists

Waiting lists will be held by the Local Authority.

Waiting lists are compiled in strict priority order against the published oversubscription criteria. Offers will be made from the waiting lists as vacancies arise. A child’s position can move both up and down the waiting list as other students are added to the list. Late applicants are not penalised when added to waiting lists, and the amount of time a child has been on a school’s waiting list is irrelevant.

Waiting lists will be held until the end of the Autumn term. The parents / carers of all children on the list will be responsible for contacting the Local Authority if they wish their child to remain on the list. They will be required to complete a new in-year application form.

In-Year Admissions

Parents should apply directly to Warwickshire County Council.

In-Year Fair Access Protocol

The School is part of Warwickshire’s In-Year Fair Access Protocol.

Definitions

Looked After Children Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by a local authority (under Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so

The Polesworth School Admission Arrangements 2018-19 Page | 2 because they were adopted (or became subject to a Child Arrangement Order or special guardianship order).

Sibling, i.e. brother or sister, attending the school at the time of admission Sibling is defined in these arrangements as; a brother or sister, a half brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister, a step-brother or sister or the child of the parents’ partner where the child for whom the school place is sought is living in the same family unit and at the same address as that sibling.

Children of staff are those where: a) The member of staff has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission is made and/or b) the member of staff is recruited to fill a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skills shortage.

Home Address Where the child normally resides / sleeps when they attend school. Addresses involved in child minding arrangements, whether with professional childminders, friends or relatives, are excluded.

Where a school place is allocated on the basis of an address which is subsequently found to be different from the child’s home address that place can be withdrawn. This includes situations where the address used to allocate a place changes prior to the place being taken up.

Priority Area

The Priority Area for The Polesworth School is the parishes of Newton Regis, Seckington, Shuttington, Austry, Warton, Freasley, Polesworth, Dordon and Grendon.

Postal Address File (PAF) The address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address as set by Ordnance Survey.

Applications made from the same multiple dwelling sharing a single Postal Address File (PAF) / Other applications where the distance from home to school is identical Where required, individual priority for such applicants within a particular criterion will be set by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out by two officers of the Admissions Service in the presence of a Local Authority Solicitor from Law & Governance Division. The order of draw will be recorded and countersigned at the time.

Separated Parents Where a child lives with each of their parents at separate addresses, the qualifying address will be the one where the child spends (i.e. sleeps) the majority of the school week. If the child spends exactly equal amounts of time in the two addresses the parents themselves will be asked to nominate which address they wish to be the child’s main address for school

The Polesworth School Admission Arrangements 2018-19 Page | 3 admission purposes. Should they fail to do so by the published closing date the Council, in consultation with the admissions authority, has the right to nominate the address that it considers appropriate.

In the case of disputes between parents, there is an expectation that parents will resolve these amongst themselves and make a single application which both are in agreement with.

Twins, Triplets or other multiple-births Where the final place in a year group is offered to one of twins, triplets or another multiple-birth child, the admissions authority will normally offer a place to the other multiple-birth child(ren) even if this means going above the school’s Published Admission Number.

Admissions above PAN Children with a Education, Health or Care plan that names the school will be admitted. In this event the number of places that remain for allocation will be reduced or result in a school exceeding its PAN.

If a secondary school is full in the year group another place can be offered provided that:

a) no other applicants have been refused places in the same year group – wherever they live b) the child is living or moving into the school’s priority area (proof of address will be required) c) The Local Authority and the school’s admission authority (where applicable) are in agreement.

If a school has a waiting list then it will not normally be possible to offer additional places as other applicants will have been refused places in the same year group. However, if the Local Authority and the school’s admission authority (where applicable) agree, then all applicants on the waiting list, or groups of children falling under a particularly high criterion (such as out of area with siblings) may be offered a place.

Admission above PAN for Looked After Children Except where a child is placed in an emergency, no care placement should be made without the education element being satisfactorily arranged. Where the placement has had to be made in an emergency, and education has not been secured, or where educational provision breaks down, then local authorities must secure an educational placement within 20 school days.

Moves of care placement can occur outside the normal admissions round when many schools are full. To avoid delays resulting from the local appeals procedure, Community and Controlled schools will be asked to admit, without appeal, looked after children resident within their priority area even though their admission limit has already been reached or exceeded.

Under Age and Over Age applications The Community Academies Trust’s Policy is that all children should be educated within their appropriate age group. In rare cases where it might not be appropriate for the child to be educated in the normal year group, a detailed process would be undertaken to consider this

The Polesworth School Admission Arrangements 2018-19 Page | 4 application (See Appendix 1). A recommendation would be made by the Head of School to the Local Governing Body who would make the final decision.

Children of UK service personnel (UK Armed Forces)

For families of service personnel with a confirmed posting to their area, a place will be allocated in advance if accompanied by an official government letter which declares a relocation date and a Unit postal address or quartering area address which can be used for the application against the relevant oversubscription criteria.

Late applications (Entry or Transfer Year Groups) Late applications will only be considered after the applications received by the closing dates (on-time applications).

Late applications because of an impending move: Offers of places at secondary level will take account of a future move involving the child’s address only if it can be confirmed by Friday 29th December 2017 i.e. if the parent can provide independent proof of the move, such as a tenancy agreement that terminates after the start of the autumn term or proof that there has been an exchange of contracts in the purchase of a house.

Sixth Form Admission Arrangements: Attached as Appendix 2.

The Polesworth School Admission Arrangements 2018-19 Page | 5

Appendix 1

Process for Out of Age Applications

 Parents/Carers to submit a written request to the Headteacher outlining the reasons for the application.  Parents/Carers to enclose evidence to support their request and should include the following documents: - School reports - Reports from any Professionals involved with the child/family - Evidence of any mitigating circumstances  Headteacher will consider the application and review the evidence provided. The Headteacher will also consult with the staff in the school to ensure that, if the application is successful, the out of age placement can be accommodated. The usual over-subscription admission criteria will be also be applied.  Application and Headteacher’s recommendation to be considered by the full Governing Body who will make the final decision.  Parents/Carers will be informed of the decision along with the appeal process if required.

The Polesworth School Admission Arrangements 2018-19 Page | 6

Appendix 2 Sixth Form (Year 12) Admissions Policy

September 2018 entry

The planned admission for external applicants into Year 12 is 70 and the overall capacity of the Sixth Form, which includes Year 12 and Year 13, is 350.

Should the Published Admission Number be reached then admission will be determined in accordance with the following criteria in the order set out below:

1. Looked after children, in accordance with Section 22 of the Children Act 1989, or previously looked after children who are now subject to a residence order, special guardianship order or adoption order. 2. Straight line proximity of a student’s home to The Polesworth School Sixth Form at Tomlinson Hall, with those living nearest being given priority. If these criteria do not separate applicants, a process of random allocation will be undertaken to determine priority.

The process for Sixth Form application is as follows:

 Open Evening for all prospective Sixth Form students during January of the year preceding entry to Sixth Form.  Completion and receipt of application form into The Polesworth School, as specified on the school calendar and website.  A guidance discussion to ensure options and choices reflect a student’s aspirations and future plans.

Entry requirements:

Level 3 courses are challenging and demanding; it is therefore very important that students embarking on these courses have demonstrated both their commitment to study and achieved the appropriate grades at GCSE which will enable them to be successful in post-16 study. For 2017 our general entry requirements are an attendance record in Year 11 of at least 95% and a minimum of 6 GCSEs at grades A* - C or their equivalent which must include:

 a grade 5 or above in either English Language or English Literature with at least a Grade 4 in English Language  a grade 4 in Mathematics  a grade C or its equivalent in any subject which has been taken at GCSE or other Level 2 qualification that is to be carried on to A Level unless otherwise specified.

In addition there are specific subject requirements which can be found on the relevant course webpages on our website at www.thepolesworthschool.com.

We expect all students to take 4 subjects in Year 12.

The Polesworth School Admission Arrangements 2018-19 Page | 7

Admissions Policy

2018/19

Adopted by ATT Trust Board on st February 21 2017

Must be on Academy web site by

March 2017

Review date October 2017

Content

1 Introduction ...... 3 2 How to apply ...... 3 3 In-Year Admissions ...... 4 4 How many pupils will be admitted? ...... 4 5 Oversubscription Criteria ...... 4 6 Application of the Oversubscription Criteria ...... 5 7 When do I find out if my child has been offered a place? ...... 6 8 What happens if I have not been allocated a place? ...... 6 9 Waiting Lists ...... 7 10 Appeals ...... 7 11 Exceptions ...... 8 Appendix 1 – In-Year Admission Form postal addresses ...... 10-10 Appendix 2 – Academy PANs ...... 12-12 Appendix 3 – Admission Appeals Form ...... 13-15

2

1. Introduction

1.1. Academy Transformation Trust is the admissions authority for its academies. The Board of Academy Transformation Trust has delegated to the Local Governing Body of the academy the decisions about which children to admit, within the parameters of this policy.

1.2. This policy relates to the School Admissions Code 2014, School Admission Appeals Code 2012, the Equality Act 2010 (also see our Equalities Policy), Human Rights Act 1998 and the School Standards Framework Act 1998 and any regulations thereunder.

1.3. All children whose statement of special educational needs or education health and care plan names the academy must be admitted (paragraph 1.6 of the School Admissions Code, December 2014). For information on our SEN local offer, visit the academy website.

1.4. Where fewer applications are received than the number of places available for a relevant age group (normal age that pupils are admitted to the academy) then all applicants will be offered a place.

1.5. Where there are more applications than places for a relevant age group then the oversubscription criteria shall be used to determine which children are offered a place.

2. How to apply

2.1. If you are applying for a place during the normal admissions round (application to start at the academy in the age group when other children are normally admitted (see paragraphs 11.1, 11.2, 11.3 and 11.6 for exceptions)) then you should use the Common Application Form (CAF) provided by your home Local Authority (the Local Authority for the area in which you live). Not all Local Authorities refer to the application form as a CAF and many are now providing the option to apply online. You should check the application process for your home Local Authority. For the purposes of this policy the application process will be referred to as CAF submission.

3

2.2. The deadline for applications during the normal admissions round is: • 31 October for Year 7 and Year 12 • 15 January for Reception and Year 3

2.3. Applications received after the deadline will be treated as late applications and will therefore be considered in accordance with the relevant home Local Authority’s co-ordinated scheme (see your home Local Authority’s website for details). 2.4. Any application submitted later than the commencement of the academic year must be submitted as an in-year admission (please see section 3).

2.5. For admission into all other year groups (other than shown in 2.2) or after the deadline please see section 3 below.

3. In-Year Admissions

3.1. In-Year admissions occur when an application for admission is made outside the normal admissions round. Applications should be made on your home Local Authority’s application form, or using the LA online system (if available). Please do not do both. Addresses for the return of completed hard copy forms can be found in appendix 1.

4. How many pupils will be admitted?

4.1. Each academy has set the number of pupils that will be admitted during the normal admissions round, this number is the Published Admissions Number (PAN).

4.2. If the number of applications received for an academy exceeds the admission number then the oversubscription criteria will be used to determine which pupils are allocated a place.

4.3. The admission numbers for our academies are listed in appendix 2.

5. Oversubscription Criteria

5.1. If there are more applications for places than there are places available, we will give preference to children according to the following rules in this order of priority

4

5.2. Looked after children and all previously looked after children (children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted or became subject to a child arrangements order or special guardianship order, immediately following having been looked after) in accordance with section 22 of the Children’s Act 1989. 5.3. Siblings; which for the purposes of this policy are defined as: children living permanently at the same address as a child attending the academy at the time of their admission (including children in the 6 th Form)

5.4. Other children by catchment area* and then by distance from the academy, with priority for admission given to children who live nearest to the academy as measured using Ordnance Survey data to plot an address. Distances are measured ‘as the crow flies’ from the main entrance of the child’s property address point to the academy’s property address point on the site where the child will predominantly be based.

*Catchment area as defined by Warwickshire Local Authority

Exceptions 1. Academic Entry requirements to 6 th forms (See paragraph 11.4) 2. Children who have a statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education, Health and Care plan which names the school must by law be offered a place at that school. (See paragraph 11.5)

6. Application of the Oversubscription Criteria

6.1. The address given on the application form will be used to assess whether another child attending the academy is living at the same address. The child’s address will be compared to the addresses held in the academy records.

6.2. The address given on the application form will be used to assess the straight line distance between the child’s property address point and the academy’s property address point for the site where they will predominantly be based.

6.3. Where a child lives with parents that have shared responsibility for the child, the “address” shall be considered as the home which the child resides for the majority of the school week.

6.4. The unit postal address or quartering area address will be used as the “address” when considering applications from children of UK service personnel against the

5

oversubscription criteria, providing the application is accompanied by an Assignment Order that declares a relocation date and the address.

6.5. We will accept changes to the address up to the point of allocation (CAF submission) deadline.

6.6. If following the application of oversubscription criteria two or more applicants cannot be separated for the final place at an academy then random allocation will be used to determine the priority for that place; except in the case where the applicants that cannot be separated live at the same address, in which case the academy should admit them all. Where random allocation is used, the names of the applicants will be entered into a hat and a name will be selected from the hat by someone independent of the academy.

7. When do I find out if my child has been offered a place?

7.1. If you have applied using the CAF and your application was submitted by the deadline you will receive notification from your Local Authority advising you of the school your child has been allocated. Notifications are issued on:

7.2. 1 March or next working day for Year 7 and Year 12

7.3. 16 April or next working day for Reception and Year 3

7.4. For late applications made using the CAF you will receive a notification from the Local Authority advising you of the school your child has been allocated on a date in line with the Local Authority policy on late applications.

7.5. The academy is unable to comment on your application prior to the above dates.

7.6. Once a place has been allocated at the academy, you will be contacted by the academy regarding the induction process.

8. What happens if I have not been allocated a place?

8.1. If your child has not been allocated a place at one of our academies then their name will be added to our waiting list. If a place at the academy becomes available children will be admitted from the waiting list.

8.2. You also have the right to appeal the decision.

6

9. Waiting Lists

9.1. The academy will maintain a waiting list for each year group. Children are only added to the waiting list following an application to join the academy.

9.2. The waiting list for the normal admissions year group (relevant age group) will be cleared at the end of the first week of the Spring term each year. The waiting list for all remaining year groups will be cleared at the end of June each year. If you would like your child to remain on the waiting list you will need to reapply for a place at the academy.

9.3. Children are ranked on the waiting list in order of the oversubscription criteria above.

9.4. Children allocated a place at the academy in accordance with the Fair Access Protocol will take priority over children on the waiting list.

9.5. The Fair Access Protocol is an agreement that allows hard to place children, for example those that have been permanently excluded, to be given a place before any oversubscription criteria are applied and before anyone is considered from the waiting list. Such children are shared out to make sure no one school has to take too many of these children. As a Trust we are committed to participating in the Fair Access Protocol.

10. Appeals

10.1. Appeals should be submitted directly to Academy Transformation Trust on the appeals form in appendix 3.

10.2. For applications made on the CAF during the normal admissions round the deadline for submitting an appeal is: • 16 April or next working day for applications to join Year 7 or Year 12 • 20 May or next working day for applications to join Reception or Year 3

10.3. For all other applications the deadline for submitting an appeal is 20 school days from the date of your notification letter.

7

10.4. Once you have submitted your appeals form we will acknowledge receipt of the form within 5 school days. The appeals hearing will take place prior to the end of the school/academic year (or within 30 school days for in-year admissions). You will receive at least 10 school days’ notice of the appeals hearing date and additional information will be provided at this time.

10.5. If you miss the deadline for lodging an appeal, where possible we will try to hear your appeal within the same timeframe as if it had been on time. However if this is not possible it will be heard at a later date.

10.6. Appeals will be heard by an Independent Appeals Panel and conducted in accordance with the School Admission Appeals Code 2012.

11. Exceptions

Applications for Reception 11.1. The academy will make arrangements for all children allocated a place at the academy to be admitted in September full-time. You can request that the date your child is admitted to the academy is deferred until later in the academic year or that your child attends the academy part time until they reach compulsory school age. Your child must be in attendance at the academy in the final term of the academic year for which the original application was accepted.

Applications for Year 3 11.2. If your child is due to finish Infant School and you would like them to attend a school where Year 3 is not the lowest year group in the academy, then you should list the Primary Academy on your CAF and the application will be assessed as if you had made an in-year application (see paragraph 3).

Applications for Year 12 11.3. Applications for Year 12 can be made using the CAF; however, you also have the option to apply directly to the academy. For details on how to apply directly you should contact the Head of 6 th Form.

11.4. Entry to 6 th Form is dependent on meeting the academic requirements for your chosen courses, details of which can be obtained from the relevant academy.

8

The oversubscription criteria will only be applied to those applicants meeting the academic requirements, where there are more applicants meeting the requirements than places.

Statements of Special Educational Needs and Education Health and Care Plans

11.5. All children whose statement of special educational needs or education health and care plan names the academy will be admitted. These children will be admitted irrespective of the number of pupils in the academy and before the oversubscription criteria are applied.

Applications for admission outside a child’s normal age group

11.6. It is expected that children will normally be educated within their chronological year group. However, parents or carers can make a request to the academy in writing for a place outside their normal age group. This will need to include, where relevant, any supporting evidence. The academy trust will make decisions on the basis of the circumstances of each case and in the best interests of the child concerned in line with the School Admissions Code. This will take into account the views of the Principal. The academy trust will write to the parent or carer with the outcome including the reasons for the decision. If the request is refused, details of how to complain to the academy will be given.

9

Appendix 1 – In-Year Admission Form postal addresses

In-Year Admissions Form Return Address Primary Admission Admissions, 8 th Floor, County Hall, Martineau Iceni Academy, Hockwold Lane, Norwich, NR1 2DH School Admissions, Walsall MBC, 2 nd Floor, Civic Jubilee Academy Centre, Darwall Street, Walsall, WS1 1TP School Admissions, Essex County Council, P.O. Box Kingsmoor Academy 4261, Chelmsford, CM1 1GS Admissions, 8 th Floor, County Hall, Martineau Norwich Road Academy Lane, Norwich, NR1 2DH School Admissions, Essex County Council, P.O. Box Ravens Academy 4261, Chelmsford, CM1 1GS Star Academy, Sandyford, Burnaby Road, Tunstall, Star Academy, Sandyford Stoke-on-Trent, ST6 5PT Sun Academy, Caulden Avenue, Bradwell, Sun Academy Newcastle-u-Lyme, Staffs ST5 8JN Great Heath Academy, Girton Close, Mildenhall, Great Heath Academy Suffolk SP28 7PT North Walsall Primary School Admissions, Walsall MBC, 2 nd Floor, Civic Academy Centre, Darwall Street, Walsall, WS1 1TP School Admissions, Walsall MBC, 2 nd Floor, Civic Caldmore Primary Academy Centre, Darwall Street, Walsall, WS1 1TP

In-Year Admissions Form Return Address Junior Admission Admissions, 8 th Floor, County Hall, Martineau Admirals Academy Lane, Norwich, NR1 2DH Admissions, 8 th Floor, County Hall, Martineau Diamond Academy Lane, Norwich, NR1 2DH

10

In-Year Admissions Form Return Address Secondary Admission (inc 6th Form) School Admissions Sandwell Council , Sandwell Council House PO Box 16320, Freeth St, Oldbury, Bristnall Hall Academy West Mida B69 9EX Thurrock Council, Children’s Services, School Hathaway Academy Admissions, PO Box 118, Grays, RM17 6GF Iceni Academy, Stoke Road, Methwold, Norfolk, Iceni Academy, Methwold IP26 4PE Mark Hall Academy, First Avenue, Harlow, Essex, Mark Hall Academy CM17 9LR Mildenhall College Academy, Bury Road, Mildenhall College Academy Mildenhall, Suffolk, IP28 7HT Sutton Community Academy, High Pavement, Sutton Community Academy Sutton-in-Ashfield, Notts, NG17 1EE The Dukeries Academy, Whinney Lane, New The Dukeries Academy Ollerton, Newark, NG22 9TD The Nicholas Hamond The Nicholas Hamond Academy, Brandon Road, Academy Swaffham, Norfolk, PE37 7DZ Westbourne Academy, Marlow Road, Ipswich, IP1 Westbourne Academy 5JN School Admissions, Walsall MBC, 2 nd Floor, Civic Pool Hayes Academy Centre, Darwall Street, Walsall, WS1 1TP School Admissions,Saltisford Office Park, Ansell Queen Elizabeth Academy Way, Warwick CV34 4UL

11

Appendix 2 – Academy PANs

Admission Number Admission into Reception Iceni Academy, Hockwold 20 Jubilee Academy 30 Kingsmoor Academy 60 Norwich Road Academy 60 Ravens Academy 60 Star Academy, Sandyford 30 Sun Academy 30 Great Heath Academy 90 North Walsall Academy 30 Caldmore Primary Academy 52

Admission Number Admission into Year 3 Admirals Academy 90 Diamond Academy 60

Admission Number Admission into Year 7 Bristnall Hall Academy 190 Hathaway Academy 180 Iceni Academy, Methwold 160 Mark Hall Academy 210 Mildenhall College Academy 210 Pool Hayes Academy 200 Sutton Community Academy 150 The Dukeries Academy 180 The Nicholas Hamond Academy 150 Westbourne Academy 224 Queen Elizabeth Academy 120

12

1.1 The number of places available in Year 12 for our academies is listed below. The PAN for each of our academies , however where an applicant meets the minimum entry requirements we will exceed PAN if we are able to.

Capacity Admission into Year 12 Bristnall Hall Academy 50 Iceni Academy, Methwold 100 Mildenhall College Academy 220 Pool Hayes Academy 100 Sutton Community Academy 90 The Dukeries Academy 150 The Nicholas Hamond Academy 75

13

Appendix 3 – Admission Appeals Form

To be posted to: Appeals, Academy Transformation Trust, Room 501, One Victoria Square, Birmingham B1 1BD Or E-mailed to: [email protected]

Any Admission Appeals will either be organized by ATT or the local authority after consultation between the Academy and Governance team

Name of Academy appeal relates to:

Click here to enter text.

Section 1: Child’s Details Forename (s): Click here to enter text. Surname: Click here to enter text.

Address:

Click here to enter text.

Date of Birth: Click here to enter text.

Gender: Male ☐ Female ☐

14

Section 2: Your Details

Surname: Click here to enter text. Title: (Mr, Mrs, Miss, Ms or other) Click here to enter text.

Forename (s): Click here to enter text. Relationship to Child: Click here to enter text.

Address: Click here to enter text.

E-mail Address: Click here to enter text. Telephone Number: Click here to enter text. Mobile Number: Click here to enter text.

☐ ☐ Do you need an interpreter? Yes No If yes which language? Click here to enter text.

Please let us know if you have a disability or special need which would affect your ability to attend the meeting: Click here to enter text.

Section 3: Oversubscription Criteria

Has your child a statement of Special Educational Needs or an Education, Health and Care

Plan? Yes ☐ No ☐

If yes to the above: Is this academy listed on your child’s plan? Yes ☐ No ☐ Is your child a looked after child or previously looked after child? Yes ☐ No ☐

Is another child registered at the same address in attendance at the academy? Yes ☐ No ☐ a) If yes to the above: child’s name: Click here to enter text.

If you have selected yes to questions 1 or 2 please provide evidence with your application.

15

Section 4: Reason for the appeal

Please provide as much detail as possible and include any evidence in support of your appeal with this form. Click here to enter text.

16

TRINITY CATHOLIC SCHOOL

Admission Arrangements for the academic year 2018/2019

The admissions process for Trinity Catholic School is part of the Warwickshire Local Authority co- ordinated admissions scheme. To apply for a place at Trinity Catholic School in the normal admissions round, an application must be made using the school admission application process of the local authority in which you live naming Trinity Catholic School on the application form. Applications need to be made by 31st October 2017. A Supplementary Information Form (SIF) must also be completed and returned directly to the school by the same date (see Note 2).

All applications which are submitted on time will be considered at the same time, after the closing date.

You will be advised of the outcome of your application on 1st March 2018, or the next working day, by the local authority on behalf of the school.

Please note that throughout this policy, the term parent relates to any individual with responsibility for a child for whom an application is being made.

The ethos of this school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed below. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ.

As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. As a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. All parents are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of a parent who is not of the faith to apply for a place for their child at the school.

The governing body is the admissions authority and has responsibility for admissions to this school. The governing body has set its admission number at 150 pupils to be admitted to Year 7 in the school year which begins in September 2018. (See Note 1 below)

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be offered according to the following order of priority. If there is oversubscription within a category, the Governing Body will give priority firstly to applicants who have a brother or sister (see note 4 below) attending Trinity Catholic school at the time of admission and then to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest distance (note 6).

A map of the parish boundary is available at the school and parish or by post on request.

Oversubscription Criteria

1 Baptised Catholic Children (see note 2 below) who are looked after or previously looked after (see note 3 below) 2. Baptised Catholic Children (see note 2 below) who currently attend a Catholic feeder school (see note 5 below) 3. Baptised Catholic Children (see note 2 below) who live in feeder school parish area (see note 5 below. 4. Other Baptised Catholic Children. 5. Non-Catholic Children who are looked after or previously looked after (see note 3 below) 6. Non-Catholic Children who attend a Catholic feeder school (see note 5 below). 7. Other non-Catholic Children.

Note 1 Children with an Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan that names the school MUST be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to applicants. This is not an oversubscription criteria.

Note 2 In all categories, for a child to be considered as Catholic, evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church will be required. For a definition of a Baptised Catholic, see the Appendix. Those who face difficulties in producing written evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Church should contact their Parish Priest. Parents making an application for a Catholic child should also complete a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) which should be returned directly to the school. If you do not provide the information required in the Supplementary Information Form and return it by the closing date, together with all supporting documentation, this is likely to affect your child’s chance of being offered a place at this school.

Note 3 A “looked after child” has the same meaning as in section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989, and means any child who is (a) in the care of the local authority or (b) being provided with accommodation by them in the exercise of their social services functions (eg children with foster parents) at the time of making the application to the school. A “previously looked after child” is a child who immediately moved on from that status after becoming subject to an adoption, child arrangement order or special guardianship order.

Note 4 For all applicants the definition of a brother or sister is:  A brother or sister sharing the same parents  A half-brother or half-sister, where two children share one common parent  A step-brother or step-sister, where two children are related by a parents’ marriage or where they are unrelated but their parents are living as partners.  Adopted or fostered children The children must be living permanently in the same household

Note 5 The named feeder schools for Trinity Catholic School are: St Anthony's (Leamington Spa), St Joseph's (Whitnash), St Peter's (Leamington Spa), St Patrick's (Leamington Spa), St Augustine's (Kenilworth), St Mary Immaculate (Warwick), Our Lady and St Teresa's (Cubbington), Our Lady's (Princethorpe),St Mary's (Southam), St Marie's (Rugby), English Martyrs (Rugby),

Note 6 Distances will be calculated by straight line measurement from the address point location coordinate of the applicant’s home address (as set by Ordnance Survey) to the centre point (centroid) of the school in question. (The centroid is a predetermined point set by Warwickshire County Council and all distances are subject to changes which may occur with updates of mapping data).

In a very small number of cases, where the school is oversubscribed, it may not be possible to decide between the applications of those pupils who are the final qualifiers for a place when applying the published admission criteria.

For example, this may occur when children in the same year group live at the same address, or if the distance between the home and the school is exactly the same, for example, blocks of flats. If there is no other way of separating the application according to the admissions criteria and to admit both, or all, of the children would cause the Published Admission Number for the child’s year group to be exceeded, the Local Authority, on behalf of the Governing Body, will select the child to be offered the final place by random allocation (lottery). The draw will be carried out by two officers of the Admissions Service in the presence of a local authority Solicitor. The order of draw will be recorded and countersigned at the time.

The governing body will, where possible, admit twins and all siblings from multiple births where one of the children is the last child ranked within the school’s published admission number.

A child’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main permanent residence and is either:  Owned by the child’s parent(s);  Leased to or rented by the child’s parent(s) under lease or written rental agreement of not less than twelve months duration. Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of permanent residence at the property concerned.

Where parents have shared responsibility for a child, and the child lives with both parents for part of the week, then the main residence will be determined as the address where the child lives for the majority of the week. Parents may be requested to supply documentary evidence to satisfy the Governing Body that the child lives at the address put forward by the parents.

If a place in the school is offered on the basis of an address that is subsequently found to be different from a child’s normal and permanent home address, then that place is liable to be withdrawn.

APPLICATIONS FOR CHILDREN TO BE ADMITTED INTO A CLASS OUTSIDE OF THEIR NORMAL AGE GROUP Parents have the right to request, but not insist, that their child be considered for admission to a class outside of their normal age group. This could be the case, for example, if a child is gifted and talented, has experienced problems such as ill health, or is already being educated in a class outside of their normal age group at their current Primary school. Parents who wish for their child to be considered for admission to a class outside of their normal age group must make an application for the normal age group in the first instance. Parents must then submit a formal request to the Governing Body for the child to be considered for a different age group class instead. This request should be in the form of a written letter of application outlining the reasons why they wish for their child to be considered to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group and enclosing any supportive evidence and documentation that they wish to be taken into account as part of that request.

The Governing Body will consider requests submitted for a child to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group and advise parents of the outcome of that request before national offer day, having taken into account the information provided by the parents, the child’s best interests and the views of the Head Teacher.

If the request is refused, the original application for the normal age group class will progress through the Local Authority co-ordinated admissions scheme, be considered by the Governing Body and the parents advised of the outcome.

If the request is agreed and the year group for which the parents have requested a place is a current year group in the school, then the application will be considered by the Governing Body and the parents advised of the outcome.

If the request is agreed and the year group for which the parents have requested a place is for a future year group, ie Year 7 in September 2019, then the original application is withdrawn and the parents must submit a fresh application for Year 7 2019 when applications open in the autumn term of 2018. Please note that parents only have the right to re-apply for a place. Where the Governing Body agrees to consider an application for Year 7 the following year, that application is considered alongside all other applications received and parents will be advised of the outcome of that application on national offer day. No place is reserved or held for the child in advance.

If parents are considering submitting an application for their child to be admitted into a class outside of their normal age group, it is strongly recommended that they also read the DFE guidance which can be found at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/summer-born-children-school-admission

APPEALS Parents who wish to appeal against the decision of the Governing Body to refuse their child a place in the school should make that appeal request in writing to the Chair of Governors at the school address. Appeals will be heard by an independent panel.

Please note that parents do not have the right to appeal if their request for their children to be admitted to a class outside of their normal year group has been refused, but the Governing Body have offered a place in the normal age group instead.

REPEAT APPLICATIONS Any parent can apply for a place for their child at any time outside of the normal admissions round. Parents do not have the right to a second appeal in respect of the same school for the same academic year unless, in exceptional circumstances, the Governing Body has accepted a second application from the parent because of a significant and material change in the circumstances of the parent, child or school, but have still refused admission.

LATE APPLICATIONS Late applications will be dealt with in accordance with the Local Authority’s co-ordinated admissions scheme.

CHANGE IN PREFERENCE Once parents have submitted their preference, they will not be allowed to change them without an exceptional change in their circumstances, for example, if the family has recently moved address or an older sibling has changed schools. All requests to change preferences should be made in writing to the Local Authority to whom the parents submitted the original application. Where a change of preference is submitted for an oversubscribed school, without an exceptional change in circumstances, then the application will be refused.

WAITING LIST Children who have not been offered a place at Trinity Catholic School but were offered a school that was ranked as a lower preference on their application form will be added to a waiting list. The waiting list will be maintained until 31st December 2018 and will then be discarded. Parents may apply to Trinity Catholic School for their child’s name to remain on the waiting list until the end of the academic year 2018/2019 when it will be discarded.

A child’s position on a waiting list is not fixed. When a new child joins the waiting list, all applicants on that waiting list will be re-ranked to ensure that the list is always maintained in oversubscription criteria order. This means that a child’s position on the waiting list could go up or down during the time that it is on the list. Any late applications accepted will be added to the waiting list in accordance with the oversubscription criteria.

Inclusion on the waiting list does not mean that a place will eventually become available. It may be that those already offered places may accept them, thereby filling all available places.

Children who are the subject of a direction by the Local Authority to admit or who are allocated to a school in accordance with the Fair Access Protocol take precedence over those on a waiting list.

IN YEAR FAIR ACCESS PROTOCOL The Governing Body of Trinity Catholic School is committed to taking its fair share of children who are vulnerable and/or hard to place, as set out in locally agreed protocols. Accordingly, outside the normal admission round the governing body is empowered to give absolute priority to a child where admission is requested under any locally agreed protocol. The Governing Body has this power, even when admitting the child would mean exceeding the published admission number subject to the infant class size exceptions.

APPLICATIONS OTHER THAN THE NORMAL INTAKE TO YEAR 7 (IN-YEAR ADMISSIONS) An application can be made for a place for a child at any time outside the normal admission round. Applications should be made to the school by contacting Lynnette Cuckson and all families approaching the school will be given an application form. Where there are places available but more applications than places, the published oversubscription criteria, as set out for the normal round of admissions, will be applied.

If there are no places available, the child will be added to the waiting list (see above).

Parents will be advised of the outcome of their application in writing and, where the Governing Body’s decision is to refuse their child a place, have the right to appeal to an independent appeal panel.

There is no charge or cost related to the admission of a child to this school. ADMISSION TO THE SIXTH FORM The school operates a sixth form for a total of 300 pupils. 150 places overall will be available in Year 12. Whilst the admission number is 10 if fewer than 140 of the school’s existing pupils transfer into Year 12, additional external pupils will be admitted until Year 12 meets its capacity of 150.

Applications for the Sixth Form should be made directly to the school using the application form available from the school Marc Johnson or from the school’s website. Completed application forms must be returned to the school by 1 December 2018.

Both internal and external pupils wishing to enter the sixth form will be expected to have met the same minimum academic entry requirements for the sixth form. These are pre-requisite grades GCE grade to undertake the subject and KS5 level is a fundamental requirement. Please see attached pre-requisite grade sheet for individual subjects.

In addition to the sixth form’s minimum academic entry requirements pupils will need to satisfy minimum entrance requirements to the courses for which they are applying. If either internal or external applicants fail to meet the minimum course requirements they will be given the opportunity of pursuing any alternative courses for which they do meet the minimum academic requirements. Course requirements are publishes annually in the school’s prospectus and on its website.

When Year 12 is undersubscribed all applicants meeting the minimum academic entry requirements will be admitted or permitted to progress.

When there are more external applicants that satisfy any academic entry requirements priority will be given in accordance with the oversubscription criteria set out below.

Where there is space in Year 13, ie where there are few than 150 pupils in the year group, the school will admit additional pupils up to this number using the oversubscription criteria set out below.

Where there are more applications for places than the number of places available, places will be offered according to the following order of priority. If there is oversubscription within a category, the Governing body will give priority firstly to children who will have a brother or sister (see Note 4 above) attending Trinity Catholic School at the time of admission and then secondly to children living closest to the school determined by the shortest distance (see Note 6 above)

Please note that Children with an Education, Health and Care (EHC) Plan that names the academy MUST be admitted. This will reduce the number of places available to applicants. This is not an oversubscription criteria.

OVERSUBSCRIPTION CRITERIA FOR SIXTH FORM

1. Baptised Catholic children (see Note 2 above) who are looked after or previously looked after (see Note 3 above)

2. Other Baptised Catholic children (see Note 2 above)

3. Non-Catholic children who are looked after or previously looked after (see Note 3 above)

4. Other Non-Catholic children. APPENDIX DEFINITION OF A “BAPTISED CATHOLIC” A “Baptised Catholic” is one who:  Has been baptised into full communion (Cf. Catechism of the Catholic Church, 837) with the Catholic Church by the Rites of Baptism of one of the various ritual Churches in communion with the See of Rome. Written evidence of this baptism can be obtained by recourse to the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the baptism took place (Cf. Code of Canon Law, 877 & 878). Or

 Has been validly baptised in a separated ecclesial community and subsequently received into full communion with the Catholic Church by the Rite of Reception of Baptised Christians into the Full Communion of the Catholic Church. Written evidence of their baptism and reception into full communion with the Catholic Church can be obtained by recourse to the Register of Receptions, or in some cases, a sub-section of the Baptismal Registers of the church in which the Rite of Reception took place (Cf. Rite of Christian Initiation, 399).

WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF BAPTISM The Governing bodies of Catholic schools and Boards of Directors of Catholic Academies will require written evidence in the form of a Certificate of Baptism or Certificate of Reception before applications for school places can be considered for categories of “Baptised Catholics”. A Certificate of Baptism or Reception is to include: the full name, date of birth, date of Baptism or Reception, and parent(s) name(s). The certificate must also show that it is copied from the records kept by the place of Baptism or Reception. Those who would have difficulty obtaining written evidence of Catholic Baptism/Reception for a good reason, may still be considered as Baptised Catholics but only after they have been referred to their parish priest who, after consulting the Vicar General, will decide how the question of Baptism/Reception is to be resolved and how written evidence is to be produced in accordance with the law of the Church. Those who would be considered to have good reason for not obtaining written evidence would include those who cannot contact the place of Baptism/Reception due to persecution or fear, the destruction of the church and the original records, or where Baptism/Reception was administered validly but not in the Parish church where records are kept. Governors and Boards of Directors may request extra supporting evidence when the written documents that are produced do not clarify the fact that a person was baptised or received into the Catholic Church, (i.e. where the name and address of the Church is not on the certificate or where the name of the Church does not state whether it is a Catholic Church or not.)

TRINITY CATHOLIC SCHOOL

Admission Arrangements for the academic year 2018/2019

Supplementary Information Form The ethos of this school is Catholic. The school was founded by the Catholic Church to provide education for children of Catholic families. Whenever there are more applications than places available, priority will be given to Catholic children in accordance with the oversubscription criteria listed in the school’s published admission policy. The school is conducted by its governing body as part of the Catholic Church in accordance with its Trust Deed and Instrument of Government and seeks at all times to be a witness to Our Lord Jesus Christ. As a Catholic school, we aim to provide a Catholic education for all our pupils. As a Catholic school, Catholic doctrine and practice permeate every aspect of the school’s activity. It is essential that the Catholic character of the school’s education be fully supported by all families in the school. All parents are therefore expected to give their full, unreserved and positive support for the aims and ethos of the school. This does not affect the right of a parent who is not of the faith to apply for a place for their child at the school.

Child’s Surname:

Child’s First Name(s):

Address:

Contact number:

Please tick the appropriate boxes below: Is the above named child a Baptised Catholic or Yes* No have they been received into the Catholic Church? Is the certificate of Catholic Baptism or Reception Yes No* into the Catholic Church attached?

*A Certificate of Catholic Baptism or Reception into the Catholic Church is required in order for the Governing Body to give the correct priority to an application. Failure to provide evidence of Catholic Baptism or Reception in the Church may affect the oversubscription criterion that the child’s name is placed in.

Please note that as well as completing this Supplementary Application Form, parents must also complete the Local Authority’s Common Application Form in order for the application to be complete. This Supplementary Information Form is only for school use and is, in conjunction with the Local Authority’s Common Application Form, to enable the Governing Body to rank applicants using the published oversubscription criteria: This Supplementary Information Form must be returned directly to Trinity Catholic School at Guys Cliffe Avenue, Leamington Spa, CV32 6NB by 31st October 2017.

Please note that this is NOT the local authority’s Common Application Form. As well as completing this Supplementary Application Form and returning it directly to the school, you MUST also complete the local authority’s Common Application Form otherwise your application will be deemed incomplete and therefore invalid.

Warwickshire County Council – Communities Group

Home to School/College Transport Policy

(Revised August 2017)

COMMUNITIES GROUP

HOME TO SCHOOL / COLLEGE TRANSPORT POLICY

CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION.

2 DEFINITIONS. 2.1 Eligibility for Travel Assistance 2.2 Qualifying School 2.3 Nearest Qualifying School. 2.4 Statutory Walking Distance. 2.5 Motorised Route. 2.6 Low-income families.

3 ELIGIBLE PUPILS. 3.1 Background. 3.2 Pupils living outside Walking Distance 3.3 Pupils from low-income families 3.4 Pupils unable to walk in safety to school because of the nature of the route. 3.5 Pupils with a statement of special educational needs (SEN) or an Education Health & Care Plan (EHCP) 3.6 Pupils with SEN attending a specialist nursery. 3.7 Children Looked After 3.8 Children Looked After with SEN 3.9 Managed Moves 3.10 Fair Access Protocol (FAP) 3.11 Pupils unable to walk to school by reason of their temporary disability or medical needs 3.12 Pupils Educated Outside of Year Group / Deferment 3.13 Disabled parents 3.14 Accompaniment

4 GENERAL PRINCIPLES APPLYING TO TRANSPORT PROVISON UNDER THIS POLICY FOR THOSE OF COMPULSORY SCHOOL AGE. 4.1 Eligibility. 4.2 Divorced / Separated Parents. 4.3 Review of Entitlement (pupils with SEN) 4.4 Withdrawal of Transport. 4.5 Behaviour. 4.6 Parents Responsibilities

5 PROVISION OF TRANSPORT FOR THOSE OF COMPULSORY SCHOOL AGE. 5.1 Transport Arrangements. 5.2 Direct Travel Payments 5.3 Independent Travel Training (for pupils with SEN) 5.4 Ad-hoc/Emergency Transport (for pupils with SEN)

6 HOW TO APPLY FOR TRANSPORT FOR THOSE OF COMPULSORY SCHOOL AGE. 6.1 The Application Process. 6.2 Replacement Passes. 6.3 Temporary Passes.

7 APPEALS. 7.1 Introduction. 7.2 How to Appeal.

8 TRAVEL ARRANGEMENTS FOR NON-ELIGIBLE CHILDREN OF COMPULSORY SCHOOL AGE. 8.1 Introduction. 8.2 Vacant Seats. 8.3 How to Apply.

9 RESPITE / FAMILY LINK TRANSPORT.

10 TRANSPORT SUPPORT FOR STUDENTS AGED 16-19. 10.1 Introduction. 10.2 Eligibility. 10.3 Direct Travel Payments 10.4 Transport Arrangements. 10.5 How to Apply. 10.6 Refunds. 10.7 Replacement Passes.

11 TRANSPORT FOR STUDENTS AGED 16-25 WITH A STATEMENT OF SEN, EHCP, LEARNING DIFFICULTIES AND / OR DISABILITIES 11.1 Contributory Transport. 11.2 How to Apply.

12 CONTACT DETAILS. 12.1 Education Transport. 12.2 Transport Operations. 12.3 SENDAR 12.4 School Admissions. 12.5 SENDIAS

Appendix A – Process for the Assessment of Walking Routes Appendix B – Accompaniment Appendix C – Special Schools

1 INTRODUCTION.

The following document aims to provide guidance for parents/carers, young people and young adults on the Education Transport Policy adopted by Warwickshire County Council (“the local authority”) and approved by elected members. This document sets out Warwickshire’s Education Transport Policy and describes how the Council fulfils its duties and exercises its discretionary powers as required under the Education Act 1996 and subsequent legislation.

The purpose of this comprehensive guidance is to incorporate all education transport assistance into one key policy for pupils aged 3 to 25 years of age.

There is no universal entitlement to free travel for every child or student to and from any school. Parents and post-16 students are strongly advised to consider how pupils and students will get to an education establishment before applying for a place.

Support from the Local Authority (LA) for travel to and from education will not necessarily be in the form of a vehicle to transport a child. It may be by enabling the child to walk to and from education through Independent Travel Training where the child may otherwise not have been capable of doing so. This does not affect any statutory right to free transport.

Where there is no entitlement to support from the LA, parents and students can seek assistance from educational institutions which are able to use some of their own funds to support transport where they feel this is appropriate. Where support from Warwickshire is not free, it may not be the cheapest option for an individual to take up a vacant seat on the LA’s transport network and commercial options should be explored.

Parents have a legal duty and a responsibility to make necessary arrangements to ensure that their statutory aged children attend school regularly. The local authority is required to provide transport assistance to children resident within the administrative area of Warwickshire County Council who are entitled under the law and this policy.

Transport policy will often influence a parent’s decision when choosing a school but the two policies are not intrinsically linked.

The following policy will outline in detail the key aspects of applications received for consideration under the heading of Eligible Children, it aims to provide clarity and understanding of criteria for eligibility and the process when a child is refused free travel. The policy will also outline any discretionary arrangements for specified groups and will explain travel arrangements for non-eligible travellers.

The Policy contains supplementary information within the appendices attached. The content of these are updated regularly and are subject to change without consultation.

2 DEFINITIONS

2.1 Eligibility for travel assistance To qualify for free home to school transport the pupil must meet all of the criteria listed below; A The pupil must be resident in Warwickshire B The pupil must be attending their nearest qualifying school (see section 2.3) C The pupil must be of compulsory school age. This includes all pupils from the start of the academic year in which they turn 5 until the end of the academic year in which they turn 16. Transport assistance is not provided to Nursery settings (exceptions to this rule are in section 3.3) AND either D or E D The pupil must live more than the statutory walking distance from their qualifying school (see section 2.4) E The pupil must be unable to walk to their qualifying school because of the route from home to school is deemed unsafe to walk (see section 3.4)

2.2 A qualifying school falls within one of the categories set out below:

(a) a community, controlled, foundation or voluntary aided school (b) a community or foundation special school (c) a non-maintained special school (d) a pupil referral unit (PRU) (e) a free school (f) a maintained nursery school (g) a City Technology College (CTC), College, Career & Technology Academy (CCTA) or Academy (h) an independent school if named in a child’s Statement of Special Educational Needs

2.3 The nearest qualifying school is a qualifying school with places available that provides education appropriate to the age, ability, and aptitude of the pupil, and takes into account any special educational needs that pupil may have.

This will normally be the school in whose priority area the student resides, or another school if closer to home by the shortest available walking route.

The calculation of nearest qualifying school for a pupil who has gained a place at a selective school will include non-selective comprehensive schools which provide schooling for those of all ability levels. As such

transport to selective schools will only be provided if it is the nearest qualifying school to the child’s home, taking into account all relevant secondary schools.

The nearest qualifying school for a pupil attending a special school or specialist unit will be the nearest appropriate special school or unit that can meet their needs. Parents who choose a different school or unit will not qualify for transport assistance.

Where a special school or unit is named in the pupil’s statement or EHCP because of parental preference, free transport will not normally be provided if it is not deemed to be the nearest school able to meet the pupil’s needs.

2.4 The statutory walking distance is: (a) two miles for pupils under eight. (b) two miles for pupils aged 8-16 from a low-income family (see 2.6). (c) three miles for other pupils aged 8-16.

The measurement of the walking distance is not necessarily the shortest distance by road. It is measured by the shortest route along which a child, accompanied as necessary, may walk in reasonable safety. As such, the route measured may include footpaths, bridleways, and other pathways, as well as recognised roads.

Walking Distance will be measured from the home boundary to the nearest school gate. This may not be main school gate, but may be the closest access point.

2.5 Motorised Routes are those passable by using a suitable motorised vehicle. Paths and roads not passable by motorised transport will not therefore be considered. Measurements will be made by the Authority’s Education Transport Office using Google Maps or other appropriate measurement system used by the Authority at that time.

Motorised routes will be used to calculate the distance from home to school when there is no qualifying school within statutory walking distance of the child’s home.

2.6 Low-income families; pupils shall be considered to be from a low- income family if they are entitled to free school meals, or if a parent with whom they are ordinarily resident are in receipt of their maximum level of Working Tax Credit. Proof will be required.

For pupils granted free transport on the grounds of entitlement to free school meals, or their parent’s receipt of the maximum level of Working Tax Credit, eligibility will need to be confirmed during each academic year.

Where pupils are granted free school meals on a non-statutory basis, or if parents are unable to prove they are in receipt of their maximum level of Working Tax Credit, the pupils shall not be considered to be from a low-income family for transport purposes.

3 ELIGIBLE PUPILS.

3.1 Background. Under Section 508B Education Act 1996, the Authority must provide certain categories of pupils with free home school transport. The following groups of pupils are currently considered eligible for free transport.

Unless eligible under section 3.3 of this policy, pupils should be attending the nearest qualifying school to qualify for free transport (see section 2.2). Section 3 applies only to children of compulsory school age, and does not provide any entitlement to those aged under 5 or those who are 16 or over and are no longer of compulsory school age.

3.2 Pupils living outside Walking Distance

Statutory walking distance is a threshold which determines whether the responsibility for travel sits with the Council or with the child’s parent. It does not mean that pupils must walk the distance. It is the responsibility of parents who live under the qualifying distance to decide how to get their child(ren) to and from school.

Free home to school transport assistance will be available to pupils attending their nearest qualifying school, where the distance from home to school by the shortest available walking route exceeds:

(i) Two miles for pupils under the age of 8 years (ii) Three miles for pupils aged 8 – 16

Where a pupil qualifies for Home to School Transport under the age of 8 due to the distance being more than 2 miles but less than 3 miles, transport assistance will continue until the end of the academic year in which they turn 8 years old.

3.3 Pupils from low-income families:

Where a pupil is considered to be from a low-income family free Home to School Transport assistance will be provided:

(a) To pupils aged 8-11, attending the nearest qualifying school, if more than two miles from their home by the shortest available walking route.

(b) To pupils aged 11-16, attending one of their three nearest qualifying schools, provided it is more than two miles (by the shortest available walking route), but not more than six miles (by motorised route) from their home.

(c) To pupils aged 11-16, attending the nearest qualifying school which accords with the parents’ religion or belief, provided it is more than two miles (by the shortest available walking route), but not more than fifteen miles (by motorised route) from their home.

Where an application for transport is made on grounds of religion or belief, the Authority will require written evidence to support that application. It is the applicant’s responsibility to provide this information. This may include written confirmation from third parties supporting the religion or belief claimed. Providing such evidence is no guarantee of free transport, as the final decision as to whether the application meets the criteria for being based on grounds of religion or belief will sit with the local authority.

3.4 Pupils unable to walk in safety to school because of the nature of the route. Where pupils live within the statutory walking distance of the nearest qualifying school, and the pupil attends that school, the local authority may, in certain circumstances, be under a duty to make travel arrangements.

These include where the nature of the route is such that a pupil cannot reasonably be expected to walk, accompanied as necessary, in reasonable safety. (See ‘Accompaniment’ Appendix B & section 3.14), and no alternative suitable route of under statutory walking distance exists.

The Council has a detailed policy for carrying out route assessments. Further information is provided in Appendix A.

Where a parent believes that the route from home to school is not safe they can request that the route is assessed. The route will then be assessed by the local authority if, it has not been assessed in the last 3 years or if the parent provides evidence that circumstances on the route have changed since the last assessment. Parents will need to complete the request form which can be obtained from the Education Transport department directly, please use the contact details in section 12.

3.5 Pupils with a statement of special needs or an Education Health & Care Plan (EHCP) Entitlement to free school transport for a pupil with special educational needs and/or a disability who has a Statement of Special Educational Needs or Education Health & Care Plan is based on the following:

 The pupil is a Warwickshire resident

 The pupil holds a statement of special educational needs, an Education Heath & Care Plan (EHCP) or is accessing a placement for continuous assessment such as; o A designated speech and language unit o A specialist nursery

 The pupil is attending the nearest qualifying school The nearest qualifying school is a qualifying school that provides education appropriate to the age, ability, and aptitude of the pupil, and taking into account any special educational needs that pupil may have. For most children this is likely to be their nearest mainstream school.

In the case of a pupil whose needs cannot be met in mainstream but which can be met in a generic Warwickshire special school, this is likely to be the school which serves that area of the County. Further details are available in Appendix C (this will be updated annually or as and when required). It could also be another school if closer to home by the shortest available walking route.

If the child’s needs cannot be met in either mainstream or in a generic special school, the nearest qualifying school would depend on the specific requirements of the pupil. This could be a specialist special school, satellite provision or resourced provision within mainstream schools (please see Appendix C for full details),or provision made through the Flexible Learning Team as written into the child’s Education Health and Care Plan (EHCP).

Where a parent chooses to send their pupil to a more distant school or specialist provider, even though the nearest qualifying school is able to meet the pupil’s needs, they assume responsibility for the provision of transport and any associated costs. Such circumstances will be noted on the Statement of Special Educational Needs or Education Health & Care Plan (EHCP).

The type of transport assistance offered may vary depending on the pupil’s individual needs. Independent Travel Training will be considered an appropriate form of assistance where the pupil has been assessed as being suitable (see sections 5.1/5.3). Refusal to engage in the training may result in no further transport assistance being offered.

 The distance from the pupil’s home address to the nearest qualifying school must be more than;

o Two miles for those accessing a mainstream school who are aged under 8 years or who receive free school meals o Three miles for those accessing a mainstream school who are aged over 8 years o There is currently no mileage criteria for those attending a special school

3.6 Pupils with special educational needs attending a specialist Nursery Free transport will be provided to children in early years where:  They are resident in Warwickshire;

 The pupil is attending the nearest appropriate specialist nursery provision and has a place confirmed by IDS (Integrated Disability Service); and  The pupil is aged 3 or 4 years old

3.7 Children Looked After Children who have been placed with foster carers may be entitled to transport assistance beyond that available within this policy, subject to criteria set by Warwickshire County Council. Foster carers should approach their allocated social worker to discuss eligibility and to apply for any such additional assistance.

3.8 Children Looked After with special educational needs (SEN) Children looked after with a statement of special needs or an EHCP will qualify for free transport through the SEN policy, provided they meet the criteria specified in section 3.5.

3.9 Managed Moves Pupils placed by the Local Authority into a school as a managed move may qualify for transport assistance. This would normally be funded by the Area Behaviour Partnership (ABP) and will depend on the circumstances of the case.

3.10 Fair Access Protocol (FAP) Where a pupil has been placed at a school by the Local Authority under the FAP, they may receive transport to facilitate their attendance, should it be considered necessary to do so.

3.11 Pupils unable to walk to school by reason of their temporary disability or medical needs Where a pupil (up to 19 years of age) has either short or long-term medical needs, which prevent them from walking to school, transport assistance will be considered.

Parents should apply using the ‘Transport Assistance for Pupils on Medical Grounds’ application forms. These can be found at http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/educationmedicaltransport.

A pupil will be eligible for free home to school transport, if they attend their nearest qualifying school (or nearest sixth form/college offering the course for post 16 students) and if they cannot reasonably be expected to walk to that school/college because of their disability or mobility problems.

Evidence of any conditions or difficulties will be required from relevant professionals. Applications under this criterion must evidence that the

pupil’s disability prevents him or her from walking the statutory walking distance to school, even if accompanied by a responsible adult.

Eligibility will be assessed using the information provided on the application form. Parents / carers will be responsible for providing supporting evidence and it may be necessary to seek guidance from relevant professional agencies. Evidence may be a letter from a paediatrician or a consultant psychologist, for example.

Should transport assistance be agreed, it will normally be on a time- limited basis. For example transport assistance for those with short term medical problems would be agreed for up to 8 weeks, subject to review at the end of the period if necessary. Long term medical conditions would normally be agreed for the academic year, with a new application required for the following academic year.

If the pupil has a Statement of Special Educational Needs or an EHCP they will qualify for free transport based on the criteria listed in section 3.5. They should not apply for transport assistance using the ‘Medical Grounds’ application form.

3.12 Pupils Educated Outside of Year Group/Deferment Occasionally, pupils may be placed in a year group below their chronological year group assumed by their date of birth. Deferred entry to school would also mean that a pupil is educated outside of their normal year group.

Pupils who are legally entitled to free transport assistance would continue to receive assistance until the end of the academic year in which they reach the age of 16. Transport assistance after this time would depend on the Post-16 policy and become chargeable, further details of which can be found in section 10 of this policy.

3.13 Disabled parents

The Authority will take account of any disability which the pupil’s parent / carer may have and which may affect their ability to accompany the pupil along a walking route to school.

Parents / carers will be responsible for providing supporting evidence and it may be necessary to seek guidance from relevant professional agencies. Production of evidence is no guarantee of free transport and each case will be assessed on an individual basis.

3.14 Accompaniment It is the responsibility of those with parental responsibility to make suitable arrangements to ensure that their child is accompanied on walking routes to school, if it is considered by the parents that the child’s age, ability and levels of understanding make this necessary. The Authority will therefore not provide transport solely because parents have not made such arrangements, unless exceptional circumstances

apply. Such circumstances may include where disability means that no parent is available to accompany the pupil along a walking route to school. In circumstances such as this, parents will be responsible for providing supporting evidence and it may be necessary to seek guidance for relevant professional agencies.

Production of evidence is no guarantee of free transport and each case will be assessed on an individual basis. It is the general position of Authority that parents are expected to manage ensuring that their children are accompanied to school alongside any work commitments that they may have. Details on the law can be found in Appendix B.

4 GENERAL PRINCIPLES APPLYING TO TRANSPORT PROVISON UNDER THIS POLICY FOR THOSE OF COMPULSORY SCHOOL AGE.

4.1 Eligibility.

The Education Transport section will establish eligibility for free transport. This will take place on application once places at schools have been allocated, and accepted by the parents.

Warwickshire County Council only provides free home to school transport to Warwickshire residents. However, non-Warwickshire residents may apply for transport assistance under the Council’s Vacant Seats Scheme. (See section 8.2).

By law, a pupil is not entitled to free transport until he / she reaches statutory school age (at the beginning of the first term to start after the child’s fifth birthday). Since Warwickshire’s policy is to admit pupils from the start of the academic year in which they become five, transport provision will normally be made from the time of their admission. Transport assistance will not be provided before this time except in accordance with section 3.6.

Parents have the opportunity to express a preference for the pupil to attend any school. However, when pupils do not attend the nearest qualifying school, there is no requirement to provide transport, unless eligible under a relevant section of this policy.

If parents have been unable to secure a place for the pupil at the nearest qualifying school, free transport assistance will normally be provided to the next nearest qualifying school if this is above the statutory walking distance.

However, where the pupil initially attends the nearest qualifying school, and then transfers to another school, free transport will only be provided if the new school is considered the nearest qualifying at the time of application and the journey from home to school is over the statutory walking distance. If the school being applied for is further away than the child’s initial setting then it is unlikely that transport assistance would be

provided, unless evidence exists to confirm that the child’s initial setting is not a suitable school for them.

The route used for determining eligibility for free transport will be that which is the nearest available to a child, accompanied as necessary, to walk along with reasonable safety to school. (See 2.3 / 3.4)

4.2 Divorced / Separated Parents Where parents are divorced or separated and the pupil spends time living with each parent at different addresses, eligibility for free transport will depend on the nearest qualifying school (see section 2.3 for definition) for each of the parent’s addresses.

If the nearest qualifying school is the same school from both parent’s addresses, then free transport will normally be provided from each address (dependent on the usual eligibility criteria).

However, where the chosen school is only deemed to be the nearest qualifying from one parent’s address, transport would only be provided from this address (subject to the normal eligibility criteria).

A vacant seat may be purchased to facilitate travel from the alternative address provided a seat is available (see section 8.2 for further details).

4.3 Review of Entitlement (for pupils with a Statement of SEN or an EHCP) The pupil’s entitlement to free transport will be considered following each annual review of their Statement or EHCP, and should be discussed at each annual review meeting for children currently in receipt of transport assistance. The outcome of these reviews will include whether the pupil still qualifies for free transport assistance, if transport needs to continue and if so, what provision is most appropriate. Options for independent travel, and independent travel training, will be explored where possible.

4.4 Withdrawal of Transport. All Warwickshire County Council services are reviewed on a regular basis.

The local authority reserves the right to withdraw free transport if a pupil ceases to be eligible, or if it is discovered that transport has been granted in error. One term’s notice will be given. Where it is established that parents have fraudulently applied for transport the Local Authority reserves the right to withdraw free transport immediately and to recoup the costs of transport provided to date.

Occasionally, the local authority may decide that a service is no longer financially viable. This is normally when few or no entitled students are travelling. In these cases, all passengers will be given a minimum of one term’s notice. Any eligible students will be accommodated on alternative

provision whilst vacant seat / post 16 students will be required to make their own arrangements.

4.5 Behaviour Warwickshire County Council expects all pupils to behave in a considerate way when travelling on transport either provided, or arranged by the local authority.

Further details on the standard of behaviour expected can be found on the application form for transport assistance. Parents / Carers, and students of secondary school age will be required to accept the relevant Terms and Conditions of Travel.

The Authority reserves the right to withdraw a pupil’s entitlement to free home school transport without notice if a pupil misbehaves whilst on transport provided under this policy.

For serious breaches of the Terms and Conditions of Travel, the Authority reserves the right to permanently withdraw transport. Parents will then be responsible for transporting the pupil to school, and a direct travel payment may be paid (see 5.2).

4.6 Parent’s Responsibilities Parents are responsible for ensuring that the pupil reaches the pick-up point and that they board the vehicle safely. They should also ensure that the pupil is aware of the need to fasten their safety belt (where provided) and to not move around the vehicle during the journey.

Parents should also ensure that a responsible adult is there to meet the pupil at the drop-off point at the end of the school day, or that the pupil is able to make their way home by other means.

If a pupil’s parents are not at home when they are brought home / to a drop-off point, any additional costs, e.g. waiting time, extra mileage, will be met by the parents. In such circumstances, it may be necessary to take the pupil to the local police station, and / or seek guidance from social services. In the case of repeat incidents, the local authority reserves the right to withdraw / amend the transport provision. A direct travel payment may be offered in lieu of free transport (see 5.2).

5 PROVISION OF TRANSPORT FOR THOSE OF COMPULSORY SCHOOL AGE.

5.1 Transport Arrangements Transport assistance provided may include (but is not limited to) dedicated school bus services, public buses, specialist vehicles, or an appropriate combination. Direct travel payments may be provided, with parental agreement, under the scheme in section 5.2.

Independent travel training (section 5.3) is offered to pupils with SEN who have been assessed, by a professional advisor, as being suitable. Pupils will be expected to participate unless they have been assessed, by a professional advisor, as being unlikely to benefit from such training. Refusal to participate in the travel training programme will be deemed as declining the Council’s offer of travel assistance and no alternative assistance will be provided.

Transport arrangements will be made by the Transport Operations department within the local authority’s Communities Group to ensure the most effective and efficient use of resources. The offer will be the most cost effective from a range of options and will be offered based on an individual consideration of the safety of the pupil. The Council reserves the right to change the offer at any point during the year if necessary.

Free transport will be provided for one return journey per day, for arrival at school prior to the beginning of the normal school day, and departure from school after the end of the normal school day between home and school provided that the pupil is considered eligible for free transport.

No transport assistance will be offered to enable children to attend wrap- around provision, breakfast clubs, extra-curricular activities or any other provision which exists outside of normal school hours. Similarly no transport will be provided to any site other than the school’s main campus. No transport assistance will be provided to college day release programmes, work experience or other school sites.

Eligibility for travel assistance will be reviewed annually or when there is a change in circumstances. For pupils with a statement of special educational needs or an EHCP, this will be done following the annual review of the statement or EHCP. Any changes will be implemented from the start of the next school term or sooner if mutually agreeable.

Costs incurred by parents will not be reimbursed unless an application has been rejected in error.

On occasions, it may be necessary to transfer pupils to an alternative service. While as much notice as possible will be given, the safety of passengers may necessitate changes at short-notice.

Pupils will be expected to make their own way, accompanied as necessary, to a pick up point which is within one mile of the home address, except where for reasons related mobility or special educational needs this is not practical.

As a general rule, no pupil should be on a vehicle for longer than 75 minutes one way, if aged 11 or over, or 45 minutes if under the age of 11. This will not however be possible in all circumstances, and the local authority reserves the right to offer transport assistance with longer journey times if this is unavoidable.

Passenger assistants are normally provided on vehicles transporting primary-aged students and those with a statement of special educational needs or an EHCP.

Where it is necessary for a passenger assistant to be provided for a particular contract, the operator will ensure the presence of an assistant who is familiar with the operation of any equipment e.g. safety belts and harnesses, and will ensure their proper use.

The Council’s policy is that all vehicles transporting pupils to primary school should be fitted with seatbelts. All transport assistance provided under arrangements made by the local authority will be in accordance with legal requirements.

Provided that the additional cost is not excessive, when letting contracts to transport pupils to secondary school, preference will be given to tenders that will provide transport fitted with seat belts.

If parents make any changes to transport arrangements, e.g. by contacting an operator directly, no additional costs will be met by the local authority, unless by prior agreement with Education Transport.

5.2 Direct Travel Payments Where transport does not currently operate, in the first instance, parents may be given the opportunity to convey the pupil themselves or to make their own arrangements and to receive a direct travel payment (DTP). DTPs will not be provided unless agreed by the pupil’s parents.

DTPs will be calculated based on two return journeys from home to school per day and is paid half-termly in advance. The amount paid per mile is reviewed annually. Parents will be informed of the current rate at the time of application.

Enhanced rate direct travel payments may be agreed in exceptional circumstances.

Direct travel payments will only be given when financially viable and when no existing transport is in place. Should a more cost effective method of transport become available, the Local Authority reserves the right to withdraw the DTP. Should a parent decide they can no longer accept a DTP, they must give at least 14 days’ notice*.

DTP payments are subject to audit, and the local authority reserves the right in all cases to demand to see evidence that payments made have been spent solely on transporting the pupil to and from school. Should evidence exist that payments have been used for other purposes then the local authority would immediately terminate the arrangements and begin proceedings to recover the amounts in question.

If, due to periods of absence or otherwise, not all of the amounts paid to a parent have been necessary for the purposes of funding home to school transport, the local authority reserves the right to reduce future payments or to demand repayment of unused amounts. The local authority also reserves the right to gain access to a child’s attendance register record in order to check levels of attendance, and to speak with school staff and others in order to gain information about a child’s home- to-school travel arrangements.

*Full terms and conditions can be found on our website: http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/direct-travel-payments

5.3 Independent Travel Training (for pupils with SEN) Where appropriate, the local authority will identify pupils suitable for travel training to encourage independent travel. Upon completion of training, it will generally be expected that pupils will use more sustainable modes of transport to get to/from school (such as school/public buses or walk) in place of specialist transport. The local authority will make arrangements accordingly, taking into account an assessment of the pupil’s abilities and on-going needs. For more information about travel training, please contact Education Transport using the contact details in Section 12.

5.4 Ad-hoc/Emergency Travel Provision (for pupils with SEN) When a request for an emergency change to transport is made, supporting information may be requested from third parties (such as contract operators or schools) before a decision can be reached.

These arrangements will normally be time-limited; the end date will be communicated to parents at the time of agreement.

Requests will be taken to Moderation (a meeting of SEN Officers to discuss complex cases and transport requests) by officers from Education Transport for consideration. Transport may be arranged for up to 5 working days in the interim period.

6 HOW TO APPLY FOR TRANSPORT FOR THOSE OF COMPULSORY SCHOOL AGE.

6.1 The Application Process. Parents / Carers should complete the ‘Application for Transport Assistance for Pupils of Statutory School Age (Up to 16 years)’ form. This can be found online at http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/transporthelpunder16 or by contacting the Education Transport department directly (see section 12).

For pupils with a statement or EHC Plan the ‘Application for Home to School Travel Assistance for Pupils with Special Educational Needs & Disabilities (SEND)’ should be completed. This can be found online at

http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/travelhelpunder16 or by contacting SENDAR (see section 12).

Submission of the application form is taken as agreement to the conditions of travel.

If the form is not fully completed, it will not be possible to process the application, and the form will be returned.

If the application is based on the grounds of religion or belief, or to a school which is not the nearest qualifying establishment, parents should supply as much information as possible. The Authority will require written evidence to support applications for transport made on religious grounds.

Further information may be requested by the Education Transport department if considered necessary to correctly assess the application.

All applications will be processed as quickly as possible. However, no travel costs incurred whilst waiting for a decision on Home to School Transport will be reimbursed.

Completed Application Forms should be sent to the Education Transport Department or to SENDAR for those with a statement or EHC Plan. Contact Details can be found in section 12.

6.2 Replacement Passes. If a pass has been lost, stolen, damaged or confiscated, it needs to be replaced. Pupils who attempt to board a service without a valid bus pass may be refused access to transport, or may be required to pay a daily fare (where possible).

The replacement pass fee will also apply to any instance where a pass needs to be reprinted (for example a change of name, an elected change to a bus route / pick up point etc)

Any costs incurred whilst waiting for a replacement pass are non- refundable.

A new pass will be issued upon payment of the appropriate administration fee. This fee is currently £10, but is subject to revision should administration costs change. Passes are issued as quickly as possible, after payment has been received.

The replacement pass fee is payable in all cases where a pass is to be reprinted. (This includes requests to change services, change of name etc.)

Payment, along with a completed Replacement Pass Application Form, should be sent to the Education Transport office at the address shown in

section 12. Alternatively passes may be ordered and paid for over the phone with a credit/debit card.

For replacement commercial passes (such as Stagecoach), a higher administration fee will apply. These prices are set by the individual company and are subject to change at any point.

6.3 Temporary Passes. Some schools operate a temporary pass scheme which may be available if a pupil loses a pass during the school day. These passes allow the pupil to travel home from school and from home to school the following day. Along with the temporary pass, pupils will be issued with a replacement pass form. This needs to be returned to the school the following day along with the appropriate payment. The school will then issue pupils with a further temporary pass, valid for a fixed period, and will send the replacement pass form to the Education Transport section. A new pass will then be issued.

Not all schools operate a temporary pass scheme and pupils / parents should contact schools directly for further details.

7 APPEALS.

7.1 Introduction. A parent who applies for free home to school transport under this policy, and who is refused any such assistance, has the right of appeal. The Strategic Director for the Communities Group or officers nominated by him/her have via the appeals process the power to authorise the provision of free or assisted transport and / or waive any charges in whole or in part in exceptional circumstances.

Parents are able to appeal to challenge the local authority’s decision about the following:

 The transport arrangements offered;  Their child’s eligibility;  The distance measurement in relation to statutory walking distances; and  The safety of the route

For any other issues not set out above, please follow the local authority’s complaints procedure which can be found on the website by visiting http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/councilcomplaints

7.2 How to Appeal.

Stage one: Review by a senior officer Parents must submit their request for a review of the decision to refuse transport assistance by completing the ‘Appeal Request Form’ (available online or through Education Transport - see section 12).

This should be sent to the Lead Officer for Education Transport (either by email or post) within 20 working days from receipt of the decision. Please note that the decision will be deemed served 2 working days from the date of posting, if sent by first class post, or on the day if sent via email. Appeal requests received outside of this timeframe will be rejected.

The written request should detail why the parent believes the decision should be reviewed and give details of any personal and/or family circumstances that the parent believes should be considered when the decision is reviewed, as well as providing any relevant evidence

Consideration will be given to the views of the parent, the student and those of Headteachers and other professionals/agencies as provided by the parent or consulted as part of this process (where relevant).

Within 20 working days of receipt of the parent’s written request the Lead Officer for Education Transport (or another senior officer in their absence) will review the original decision and send the parent a detailed written notification of the outcome of the review.

Please note stage one appeals for students with a statement or EHCP will be considered by a moderation panel and the outcome conveyed to parents in accordance with the timescales above.

Stage two: Review by an independent appeal panel Parents have 20 working days from receipt of the local authority’s stage one written decision to make a written request to escalate the matter to stage two. As stated above, the decision will be deemed served 2 working days from the date of posting if sent by first class post, or on the day of sending if sent via email. Appeal requests received outside of this timeframe will be rejected.

Within 40 working days of receipt of the request, an independent appeal panel considers written and verbal representations from both the parent and officers involved in the case (including all past correspondence in relation to the stage 1 appeal) and gives detailed written notification of the outcome including the information considered and the rationale behind the decision (within 5 working days of the review meeting)

The members of the panel will be independent of the original decision making process but are not required to be independent of the local authority. They will be suitably trained to ensure a balance is achieved between meeting the needs of the parents and the duties and responsibilities of the local authority, and that road safety requirements are complied with so that no child is placed at unnecessary risk.

Once the date of the meeting is set, parents will be given a deadline for the submission of any supporting evidence. Late evidence submitted

may mean that the meeting has to be adjourned to enable the panel to consider it.

Successful Appeals If an appeal for transport is successful at either stage, and a decision is taken to provide transport as an exception to the home to school transport policy, the decision will only apply to the student in question. Transport applications for siblings, or any existing transport arrangements for siblings will be assessed in line with the relevant sections of this policy.

Unsuccessful Stage Two Appeals Where a parent believes the local authority has failed to comply with the procedural rules or if there are any other irregularities in the way the appeal was handled they have the right to complain to the Local Government Ombudsman. If a parent considers the decision of the independent panel to be flawed on public law grounds namely illegality, irrationality and procedural impropriety, they may apply for judicial review.

Parents of students with special educational needs who require support for this process are advised to contact SENDIAS (Special Educational Needs & Disability Information, Advice and Support) for assistance. Contact details can be found in section 12.

8 TRAVEL ARRANGEMENTS FOR NON-ELIGIBLE CHILDREN OF COMPULSORY SCHOOL AGE

8.1 Introduction The local authority has discretion to make travel arrangements for pupils who do not meet the criteria for free transport.

For those pupils, Warwickshire County Council operates a Vacant Seats Scheme.

If, after entitled pupils have been accommodated, spare places still exist on contracted vehicles, these may be offered to pupils in exchange for a contribution towards transport costs.

8.2 Vacant Seats Vacant Seats will be allocated to pupils based on the categories below. The categories are listed in order of priority (highest first):

1) Pupils who have travelled on the bus service they are applying for in the previous academic term.

2) Warwickshire residents who have not previously travelled under the Vacant Seats Scheme, or who are applying for a different service

3) Non-Warwickshire residents who have not previously travelled under the Vacant Seats Scheme, or who are applying for a different service

Vacant Seats will be allocated subject to the following conditions:

1) A pass will be withdrawn if;  The place is required for an entitled traveller,  the service is withdrawn, or  the route is altered

One term’s notice will be given, except for pupils travelling by taxi, where a minimum of one week’s notice will be given.

2) Where a pass is withdrawn after payment has been made, a refund will be made based on the number of days travelled.

3) Vacant Seat passes are not available on public transport services.

4) Vacant Seats for pupils can only be allocated once all entitled travellers have been accommodated. Parents should therefore make alternative arrangements until they have received confirmation that a Vacant Seat is available.

5) A parental contribution is required for the Vacant Seats Scheme. If the contribution is not received, pupils will not be able to travel.

6) Vacant seats are not available to pupils over the age of 16.

7) Passes can only be used at the start and end of a school day at normal school hours. Timetables are normally supplied with bus passes but are also available on our website; http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/schoolbustimetables.

8) Vehicles will not be re-routed to accommodate pupils under the Vacant Seats scheme, nor will extra/larger vehicles be provided to increase the availability of Vacant Seats.

8.3 How to Apply. Parents / Carers should complete the ‘Application for a Vacant Seat’ form, and return it to the Education Transport office. Address details can be found in section 12, and on the application form. The application form is also available online; http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/vacantseatscheme

Full details of the terms and conditions of the Vacant Seats Scheme are included as an appendix to the application form, including details of the cost for the current academic year.

Warwickshire County Council’s Cabinet agreed in October 2015 that the charges associated with the Vacant Seats scheme will increase each year based on the Council’s annual income inflation rate.

As Vacant Seats can only be issued once all entitled travellers have been accommodated, it is often not possible to issue a Vacant Seat until after the start of the academic year. Parents will be therefore responsible for arranging interim transport to and from school and for any costs incurred. These will not be reimbursed.

9 RESPITE/FAMILY LINK TRANSPORT. Warwickshire County Council may also provide transport assistance to pupils with a statement of SEN or an EHCP accessing respite care, to travel between school and the respite setting. This support will only be available to pupils who are ‘Eligible Pupils’ within section 3.5 above as well as post 16 students who access transport assistance through section 11 .

Applications should be made using the ‘Application for Transport Assistance for Students Accessing Respite Care’ form.

For further details of the assistance available and to obtain the application form, please contact the Education Transport office. Contact details can be found in section 12.

10 TRANSPORT SUPPORT FOR STUDENTS AGED 16-19.

10.1 Introduction. The law requires all young people in England to continue in education or training until at least their 18th birthday. Raising the Participation Age (RPA) does not mean that young people must stay in school and they will be able to participate through three options.

 Full-time education (540 hours per year) – whether at a school, college or otherwise.  Work based learning such as an apprenticeship.  Part-time education or training if they are employed, self-employed or volunteering for more than 20 hours a week.

Free transport will not be available to young people over the age of 16 continuing in education or training but Warwickshire is well served by a public transport network and the Council also provides a number of dedicated services to schools and colleges. Warwickshire County Council provides transport assistance to certain students aged 16-19, subject to the eligibility criteria below.

10.2 Eligibility. Support with transport is available to students who are aged over compulsory school age but under 19 on the 31st August prior to the commencement of the course. This is dependent on an appropriate service operating.

Where there is no suitable transport, Warwickshire parents/students may be entitled to claim direct travel payments (see 10.3)

Students should apply for transport assistance during the summer term prior to the commencement of their course. Students will receive full reimbursement of payments made should their plans change prior to starting their course. Students applying after the end of July may not receive a pass before the start of term.

If a student wishes to attend a Further Education institution outside Warwickshire they are recommended to make an initial application to determine whether any Warwickshire County Council transport is available.

10.3 Direct Travel Payments Direct travel payments are only offered to Warwickshire residents when there is no suitable Warwickshire County Council or commercial transport available between home and school/college. If this is the case you will receive a letter advising you of this.

To qualify, students should be: (a) Studying at the nearest suitable school, college or local authority funded training provider offering the qualification of choice* for the young person; (b) Studying a full time course (at least 540 guided learning hours per year). (c) Travelling more than 2 miles to the nearest pick up point

*When considering whether a qualification is “the qualification of choice for the young person”, we take into account the end qualification awarded (not the individual units taken, or the name of the course), the training provider having a place available to offer on that course, and that the students meet the entry requirements demanded by the training provider;

Parents / students may use their own vehicle or public transport to get to school/college. Applicants entitled to a direct travel payment will be sent three claims forms (one for each term) to claim back £110 per year (or £220 if in receipt of a qualifying benefit*). Students who receive a direct travel payment can then also apply to travel on a Warwickshire County Council service (normal terms and conditions then apply).

Those in receipt of direct travel payments under the 16-19 scheme will have to show receipts which illustrate that at least the amount being claimed back has been spent by the family on transporting the student to

and from college before payments will be made. Additional evidence may be demanded by the County Council.

*A qualifying benefit can be one of the following; Income Support, Income Based Job Seekers Allowance (or equal based Income based & Contribution based JSA), The Guarantee Element of State Pension Credit, Income related Employment & Support Allowance (or equal based Income based & Contribution based ESA), The Maximum Level of Working Tax Credit, Child Tax Credit (with an income not exceeding £16,190), Support under Part VI of the Immigration and Asylum Act 1999 or Universal Credit.

10.4 Transport Arrangements Students will normally be provided with a bus pass. This is valid for one return journey per day, at the times shown on the timetable included with the pass.

Rail Passes can only be issued in certain areas, please contact the Transport Operations team for further details. (See section 12).

10.5 How to Apply Parents / Carers should complete the relevant application form, and return it to the Education Transport department. Address details can be found in section 12, and on the application form. The application form can be found online http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/transporthelp16-19 or by contacting the Education Transport department directly (see section 12).

Full details of the terms and conditions of Transport Assistance for Students Aged 16-19 are included as an appendix to the application form, including details of the parental contribution for the current academic year.

Warwickshire’s Cabinet agreed in October 2015 that the charges associated with Post 16 transport will increase each year based on the Council’s annual income inflation rate.

10.6 Refunds Where a parental contribution is received and a student either leaves their course or no longer requires transport assistance, a refund may be issued once the pass has been returned, strictly at the County Council’s discretion. Any refund will be made on a pro-rata basis and no refunds will be available if the pass is not returned.

10.7 Replacement Passes If a pass is lost or stolen a charge will be made for a replacement. Any costs incurred whilst waiting for a replacement pass will not be reimbursed. (See 6.2)

11 TRANSPORT FOR STUDENTS AGED 16-25 WITH A STATEMENT OF SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL NEEDS, EHCP, LEARNING DIFFICULTIES AND / OR DISABILITIES

11.1 Contributory Transport Support with transport may be considered for students who meet the following criteria:

 resident in Warwickshire on the 1st September prior to the beginning of the course;  agrees (or family agree) to pay a flat rate charge as a contribution towards the cost of transport;  has a current statement/EHCP or has provided proof of learning difficulties and/or disabilities;  is aged over compulsory school age and under 25 years on the 31st August before the course starts;  is attending a full-time course (including at least 540 guided learning hours per year);  is attending the nearest qualifying special school*, sixth form or the nearest college offering the qualification of choice for the young person. When considering whether a qualification is “the qualification of choice for the young person”, we take into account the end qualification awarded (not the individual units taken, or the name of the course), the training provider having a place available to offer on that course, and that the students meet the entry requirements demanded by the training provider; and  has a journey from home to school or college which is more than three miles measured by the shortest available walking route to the place of study or, following consideration of the student’s special educational needs and/or disabilities, the County Council has concluded that they would be unable to get to the establishment unless transport assistance was provided.

*(A student’s nearest qualifying school is the nearest establishment that can provide education appropriate to their age, ability, and aptitude, whilst taking into account any special educational needs that they have. The nearest qualifying school will be calculated with reference to section 2.3 of this policy)

Please note the following: Students will only receive assistance up until the end of the academic year in which their 25th birthday falls.

Warwickshire County Council encourages young people to travel independently. Direct travel payments are available when no existing local authority transport is operating, for more information please contact us using the details found in section 12 of this document.

Transport is procured for the start/end of the school/college day although reasonable adjustments will be made to provide transport which

accommodates student’s individual timetables. However, when considered necessary and reasonable, students may be required to wait at school/college at the beginning or end of the day.

Warwickshire County Council will seek advice from relevant professionals if there is any dispute over the nature of transport requested / required.

11.2 How to Apply Parents / Carers should complete the relevant application form, and return it to the Education Transport Office. Address details can be found in section 12, and on the application form. The application form can be found online http://www.warwickshire.gov.uk/travelhelpover16 or by contacting the Education Transport department directly.

Full details of the terms and conditions of Transport Assistance for Students Aged 16-25 are included on the application form, including details of the parental contribution for the current academic year.

Warwickshire’s Cabinet agreed in October 2015 that the charges associated with Post 16 transport will increase each year based on the Council’s annual income inflation rate

12 CONTACT DETAILS

12.1 Education Transport (For all questions about eligibility, policy, refunds, replacement passes and the application process).

Post: Education Transport Communities Group Saltisford Office Park Ansell Way Warwick, CV34 4UL

Telephone: 01926 412929 (Option 1, Option 1) (Mon – Thu 8.30 – 5.00, Fri 8.30 – 4.30).

Email: [email protected]

12.2 Transport Operations (For all questions about routes, timetables and any service queries).

Post: Transport Operations Communities Group PO Box 43 Shire Hall Warwick, CV34 4SX

Telephone: 01926 412929 (Option 1, Option 2) (Mon – Thu 8.30 – 5.30, Fri 8.30 – 5.00).

Email: [email protected]

12.3 SENDAR (For questions about transport for children with Statements of Special Educational Needs or EHC Plans attending schools).

Post: SENDAR Communities Group Saltisford Office Park Ansell Way Warwick, CV34 4UL

Telephone: 01926 742160 (Mon – Thu 9.00 – 5.00, Fri 9.00 – 4.30).

Email: [email protected]

12.4 School Admissions (For all questions about admission to primary school, secondary school and questions on priority areas).

Post: School Admissions Communities Group Saltisford Office Park Ansell Way Warwick, CV34 4UL

Telephone: 01926 414143 (Mon – Thu 8.30 – 5.00, Fri 8.30 – 4.30).

Email: [email protected]

12.5 SENDIAS (SEND Information, Advice & Support Service)

Post: SENDIAS Canterbury House Exhall Grange Campus Easter Way Ash Green Coventry CV7 9HP

Telephone: 02476 366054 (Mon - Fri 9.15 - 2.30)

Email: [email protected]

Appendix A

Walking Route Assessment Process

Please note that the current process of assessment is under review and is subject to change.

Background

Where a child lives within the “statutory walking distance” of their nearest qualifying school, transport assistance will be provided if the Local Authority considers the route to school is such that a child accompanied by an adult could not walk it in reasonable safety.

The measurement of the “statutory walking distance” is not necessarily the shortest distance by road. It is measured by the shortest route along which a child, accompanied as necessary, may walk with reasonable safety. As such, the route measured may include footpaths, bridleways and other pathways, as well as recognised roads.

National guidance on the identification of hazards and the assessment of risk of walked routes to school published by Road Safety Great Britain (RSGB) recommends that a route be designated “unacceptable” if a child, accompanied as necessary, cannot walk the route in reasonable safety. Whether this is the case in any particular circumstances will be determined by a detailed assessment carried out by Warwickshire County Council staff or their representatives in accordance with national guidance and this policy.

Where parents believe the walk from home to school is unacceptable they can request that the route is assessed. This request should be made by using the form which can be obtained directly from the Education Transport department.

The Local Authority will also periodically review routes currently considered unacceptable ensuring they are assessed against the relevant process.

Principles of Assessment

1. Consideration is given only to relevant highway and traffic conditions and not for personal safety, security or behavioural reasons (which are the responsibility of the parent/carer). 2. It is assumed that children will be accompanied as necessary by a responsible parent or other responsible person appointed by a person with parental responsibility 3. Each route will be considered objectively and on its own merits. 4. The route will be assessed in both directions in the morning and afternoon school run times, and sections considered unacceptable by parents will be walked in both directions. . 5. Where a footway or roadside strip of reasonable width and condition exists or a suitable/adequate public footpath or bridleway is available, this will be considered an acceptable route for that part of the journey.

6. Where a suitable verge exists on a lightly or very lightly trafficked road, which can be stepped onto by the child and accompanying person when vehicles are passing, it will be considered an acceptable route for that part of the journey. 7. Many routes lie along roads having neither footway nor verge. On such roads consideration should be given to the width of the carriageway, traffic speed and composition (such as frequent HGV’s) and to visibility (ie. sharp bends with high hedgerows or banks or other obstructions to visibility). 8. Consideration should be given to the relevant injury collision record of the route for the latest 3 year period. 9. Where road crossings are necessary, the availability of facilities to assist such crossings should be taken into consideration. Where no crossing facilities exist an assessment of the risks which may be generated by crossing the road (bearing in mind traffic speeds and flows, sight lines etc) will be made using current guidance laid down in the approved published Road Safety GB Guidelines. Any updated or superseding publication will be considered and adopted where appropriate. 10. It will be assumed that any crossing facilities (zebra, toucan, pelican crossing or other) will be used where they are provided. If such facilities are not provided and the pedestrian is required to cross the road, the “gap time” of passing vehicles will be assessed to determine a safe crossing point. 11. An accurate plan showing the length of the route will be attached to the assessment and retained on file. Acceptable lengths and crossing points will be marked in green and unacceptable lengths and crossing points marked in red. 12. In reaching a decision the officers concerned will make a critical judgement based on whether the route affords sufficient opportunity for pedestrians and vehicle drivers to avoid dangerous conflict while progressing normally along it. 13. The assessment will be carried out by appropriately trained staff either employed by Warwickshire County Council or commissioned to carry out the assessment. 14. Once the assessment is complete a panel of officers will meet to consider the recommendation. The panel will consist of a Head of Service from Communities Group and two other officers. A majority decision is required. A representative from the Traffic and Road Safety Group will attend to provide advice and support to the panel. 15. If the route is considered acceptable then staff within Education Transport will notify the parent / carer. 16. If the route is considered unacceptable then staff within Education Transport will notify the parent / carer and Transport Operations. 17. There is no right of appeal. 18. Routes will only be reassessed upon request if three years have passed since a previous assessment, or if evidence is presented to suggest a significant change in the safety of the route. The nature of the reassessment will depend on whether or not there have been any significant changes to the route or developments in the vicinity.

Route Assessment Summary

For a route to be classified as “acceptable” there needs to be both:

 A continuous adequate footway on roads which have high or medium traffic flow;

or

 Step-offs on roads which have a light volume of traffic but have adequate sight lines to provide sufficient advance warning;

or

 on roads with a very light traffic flow, no step-offs but sufficiently good sight lines to provide adequate advance warning.

AND

 if there is a need to cross roads there must be sufficient gaps in the traffic flow and sight lines to allow enough opportunities to cross safely, or one or more of the following must be provided:

o Crossing facilities (zebra, pelican or puffin crossings) o Pedestrian phases at traffic signals (including necessary refuges) o School Crossing Patrols o Traffic calming (sufficient to enable safe road crossing) o Pedestrian refuges

Frequently Asked Questions

National guidance - what is it?

National guidance is provided by RSGB* for those tasked with assessing the safety of 'walked routes to and from schools' to determine the provision of free school transport for persons under the Education Act 1996 (as amended).

*RSGB (Road Safety Great Britain) - A national road safety organisation that represents local government road safety teams across the UK

Guidelines - What are the scope of the guidelines?

The scope of the guidelines is limited to the risks resulting from the interaction between pedestrians and traffic and does not consider personal security.

Child accompaniment - Does the assessment assume a child is accompanied as necessary?

Yes, and case law makes clear that the decision as to whether an individual child needs to be accompanied, as well as provision of a person to do so, is the responsibility of the child’s parents. It also considers that the child and parent will be wearing fluorescent and reflective jackets, particularly on roads with no street lighting, and will be carrying torches.

Street lighting - Does the assessment consider the absence of street lighting?

The presence or absence of street lighting on a route is not considered to be a factor, and torches are expected to be taken if considered by the child’s parents to be necessary.

Footway - If part or the entire route has no footway, how is this assessed?

If there is no provision of a footway then an assessment is first made of the traffic flow. A road with heavy or medium traffic flow must have continuous adequate footway provision. Roads with light traffic flow must have adequate step- offs with good sightlines. Roads with very light traffic flow do not require step-offs, but should have sufficiently good sightlines.

Step-offs - What are they?

The term step-off refers to the facility for pedestrians to easily be able to step off the roadway onto reasonably even and firm surface.

Traffic flow - What constitutes a high traffic flow?

Roads that have a traffic flow in excess of 840 vehicles in a one hour period.

Traffic flow - What constitutes a medium traffic flow?

Roads that have a traffic flow of 400 to 840 vehicles in a one hour period.

Traffic flow - What constitutes a light traffic flow?

Roads that have a traffic flow between 100 and 400 vehicles in a one hour period.

Traffic flow – What constitutes a very light traffic flow?

Roads that have a traffic flow below 100 vehicles in a one hour period.

Crossing the road - Does the assessment consider difficulty in crossing roads?

Yes, the difficulty in crossing the road is assessed by applying a gap analysis.

Gap analysis - What is it?

A gap analysis records the number of gaps in traffic flow in a 5 minute period, which is greater than the road crossing time. Four such gaps in a 5 minute period are considered acceptable. Where there is a formal way of crossing the road (zebra, pelican or puffin crossing) this will negate the need for a gap analysis.

How is the road crossing time calculated?

This is calculated using a crossing speed of three feet per second.

Collision history - Does the assessment consider this for the route?

Yes, a three year collision history is provided for the complete route and forms part of the overall assessment.

Vehicle speed - Does the assessment consider this?

If the initial assessment of the route and collision history indicates there is a possible speeding issue and assuming there is sufficient vehicle flow in order to assess traffic speeds, then a traffic speed survey will be undertaken.

School run times – When are they?

For the purposes of this document school run times are considered to be 08.00 to 09.00 and 15.00 to 16.30.

Appendix B

Accompaniment Below is set out advice about the accompaniment of a child/young person from paragraphs 17-19 of the DfE Home to School Travel and Transport Guidance, July 2014. 17. In determining whether a child cannot reasonably be expected to walk for the purposes of ‘special educational needs, a disability or mobility problems eligibility’ or ‘unsafe route eligibility’, the LA will need to consider whether the child could reasonably be expected to walk if accompanied and, if so, whether the child’s parent can reasonably be expected to accompany the child. When considering whether a child’s parent can reasonably be expected to accompany the child on the journey to school a range of factors may need to be taken into account, such as the age of the child and whether one would ordinarily expect a child of that age to be accompanied. 18. The general expectation is that a child will be accompanied by a parent where necessary, unless there is a good reason why it is not reasonable to expect the parent to do so. 19. LAs should, however, promote and ensure equality of opportunity for disabled parents. For example, if a parent’s disability prevents them from accompanying their child along a walking route which would otherwise be considered unsafe without adult supervision, a reasonable adjustment might be to provide free home to school transport for the child in question.

Appendix C

Special Educational Needs Provision

Generic Special Schools

The following schools cater for a range of special educational needs but all have consistent focus on pupils who are significantly below expected levels in cognition and learning and whose progress is significantly delayed compared to others with the same starting point.

Name Address Area of County Brooke School Overslade Lane, Rugby CV22 Eastern 6DY Welcombe Hills Blue Cap Road, Stratford Southern School Upon Avon CV37 6TQ Ridgeway School Deansway, Warwick CV34 Central 5DF Round Oak Brittain Lane, Warwick CV34 Central School 6DX Oak Wood Morris Drive, Nuneaton CV11 Nuneaton/Bedworth Primary 4QH Oak Wood Morris Drive, Nuneaton CV11 Nuneaton/Bedworth Secondary 4QH Woodlands Packington Lane, Coleshill Northern School B46 3JE

Specialist Special Schools

The following schools cater for children and young people who are able to access the mainstream curriculum with the appropriate specialist support.

Name Address Exhall Grange Specialist School & Easter Way, Ash Green, Coventry CV7 Science College 9HP Discovery Academy MacIntyre Academies, Vernons Lane, Beaumont Road, Nuneaton CV11 5SS

Satellite Provision

These bases are operated by Special Schools off-site and provide for a range of different needs.

Name Address Rokeby Brooke Partnership & Harris Brooke School, Overslade Lane, Rugby Brooke Partnership CV22 6DY Exhall Grange Learning Pod Exhall Grange Specialist School & Science College, Easter Way, Ash Green, Coventry CV7 9HP

Resourced Provision within Mainstream Schools

These specialist bases are integrated within mainstream schools and provide for a range of communication and interaction needs.

Name Address Maple Class – Lillington Primary Cubbington Road, Leamington Spa School CV32 7AG Peter’s Place – Trinity Catholic Guy’s Cliffe Avenue, Leamington Spa School CV32 6NB Evergreen – Water Orton Primary Attleborough Lane, Water Orton, School Coleshill, Birmingham B46 1SB

Application to Start Secondary School in September 2018 Please read the booklet provided before completing this form Please return by 5pm on 31st October 2017

Child’s Details Surname Date of Birth

Forename Boy / Girl

Current Primary or Junior School

Child’s

Home Address

Postcode Council Tax Reference Number Parent’s or Carer’s Details Title Forename Surname Telephone Daytime Evening Mobile Numbers

Email Does this person have ☐ Yes Relationship to Child parental responsibility? ☐ No If your home address is different to the child’s address, please provide details below. Please note: the address used for allocating school places is the child’s home address.

List the schools you wish to apply for in order of preference Listing only one school will not increase your chances of gaining a place there. If your child will have a brother or sister at one of your preferred schools in September 2018, please give their details. Name of School Brother/Sister’s Name Date of Birth 1 2 3 4 5 6

Looked After (In Care)* ☐ Yes ☐ No If yes, which local authority? *Children in the care of, or provided with accommodation by, a local authority and children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted (or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order).

Does your child have a Statement of special needs? ☐ Yes ☐ No Are you a member of staff at a school listed as a preference? ☐ Yes ☐ No If yes, which school?

Please contact the school directly for detailed information about the criteria that Applications for the school use for applications. faith schools Evidence of faith should be attached to this form as required. Missing evidence could affect your child’s application.

Catholic Schools ☐ Yes Date of baptism Copy of ☐ Yes Is your child certificate baptised? ☐ No Place of baptism attached? ☐ No

If evidence is required to meet the criteria, the priest or minister should Alternative ☐ Yes Indicate the number of times per year the church is attended. evidence (Refer to individual school’s admission policy) attached? ☐ No

Church of England (C of E) Aided and Foundation Schools ☐ Yes ☐ Yes Is your child a worshipping Are the parents/carers regular

Member of a C of E church? ☐ No worshipping members of a C of E church? ☐ No

Name of church of worship and full address

If evidence is required to meet the criteria, the priest or minister should ☐ Yes Evidence indicate the number of times per year the church is attended. attached? (Refer to individual school’s admission policy) ☐ No

Other World Churches or Places of Worship Religion Are parents/carers regular worshipping ☐ Yes members of a church or place of worship? ☐ No

If yes, please give details including address of place of worship

If evidence is required to meet the criteria, the priest, minister or church elder ☐ Yes Evidence should indicate the number of times per year the church is attended. attached? (Refer to individual school’s admission policy) ☐ No

Declaration  I confirm that I have read and understood the admission arrangements for applying for secondary school 2016.  I certify that the information given is correct and understand that giving false or misleading information may result in a place being withdrawn. Print Name Signature Date

Return to: Warwickshire Admissions Service Saltisford Office Park For Office Phone App Officer Date Copy to parent Ansell Way Use Only ☐ ☐ Warwick CV34 4UL

By 5pm on 31st October 2017 64